ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (610)
  • Articles
  • English  (465)
  • German  (155)
  • Chinese  (3)
  • Bulgarian  (1)
  • Italian
  • 2015-2019  (238)
  • 2010-2014  (81)
  • 1985-1989  (296)
  • 1945-1949
  • AWI Library  (610)
Collection
  • Books  (610)
  • Articles
  • Maps  (1)
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Call number: ZSP 292
    In: Freiberger Forschungshefte
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 117 Seiten , Mit 93 Bildern und 17 Tabellen
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    Series Statement: Freiberger Forschungshefte : C 371: Geowissenschaften - Geologie
    Language: German
    Location: Archive - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    København : Gyldendal
    Call number: AWI P8-18-91728
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 230 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 30 x 31 cm
    Edition: First edition, first print
    ISBN: 978-87-02-20964-8
    Language: German
    Note: Contents: Introduction. - A changing climate. - The emerging land. - The frozen past. - From ice to sea. - Plant adaptation. - Land of contrasts. - Sheep farming - now and in the future. - Methane in the Arctic. , Parallel texts in Danish and English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Oslo : Arctic Monitoring and Assessment Programme (AMAP)
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92396
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 97 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-82-7971-073-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: What has changed since the Arctic Climate Impact Assessment in 2005? Part 1. How the Arctic cryosphere is changing 1.1. The Arctic cryosphere 1.2. Monitoring change in the Arctic cryosphere 1.3. Snow cover is decreasing 1.4. Permafrost is thawing 1.5. Lakes and rivers are losing ice cover 1.6. Mountain glaciers, ice caps and the Greenland Ice Sheet are all diminishing 1.7. Summer sea-ice cover has declined dramatically Part 2. Why the Arctic cryosphere is changing 2.1. The Arctic climate is changing 2.2. The cryosphere interacts with other aspects of climate Part 3. More change is expected. Where in the Arctic? 3.1. Modelling the future 3.2. Future changes in temperature, rain and snowfall 3.3. Future changes in snow, permafrost, lake and river ice 3.4. Future changes in mountain glaciers, ice caps and the Greenland Ice Sheet 3.5. Future changes in sea ice Part 4. How these changes affect people and nature. Where in the Arctic? 4.1. Changing Arctic ecosystems 4.2. Changing supplies of natural resources 4.3. Changing access 4.4. Changing risks to buildings and land 4.5. Changing movement of contaminants 4.6. Changing Arctic living conditions Part 5. Why changes in the Arctic matter globally 5.1. Changes in the Arctic cryosphere affect the global climate 5.2. Melting Arctic land ice contributes to sea-level rise 5.3. Consequences for global society Part 6. What should be done? 6.1. Adapting to change 6.2. The big unknowns Glossary.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91739
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 515 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    Edition: edition first published 2018
    ISBN: 9781119132783 , 9781119132790 (electronic) , 9781119132813 (electronic)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface to Fourth Edition. - Preface to Third Edition. - Preface to Second Edition. - Preface to First Edition. - Acknowledgments. - PART I THE PERIGLACIAL DOMAIN. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 The Periglacial Concept. - 1.2 Diagnostic Criteria. - 1.3 Periglacial Environments. - 1.4 The Periglacial Domain. - 1.5 The Periglacial Domain and the Cryosphere. - 1.6 Disciplinary Considerations. - 1.6.1 The Growth of Geocryology. - 1.6.2 The Challenge of Quaternary Science. - 1.6.3 Periglacial Geomorphology or Cold-Region Geomorphology?. - 1.7 Societal Considerations. - 1.8 The Growth of Periglacial Knowledge. - 2 Periglacial Climates. - 2.1 Boundary Conditions. - 2.2 Cold Deserts. - 2.3 Regional Climates. - 2.3.1 High Arctic Climates. - 2.3.2 Continental Climates. - 2.3.3 Alpine Climates. - 2.3.4 Montane Climates. - 2.3.5 Climates of Low Annual Temperature Range. - 2.3.6 Antarctica: A Special Case. - 2.4 Snow and Ice. - 2.5 Wind. - 2.6 Ground Climates. - 2.6.1 The 'n'-Factor. - 2.6.2 The Thermal Offset. - 2.6.3 The Ground Temperature Regime. - 2.7 Periglacial Climates and Global Climate Change. - 2.7.1 Basic Facts. - 2.7.2 Why Climate-Cryosphere Interactions Accelerate Climate Warming. - 3 Periglacial Ecosystems. - 3.1 General Statement. - 3.2 Biogeographic Zonation and Major Vegetation Types. - 3.3 Adaptations to Cold, Snow, Wind and Aridity. - 3.4 The Effect of Vegetation. - 3.5 The Polar Deserts. - 3.5.1 The High Arctic Polar Deserts. - 3.5.2 The High Arctic Polar Semi-Deserts. - 3.6 The Polar Desert-Tundra Transition. - 3.7 The Low-Arctic Tundra. - 3.8 The Forest-Tundra Bioclimatic Boundary (The Tree Line). - 3.9 The Boreal Forest. - 3.10 The Alpine and Montane Ecosystems. - 3.11 Antarctica - A Special Case. - 3.12 Periglacial Ecosystems and Climate Change. - PART II FROZEN GROUND AND PERMAFROST. - 4 Ground Freezing, Permafrost and the Active Layer. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Ground Freezing. - 4.2.1 Basic Concepts. - 4.2.2 Ice Segregation. - 4.2.3 "The Frozen Fringe'. - 4.2.4 Frost Heave. - 4.3 Perennially-Frozen Ground (Permafrost). - 4.4 Moisture and Ice Within Permafrost. - 4.5 Thermal and Physical Properties. - 4.5.1 The Geothermal Regime. - 4.5.2 The TTOP Model. - 4.5.3 Physical Properties. - 4.5.4 Thermal Properties. - 4.6 Permafrost Hydrology. - 4.6.1 Aquifers. - 4.6.2 Hydrochemistry. - 4.6.3 Groundwater Icings. - 4.7 The Active Layer. - 4.7.1 Terminology. - 4.7.2 The Active-Layer Thermal Regime. - 4.7.3 The Transient Layer. - 4.7.4 The Stefan Equation. - 5 Permafrost Distribution and Stability. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Controls over Permafrost Distribution. - 5.2.1 Relief and Aspect. - 5.2.2 Rock Type. - 5.2.3 Vegetation. - 5.2.4 Snow Cover. - 5.2.5 Fire. - 5.2.6 Lakes and Surface Water Bodies. - 5.3 Spatial Extent of Permafrost and Frozen Ground. - 5.3.1 Latitudinal Permafrost. - 5.3.2 Alpine (Mountain) Permafrost. - 5.3.3 Montane Permafrost. - 5.3.4 Seasonally-Frozen Ground. - 5.4 Sub-Sea and Relict Permafrost. - 5.4.1 Sub-Sea Permafrost. - 5.4.2 Relict (Terrestrial) Permafrost. - 5.5 Permafrost and Ecosystems. - 5.6 Permafrost Monitoring and Mapping. - 5.6.1 CALM and GTN-P (TSP). - 5.6.2 BTS and Mountain Permafrost Probability Mapping. - 5.7 Climate Warming and Permafrost. - 5.7.1 Evidence for Warming Permafrost. - 5.7.2 Evidence for Thawing Permafrost. - 6 Ground Ice and Cryostratigraphy. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Quantitative Parameters. - 6.3 Epigenetic, Syngenetic and Polygenetic Permafrost. - 6.4 Classification. - 6.4.1 The Russian Approach. - 6.4.2 The North American Approach. - 6.5 Main Ground Ice Types. - 6.5.1 Pore Ice. - 6.5.2 Segregated Ice. - 6.5.3 Intrusive Ice. - 6.5.4 Vein Ice. - 6.5.5 Other Types of Ice. - 6.6 Ice Distribution. - 6.6.1 Amounts. - 6.6.2 Distribution with Depth. - 6.6.3 Ice in Bedrock. - 6.6.4 Ice in Poorly-Lithified Sediments. - 6.7 Cryostratigraphy and Cryolithology. - 6.7.1 Cryostructural Analysis. - 6.7.2 Cryostructures of Epigenetic and Syngenetic Permafrost. - 6.7.3 Thaw Unconformities. - 6.7.4 Aggradational Ice. - 6.7.5 Icy Bodies and Ice, Sand and Soil Pseudomorphs. - 6.8 Ice Crystallography. - 6.9 Ice Geochemistry. - 6.10 Massive Ice and Massive-Icy Bodies. - 6.10.1 Nature and Extent. - 6.10.2 Intra-Sedimental Ice. - 6.10.3 Buried Glacier Ice. - 6.11 Cryostratigraphy and Past Environments. - 7 Aggradational Permafrost Landforms. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 How Does Permafrost Aggrade?. - 7.2.1 The Illisarvik Drained-Lake Experiment. - 7.3 Thermal-Contraction-Crack Polygons. - 7.3.1 Coefficients of Thermal Expansion and Contraction. - 7.3.2 Ice, Sand and Soil ('Ground') Wedges. - 7.3.3 Development of the Polygon Net. - 7.3.4 Polygon Morphology. - 7.3.5 Controls over Cracking. - 7.3.6 Climatic Significance. - 7.4 Ice and Sand Wedges. - 7.4.1 Epigenetic Wedges. - 7.4.2 Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.4.3 Anti-Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.4.4 Growth and Deformation of Wedges. - 7.5 Organic Terrain. - 7.5.1 Palsas. - 7.5.2 Peat Plateaus. - 7.6 Frost Mounds. - 7.6.1 Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.2 Hydraulic (Open) System Pingos. - 7.6.3 Hydrostatic (Closed) System Pingos. - 7.6.4 Other Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.5 Seasonal-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.6 Hydrolaccoliths and Other Frost-Induced Mounds. - 8 Thermokarst Processes and Landforms. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Thawing Ground. - 8.2.1 Thaw Strain and Thaw Settlement. - 8.2.2 Potential Depths of Soil Freezing and Thawing. - 8.2.3 The Development of Thermokarst. - 8.3 Causes of Thermokarst. - 8.3.1 General Comments. - 8.3.2 Specific Causes. - 8.4 Thaw-Related Processes. - 8.4.1 Thermokarst Subsidence (Thaw Settlement). - 8.4.2 Thermal Erosion. - 8.4.3 Other Processes. - 8.5 Thermokarst Sediments and Structures. - 8.5.1 Involuted Structures. - 8.5.2 Retrogressive-Thaw-Slumps and Debris-Flow Deposits. - 8.5.3 Ice-Wedge Pseudomorphs and Composite-Wedge Casts. - 8.5.4 Ice, Silt, Sand and Gravel Pseudomorphs. - 8.6 Thermokarst Landscapes. - 8.6.1 The Alas-Thermokarst Relief of Central Yakutia. - 8.6.2 The Western North American Arctic. - 8.6.3 The Ice-Free Areas of Continental Antarctica. - 8.7 Ice-Wedge Thermokarst Relief. - 8.7.1 Low-Centred Polygons. - 8.7.2 High-Centred Polygons. - 8.7.3 Badland Thermokarst Relief. - 8.8 Thaw Lakes and Depressions. - 8.8.1 Lakes and Taliks. - 8.8.2 Morphology. - 8.8.3 Growth and Drainage. - 8.8.4 Oriented Thaw Lakes. - Part III Periglacial Geomorphology. - 9 Cold-Climate Weathering. - 9.1 Introduction. - 9.2 General Weathering Facts. - 9.3 Freezing and Thawing Indices. - 9.4 Rock (Frost?) Shattering. - 9.4.1 Frost Action and Ice Segregation. - 9.4.2 Insolation and Thermal Shock. - 9.4.3 Perspective. - 9.5 Chemical Weathering. - 9.5.1 Karkevagge. - 9.5.2 Solution and Karstification. - 9.5.3 Salt Weathering. - 9.6 Cryogenic Weathering. - 9.6.1 Cryogenic Disintegration. - 9.6.2 The Coefficient of Cryogenic Contrast. - 9.6.3 Physico-Chemical Changes. - 9.6.4 Problematic Phenomena. - 9.7 Cryobiological Weathering. - 9.8 Rates of Cold-Climate Bedrock Weathering. - 9.9 Cryosols and Cryopedology. - 9.9.1 Cryosols. - 9.9.2 Classification. - 9.9.3 Cryosolic Micromorphology. - 10 Mass-Wasting Processes and Active-Layer Phenomena. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Slow Mass-Wasting Processes. - 10.2.1 Solifluction. - 10.2.2 Frost Creep. - 10.2.3 Gelifluction. - 10.2.4 Solifluction Deposits and Phenomena. - 10.3 Rapid Mass-Wasting Processes. - 10.3.1 Active-Layer-Detachment Slides. - 10.3.2 Debris Flows, Slush Flows and Avalanches. - 10.3.3 Rockfall. - 10.4 Snow Hydrology and Slopewash Processes. - 10.4.1 Snow Hydrology and Snowbanks. - 10.4.2 Surface and Subsurface Wash. - 10.5 Active-Layer Phenomena. - 10.5.1 Frost Heaving. - 10.5.2 Bedrock Heave. - 10.5.3 Upward Heaving of Stones and Objects. - 10.5.4 Stone Tilting. - 10.5.5 Ne
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Call number: AWI E1-89-0347
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 50 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Part I German oceanographic institutions. - Part II German oceanographic expeditions. - Part III German oceanographers. - References.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Call number: AWI Bio-19-92601
    Description / Table of Contents: Taxonomy plays a central role in biological sciences. It provides a communication system for scientists as it aims to enable correct identification of the studied organisms. As a consequence, species descriptions should seek to include as much available information as possible at species level to follow an integrative concept of ‘taxonomics’. Here, we describe the cryptic species Epimeria frankei sp. nov. from the North Sea, and also redescribe its sister species, Epimeria cornigera. The morphological information obtained is substantiated by DNA barcodes and complete nuclear 18S rRNA gene sequences. In addition, we provide, for the first time, full mitochondrial genome data as part of a metazoan species description for a holotype, as well as the neotype. This study represents the first successful implementation of the recently proposed concept of taxonomics, using data from high-throughput technologies for integrative taxonomic studies, allowing the highest level of confidence for both biodiversity and ecological research.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 26 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 2045-2322
    Series Statement: Scientific Reports / Springer Nature 8, 6893
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Offenbach/M. : Deutscher Wetterdienst
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-652-102
    In: Promet, Heft 102
    Description / Table of Contents: In diesem Heft sind Beiträge zusammengestellt, die wichtige Prozesse im arktischen Klimasystem beschreiben und die sich auf Prozesse in der Atmosphäre konzentrieren. Die Vorgänge und Veränderungen in der Arktis sind gekoppelt mit dem globalen Klimasystem. Dabei gehen die Wirkungen in beide Richtungen. Großräumige atmosphärische Fernwirkungen, wie Arktische Oszillation (AO), Nordatlantische Oszillation (NAO) oder Pazifik-Nordamerika-Oszillation (PNA), sind Beispiele dieser Kopplungen. Diese beeinflussen die Arktis und die mittleren Breiten und werden andererseits in ihrer Ausprägung von Vorgängen in beiden Regionen beeinflusst. Große ozeanische Strömungssysteme („Conveyor Belt“) verbinden alle Weltmeere. Ein Zweig führt über den Golfstrom und den Nordatlantischen Strom bis in den Arktischen Ozean, wo die Wassermassen durch Abkühlung und Eisbildung modifiziert werden und zum großen Teil als Tiefenwasser in den Nordatlantik zurückkehren und somit zum Antrieb der thermohalinen Zirkulation (THC) beitragen. Aus der Arktis mit der transpolaren Drift durch die Framstraße treibendes Meereis beeinflusst über die Arktis hinaus den Salzgehalt und die Dichteschichtung im Nordatlantik. Abschmelzende Gletscher erhöhen den Meeresspiegel weltweit. Die Arktis ist also kein isoliertes System. Das Wechselspiel aller Komponenten des arktischen Klimasystems miteinander und mit dem globalen Klimasystem ist zu komplex und umfangreich, als dass es in einem Prometheft umfassend abgehandelt werden kann. Wir beschränken uns hier daher auf die Diskussion wichtiger Prozesse in der Atmosphäre und der Wechselwirkung zwischen der Atmosphäre und dem Meereis.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 92 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISSN: 0340-4552
    Series Statement: Promet Heft 102
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort „Zu diesem Heft“ / B. BRÜMMER 1. Athmosphärische Bedingungen und Energiehaushalt der Arktis im Jahresgang / B. BRÜMMER 2. Regionale und globale Wechselwirkung zwischen arktischem Meereis und der atmosphärischen Zirkulation / K. DETHLOFF, A. RINKE, D. HANDORF, R. JAISER, W. DORN, A. SOMMERFELD 3. Arktische Verstärkung und Wolken / M. WENDISCH, A. EHRLICH 4. Arktische Zyklonen: Häufigkeit und Wirkung auf das Meereis / B. BRÜMMER 5. Polare Kaltluftausbrüche / M. GRYSCHKA 6. Arktische Polynjen / S. WILLMES, G. HEINEMANN, A. PREUSSER 7. Turbulente Energie- und Impulsflüsse in der atmosphärischen Grenzschicht über dem polaren Ozean / C. LÜPKES, A. SCHMITT, V. GRYANIK 8 Der katabatische Wind über Grönland / G. HEINEMANN Buchbesprechung Examina im Jahr 2017
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Köln : Carl Heymanns Verlag
    Call number: AWI S5-18-91862
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXV, 2377 Seiten , 19 cm
    Edition: 5. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783452287168
    Series Statement: Heymanns Taschenkommentare zum gewerblichen Rechtsschutz
    Uniform Title: Gemeinschaftsmarkenverordnung
    Former Title: 1.-4. Auflage unter dem Titel: Gemeinschaftsmarkenverordnung
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI E1-18-91884
    Description / Table of Contents: Am 2. Mai 1888 bricht Fridtjof Nansen mit fünf Kameraden auf, Grönland zu durchqueren. Dieser Expedition stehen mehr als 90 Tage in Eis und Schnee bevor ... Am 24. Juni 1893 fährt die "Fram" in arktische Gewässer. Das Schiff soll im Eis eingeschlossen über den Nordpol driften. Geleitet wird dieses Unternehmen von Fridtjof Nansen. Wer war dieser Mann? Was reizte ihn an der unwirtlichen Welt nördlich des Polarkreises?
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 173 Seiten , Illustrationen , 21 cm
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 3742102850 (Pp.)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Store Fröen - eine Kindheit am Rand der dunklen Wälder. - 2 Kristiania, Schule und Examen - aber was danach?. - 3 Mit der "Viking" an die Küste des Märchenlandes. - 4 Die Bergener Jahre, Studium und Träume - und der Alte sagt doch ja. - 5 Auf Schneeschuhen durch Grönland - sechs Männer bezwingen die Eiswüste. - 6 Eine Frau fürs Leben - und der Pol lockt. - 7 Ein Schiff wird zur Heimat - mit der "Fram" ins Niemandsland. - 8 In Nacht und Eis - ein Forschungsprogramm, wie es noch keines gab. - 9 Aufbruch zum Pol und der Kampf ums Überleben. - 10 Stürmische Jahre - Weiterleben gegen die Schläge des Schicksals. - Zeittafel zur Biografie Fridtjof Nansens. - Worterklärungen. - Literatur.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: ZSP-201-86/13
    In: CRREL Report, 86-13
    Description / Table of Contents: Stress-deformation data for six granular soils ranging from sandy silt to dense-graded crushedstone were obtained from in-situ tests and laboratory tests. Surface deflections were measured in the in-situ tests, with repeated-load plate-bearing and falling-weight deflectometer equipment, when the six granular soils were frozen, thawed, and at various stages of recovery from thaw weakening. The measured deflections were used to judge the validity of procedures developed for laboratory triaxial tests to determine nonlinear resilient moduli of specimens in the frozen, thawed, and recovering states. The validity of the nonlinear resilient moduli, expressed as functions of externally applied stress and moisture tension, was confirmed by using the expressions tocalculate surface deflections that were found to compare well with deflections measured in the in-situ tests. The tests on specimens at various stages of recovery are especially significant because they show a strong dependence of the resilient modulus on moisture tension, leading to the conclusion that predictions or in-situ measurements of moisture tension can be used to evaluate expected seasonal variation in the resilient modulus of granular soils.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 148 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 86-13
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Test sections Installing instruments and sampling Laboratory tests Asphalt concrete Base, subbase and subgrade soils Data analysis for base, subbase and subgrade soils Field tests Analysis of plate loading tests Analytical approach Results Discussion Conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Field data Appendix B: Ground temperatures, moisture tension, water table and freezing iso-therms prevailing during plate loading tests Appendix C: Measured surface deflections compared with deflections calculated by NELAPAV Appendix D: Resilient moduli and supporting data calculated by NELAPA V at radius 0.0, taxiways A and B.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Köln : Carl Heymanns Verlag
    Call number: AWI S5-19-92101
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 311 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783452291295 , 3452291294
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: ZSP-SCAR-570-10
    In: National Antarctic Research Report to SCAR, 10
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 61 Seiten
    ISSN: 0179-0072
    Series Statement: National Antarctic Research Report to SCAR 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Membership of the National Committee on Antarctic Research in the Federal Republic of Germany. - Members of Permanent Working Groups and Groups of Specialists of SCAR. - Introduction. - Stations. - I. Record of Activities (past and ongoing), April 1987 - October 1988. - II. Planned Activities, October 1988 - October 1989. - References. - Addenda to Former Reports. - Index of Activities.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: ZSP-SCAR-570-9
    In: National Antarctic Research Report to SCAR, No. 9
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 34 Seiten
    ISSN: 0179-0072
    Series Statement: National Antarctic Research Report to SCAR 9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Membership of the National Committee on Antarctic Research in the Federal Republic of Germany. - Members of Permanent Working Groups and Groups of Specialists of SCAR. - Introduction. - Stations. - I. Record of Activities (past and ongoing), April 1986 - October 1987. - II. Planned Activities, October 1987 - October 1988. - References. - Addenda to Former Reports. - Index of Activities.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Leipzig : Academy of Sciences of the GDR, Central Institute of Isotope and Radiation Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G6-19-91927-3
    In: Third Working Meeting Radioisotope Application and Radiation Processing in Industry, Vol. 3
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XIX, Seite 749-1095 , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: VOLUME III PART 2 : POSTER CONTRIBUTIONS (continued) M. Braune: SIMPLIFIED MATHEMATICAL MODELS FOR BACKSCATTERING OF X-RAYS H.-W. Thümmel, G. Korner, J.W. Leonhardt: STATE AND PERFORMANCE OF ON-STREAM ASH CONTENT DETERMINATION IN LIGNITE AND BLACK COAL USING THE 2-ENERGY TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE H.-W. Thümmel, G. Korner, Oh. Beutel, W. Riedel, U. Gräfenhain, J.W. Leonhardt: KRAS-2 - A GAUGE FOR THE ON-STREAM DETERMINATION OF THE ASH CONTENT IN RAW LIGNITE AT POWER STATIONS D. Fritzsche, H.-W. Thümmel: A SCATTER MODEL FOR CAlCULATION OF GAMMA RAY INTENSITIES IN SCATTER-TRANSMISSION GEOMETRY L. Meray, E. Hazi: DECONTAMINATION TEST WITH ISOTOPE INDUCED X-RAY FLUORESCENCE METHOD H. Silveira da Silva: CALCULATION OF THE DOSIMETER RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF THE GAMMA RADIATION ENERGY L. Wawrzonek, J. Parus: OPTIMIZATION OF RADIOMETRIC METHOD OF ASH CONTENT DETERMINATION IN BROWN COAL SAMPLES G. Körner, G. Fischer, D. Fritzsche, J.W. Leonhardt, K. Rosenbaum, H.-W. Thümmel: EXPERIENCE IN RADIOMETRIC ON-LINE DETERMINATION R. Göldner, E. Maul, D. Wagner: FAST NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS OF BROWN COAL SAMPLES FOR SILICON AND ASH B. Heinrich, K. Irmer, R. Pötschke: FAST ANALYSIS OF CARBON CONTENT BY INELASTIC SCATTERING OF NEUTRONS H.-W. Thümmel, M. Frenzel, D. Fritzsche, T. Cechak, J. Kluson: INFLUENCE OF SAMPLE INHOMOGENEITIES ON THE SIGNAL OF 60 keV SCATTER-TRANSMISSION ASH GAUGES W. Michel, U. Paul, D. Luther, H.-G. Könnecke, H.-C. Abendroth: STUDIES ON THE RESIDENCE TIME BEHAVIOUR OF TECHNICAL GRAIN SIZES IN FLUIDIZED BEDS Z. Kolar, J. Thýn, W. Martens, A. Korving: THE MEASUREMENT OF GAS RESIDENCE TIME DISTRIBUTION IN A PRESSURIZED FLUIDIZED-BED COMBUSTOR USING 41Ar AS RADIOTRACER E. Iller, B.J. Trznadel: OPERATION EFFICIENCY ASSESSMENT OF LOOP REACTOR FOR COAL LIQUEFACTION, ON THE GROUNDS OF RADIOTRACER INVESTIGATIONS K. Wagner, T. Grätsch, J. Schüttau: PROCESS ANALYSIS OF THE TECHNOLOGY FOR THE PRODUCTION OF GRAPHITE ELECTRODES BY THE AID OF RADIOISOTOPES G. Krüger, V. Kliem, M. Kreher, N. Boy: A COMPUTER-AIDED X-RAY FLUORESCENCE ANALYZER WITH RADIONUCLIDE EXCITATION H. Firganek, A. Żak, J. Siewierski, S. Zielienski: RADIOISOTOPE INVESTIGATIONS OF WATER LEACHING OF VANADIUM COMPOUNDS FROM POLYMETALLIC ORE D. Degering, S. Unterricker: DETERMINATION OF SMALL YTTRIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN GEOLOGICAL SAMPLES BY CHARGED PARTICLE ACTIVATION ANALYSIS J. Parus: DETERMINATION OF RARE EARTH ELEMENTS WITH RADIOISOTOPE EXCITED X-RAY FLUORESCENCE E. Kowalska, P. Urbański, D. Wagner, H. Bruchertseifer: DETERMINATION OF SILVER CONTENT IN SOME CARRIER MATERIALS BY X-RAY FLUORESCENCE TECHNIQUE L. Rowinska, L. Waliś, W. Dalecki, M. Kusowski: EFFICIENCY OF METAL PURIFICATION BY VACUUM DISTILLATION TECHNIQUE A. Salamon, Z. Demendy: AN EXPERIMENTAL AND THEORETICAL STUDY FOR THE MOTION AND TRAPPING OF INCLUSIONS DURING CONTINUOUS CASTING OF STEEL L. Petryka, Z. Stegowski, L. Furman: COMPLEX INVESTIGATIONS OF COPPER ORE DRESSING PROCESS L. Petryka, Z. Stegowski, L. Furman: MODELLING OF COPPER ORE CONCENTRATION PROCESS J. Palige: RADIOTRACER INVESTIGATION OF THE COPPER PRODUCTION FLASH PROCESS R. Rachlitz, J. Holzhey, W. Böhme, H. Bohmeier, H. Gärtner: SULPHUR DISTRIBUTION, PRINCIPLE OF SOLIDIFICATION AND THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE LIQUID-SOLID INTERFACE IN CONTINOUS COPPER CASTING H. Jaskolska., L. Waliś, C. Janusz: INVESTIGATIONS OF CALCIUM DISTRIBUTION IN GGG MONOCRYSTALS BY MEANS OF LABELLED ATOMS METHOD M. Harasimowicz, J. Palige: RADIOTRACER INVESTIGATIONS OF THE GLASS MELTING PROCESS IN TANK FURNACES G. Philipp, H. Hippius, K. Köpping, H. Ulrich: SUITABILITY OF DIFFERENT RADIOTRACERS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF HOMOGENIZING PROCESSES IN GLASS MELTING FURNACES H. Kupsch, W. Heller: AN ACCELERATOR PRODUCED SHORT-LIVED RADIONUCLIDE FOR THE TRACERTECHNIQUE OF GYPSUM IN A LARGE SCALE PRODUCTION PLANT OF GAS CONCRETE W. Stuchlik, A. Knobloch, B. Kupsch, H.-W. Thümmel, S. Volker: RADIOMETRIC RESIDUAL VOLUME MONITORING IN LARGE BINS USING A MICROCOMPUTER D. Eckstein, H.-G. Jäckel, H. Stechemesser, D. Espig: RADIAL DISTRIBUTION OF MATERIAL IN A BOND MILL DETERMINED BY RADIOTRACER TECHNIQUE A. Zeuner, K. Henning, M. Kiessling: INVESTIGATION OF THE MATERIAL TRANSPORT BEHAVIOUR OF TUBE- AND TROUGH- VIBRATION MILLS BY RADIOACTIVE INDICATORS H. Kupsch, W. Heller: A METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE EFFICIENCY OF A WET MIXER K.-D. Weißenborn, H.-P. Chowanetz, H. Ulrich, K. Köpping: RADIOTRACER INVESTIGATIONS IN LARGE HOMOGENIZATION SILOS TO DETERMINE THE MOTION OF PARTICLES OF DIFFERENT SIZES G.-J. Beyer, M. Böttger, K. Eichhorn, H. Guratzsch, H. Kupsch, K. Regel, G. Winter: USING OF THE ROSSENDORF CYCLOTRON U-120 IN SCIENCE, MEDICINE AND TECHNOLOGY M. Waiblinger, T. Kuhrt, H. Bergmann, K. Hertwig, K. Köpping, H. Ulrich: RADIOTRACER INVESTIGATIONS IN ELECTROLYSE CELLS - SPECIAL PROBLEMS AND USE FOR PROCESS CONTROL K.-D. Rauchstein, H. Leder, W. Walter, K. Köpping, H. Ulrich: RADIOTRACER INVESTIGATIONS IN TECHNICAL MULTIPHASE SYSTEMS AND PRACTICAL USE FOR THE VALUATION OF HYDRODYNAMIC CONDITIONS IN CHEMICAL MULTISTAGE COLUMNES E. Iller, T. Klimkiewicz: OPERATION ANALYSIS OF DIGESTER IN THE CONTINUOUS COOKING PROCESS OF PINEWOOD CHIPS, ON THE GROUNDS OF RADIOTRACER INVESTIGATIONS H. Vocke: DETERMINATION OF RESIDENCE TIME DISPERSION OF POLYMER MELTS IN SPINNING MACHINES BY TRACER APPLICATION J. Flachowsky, H.-H. Deicke: A SIMPLE MONITORING TECHNIQUE TO MEASURE THE RADIOACTIVITY LEVEL OF MEMBRANE FILTERS J. Flachowsky: DETERMINATION OF THE KINETICS OF TRACE ELEMENT ADSORPTION ON SEMICONDUCTOR SURFACES USING RADIOANALYTICAL AND AUTORADIOGRAPHIC METHODS
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-87/15
    In: CRREL Report, 87-15
    Description / Table of Contents: Constant strain-rate tension tests were conducted on remolded saturated frozen Fairbanks silt at various temperatures, strain rates, and densities. It was found that the critical strain rate of the ductile-brittle transition is not temperature-dependent at temperatures down to -5°C, but varies with density. The peak tensile strength decreases considerable with decreasing strain rate for ductile failure, but it decreases slightly with increasing strain rate for brittle fracture. The failure strain remains almost constant at temperatures lower than about -2°C, but it varies with density and strain rate at -5°C. The initial tangent modulus is independent of strain rate and increases with decreasing temperature and density.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 29 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 87-15
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Testing Material Specimen preparation Testing procedure and apparatus Results Discussion Peak tensile strength, σm Failure tensile strain, ϵf Initial tangent modulus and 50% peak strength modulus Discussion of test techniques Conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Physical properties of Fairbanks silt specimens Appendix B: Unfrozen water content data of Fairbanks silt with three typical water contents
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-87/21
    In: CRREL Report, 87-21
    Description / Table of Contents: The author measured time series of longitudinal (u) and vertical (w) velocity and temperature (t) and humidity (q) fluctuations with fast-responding sensors in the near-neutrally stable surface layer over a snow-covered field. These series yielded individual spectra and u-w, w-t, w-q and t-q cospectra, phase spectra and coherence spectra for nondimensional frequencies (fz/U) from roughly 0.001 to 10. With the exception of the u-w cospectra, all the spectra and cospectra displayed the expected dependence on frequency in an inertial or inertial-convective subrange. All, however, contained significantly more energy at low frequency than the Kansas neutral-stability spectra and cospectra. This excess low-frequency energy and the erratic behavior of the u-w cospectra imply that forested hills bordering the site on two sides were producing disturbances in the flow field at scales roughly equal to the height of the hills, 100 m. The phase and coherence spectra suggest that internal gravity waves were also frequently present, since the atmospheric boundary layer generally had slightly stable stratification. Consequently, at this complex site, turbulence alone determines the spectra and cospectra at high frequency; at low frequency the spectra and cospectra reflect a combination of topographically generated turbulence and internal waves. From the measured temperature and humidity spectra and the t-q cospectra, the author computed refractive index spectra for light of 0.55-micrometer and millimeter wavelengths. The refractive index spectra had shapes like the other scalar spectra: excess energy at low frequency and an inertial-convective subrange at high frequency.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 50 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 87-21
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Measurements Spectra u and w velocity spectra Temperature and humidity spectra Inertial-dissipation estimates Cospectra u-w cospectra w-t and w-q cospectra t-q cospectra Refractive index spectra Conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Call number: AWI A4-19-92164
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Redaktioneller Stand Januar 2018
    Series Statement: Im Fokus / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT: EDITORIAL. - Auf den Spuren des Wandels: Forschung an den Brennpunkten unseres Planeten. - SCHWERPUNKTTHEMA. - Hotspot Arktis – wenn das Eis verschwindet. - OZEANOGRAPHIE. - E-Mails vom Filchner-Schelfeis. - MEEREISVORHERSAGE. - Wenn zwei sich „streiten“. - KLIMAMODELLIERUNG. - Stets die richtige Maschenweite. - HYDROAKUSTIK. - Der Sound des Ozeans. - OZEANOGRAPHIE. - Der Wärme-Pulsschlag des Nordatlantiks. - OZEANOGRAPHIE. - Wohin wandert der Rieseneisberg vom Larsen C-Schelfeis?. - ATMOSPHÄRENFORSCHUNG. - Per Anhalter in die Arktis. - KLIMAMODELLIERUNG. - Die Stärken des Rechnens. - FERNERKUNDUNG. - Die Lücken im Blick. - ATMOSPHÄRENFORSCHUNG. - Die Ozon-Story. - MEEREISPHYSIK. - Messungen aus der Vogelperspektive. - FORSCHUNGSVERBUND. - Den Klimawandel vor der Haustür verstehen. - INFOGRAFIK. - Einblicke in das Klima der Vergangenheit. - MEERESSPIEGELANSTIEG. - Eis weg - Land unter!. - IMPRESSUM.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: ZSP-SCAR-570-7
    In: National Antarctic Research Report to SCAR, No. 7
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 37 Seiten , 2 Beilagen
    ISSN: 0179-0072
    Series Statement: National Antarctic Research Report to SCAR 7
    Language: English
    Note: 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Neuschwabenland (West) 〈1 : 2.000.000〉, Bildflugroutenübersicht Antarktis-Expediton 1983/84 = Aerial Survey Route Map. - 2. Ausgabe. - Frankfurt am Main : Institut für Angewandte Geodäsie (IfAG), 1985. , 1 Beilage unter dem Titel: Supplement to National Antarctic Research Report to SCAR, No. 7 (July 1985) , Contents: Membership of the National Committee on Antarctic Research in the Federal Republic of Germany. - Members of Permanent Working Groups and Groups of Specialists of SCAR. - Introduction. - Stations. - I. Record of Activities (past and ongoing), April 84-October 85. - II. Planned Activities, October 1985 - October 1986. - References. - Addenda to Former Reports. - Index of Activities.
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: AWI P2-90-0247
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ca. 200 ungezählte Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS. PART ONE: HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENTS OF ANTARCTIC COMMUNICATIONS. - CONSIDERATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS BY SCAR AND ANTARCTIC TREATY CONSULTATIVE PARTIES. - ANTARCTIC TREATY RESOLUTIONS ON ANTARCTIC COMMUNICATIONS. - WMO RESOLUTIONS AND PRINCIPLES ON ANTARCTIC COMMUNICATIONS. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Engineering principles of the GTS. - 3. Functions and responsibilities of Meteorological Telecommunications Centres. - 4. Characteristics of the networks of the GTS. - 5. Operational principles of the GTS. - 6. The transmission of meteorological data on the GTS. - 7. Collection and transmission of meteorological data. - 8. Data processing. - 9. Telecommunications system. - 10. Weather reporting by traverse parties. - 11. Automatic weather stations in the Antarctic. - 12. AIREP reports. - 13. Mobile ship stations. - OTHER RELEVANT RECOMMENDATIONS AND RESOLUTIONS. - APPENDICES. - APPENDIX I. - Manual on the Global Data Processing System. - Vol. II - regional aspects, the Antarctic. - Data-processing and meteorological service activities in the Antarctic. - APPENDIX II. - Stations and observational programs comprising the Basic Synoptic Network in the Antarctic. - APPENDIX III. - Network of CLIMA T and CLIMAT TEMP reporting stations in the Antarctic. - APPENDIX IV. - Summary information of the collection of meteorological observational data by individual centres. - APPENDIX V. - Manual on the Global Telecommunications System. - Vol. II - regional aspects, the Antarctic. - Antarctic data telecommunications arrangements. - , TABLE OF CONTENTS. PART TWO: INTRODUCTION TO PART TWO. - RADIO PROCEDURES IN ANTARCTICA. - Introduction. - Distress and emergency procedures. - Control of circuits. - Traffic procedures. - USES OF CODES AND ABBREVIATIONS. - General. - Radio telegraphy. - Radio telephony. - Signal reporting codes. - Unofficial codes. - RADIO TELEPHONE OPERATIONS. - RADIO TELEPRINTER (RTTY) PROCEDURE. - General. - Preparation of teleprinter tapes. - General message format. - METEOROLOGICAL MESSAGES. - Introduction. - Format of meteorological messages. - Addressed messages. - Additional procedures. - Types of meteorological data messages. - List of stations carrying out meteorological observations. - Radio facsimile broadcasts of meteorological analyses charts. - Radio Teletype broadcasts of coded meteorological data. - ANTARCTIC STATIONS FITTED WITH INMARSAT FACILITIES. - EXCHANGE INFORMATION ON ANTARCTIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS. - EQUIPMENT AND SCHEDULES.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: AWI Bio-19-92456
    In: Nova Hedwigia / Beiheft, 144
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IV, 545 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783443510633
    Series Statement: Nova Hedwigia / Beiheft 141
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Curriculum Vitae List of Publications by Horst Lange-Bertalot Bahls, L.: Seven new species in Navicula sensu stricto from the Northern Great Plains and Northern Rocky Mountains. Blanco, S., B. Van de Vijver, A. Vinocur, G. Mataloni, J. Goma, M. H. Novais & L. Ector: Hippodonta lange-bertalotii Van de Vijver, Mataloni & Vinocur sp. nov. and related small-celled Hippodonta taxa. Burliga, A. L. & J. P. Kociolek : Four new Eunotia Ehrenberg species (Bacillariophyceae) from pristine regions of Carajas National Forest, Amazonia, Brazil. Cantonati, M., M. Leira, N. Angeli & C. Lopez Rodriguez: Naviculadicta langebertcdotii sp. nov. (Bacillariophyta) from streams in Galicia (N-W Spain). Karthick, B., P. B. Hamilton & J. P. Kociolek: Taxonomy and biogeography of some Surirella Turpin (Bacillariophyceae) taxa from Peninsular India. Karthick, B. & Kociolek, J. P.: A new species of Pleurosigma from Western Ghats, South India. Metzeltin, D.: Eunotia langebertalotii, a new species from Lambir Hills National Park in Sarawak, tropical East Malaysia Monnier, O., L. Ector, F. Rimet, M. Ferreol & L. Hoffmann: Adlafia langebertalotii sp. nov. (Bacillariophyceae), a new diatom from the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg morpho­logically similar to A. suchlandtii comb. nov. Morales, E. A., K. M. Manoylov & L. L. Bahls: Fragilariforma horstii sp. nov. (Ba­cillariophyceae) a new araphid species from the northern United States of America Reichardt, E.: Der Artenkomplex um Gomphonema occultum E. Reichardt & Lange-Bertalot (Bacillariophyceae): Variability und drei neue Arten Stachura-Suchoples, K.: On taxonomy of Pliocaenicus costatus species complex, varieties, demes or/and morphological variability? Trobajo, R., D. G. Mann & E. J. Cox: Studies on the type material of Nitzschia abbreviata (Bacillariophyta) Van de Vijver, B., B. Chattova, D. Metzeltin & M. Lebouvier: The genus Pinnularia (Bacillariophyta) on lie Amsterdam (TAAF, Southern Indian Ocean) Van de Vijver, B., A. Jarlman, M. de Haan & L. Ector: New and interesting diatom species (Bacillariophyceae) from Swedish rivers Williams, D. M.: Diatoma moniliforme: Commentary, relationships and an appropriate name Ake-Castillo, J. A., Y. B. Okolodkov, S. Espinosa-Matias, F. del C. Merino-Virgilio, J. A. Herrera-Silveira & L. Ector: Cyclotella marina (Tanimura, Nagumo et Kato) Ake-Castillo, Okolodkov et Ector comb, et stat. nov. (Thalassiosiraceae): a bloom-forming diatom in the southeastern Gulf of Mexico Belando, M. D., A. Marin & M. Aboal: Licmophora species from a Mediterranean hyper-saline coastal lagoon (Mar Menor, Murcia, SE Spain) Reid, G.: Toxonidea langebertalotii sp. nov. A new marine diatom from the Salvages Islands Riaux-Gobin, C., R Compere, A. Y. Al-Handal & F. Straub: SEM survey of some small-sized Planothidium (Bacillariophyta) from coral sands off Mascarenes. (Western Indian Ocean) Khursevich, G. & Kociolek, J. P.: A preliminary, worldwide inventory of the extinct, freshwater fossil diatoms from the orders Thalassiosirales, Stephanodiscales, Paraliales, Aulacoseirales, Melosirales, Coscindiscales, and Biddulphiales 315 Kulikovskiy, M. S., G. K. Khursevich & A. Witkowski: Encyonema horstii sp. nov., a species of unusual valve outline from the Pleistocene deposits of Lake Baikal Witkowski, J., D. M. Harwood & M. Kulikovskiy: Observations on Late Cretaceous ma­rine diatom resting spore genera Pseudoaulacodiscus and Archaegoniothecium gen. nov. Jasprica, N., M. Caric, F Krsinic, T. Kapetanovic, M. Batistic & J. Njire: Planktonic dia­toms and their environment in the lower Neretva River estuary (Eastern Adriatic Sea, NE Mediterranean) Solak, C. N., L. Ector, A. Z. Wojtal, E. Acs & E. A. Morales: A review of investigations on diatoms (Bacillariophyta) in Turkish inland waters Bak, M. & A. Szlauer-Lukaszewska: Bioindicative potential of diatoms and ostracods in the Odra mouth environment quality assessment Starrat, S. W.: Holocene diatom flora and climate history of Medicine Lake, Northern California, USA. Medlin, L., I. Yang & S. Sato: Evolution of the Diatoms. VII. Four gene Phylogeny as­sesses the validity of celected araphid genera Lang, I. & I. Kaczmarska: Morphological and molecular identity of diatom cells retrieved from ship ballast tanks destined for Vancouver, Canada Buczko, K.: The Pantocsek diatom and photomicrograph collectio n from 19th to 21th cen­tury
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92460
    Description / Table of Contents: The Yukon Coast in Canada is an ice-rich permafrost coast and highly sensitive to changing environmental conditions. Retrogressive thaw slumps are a common thermoerosion feature along this coast, and develop through the thawing of exposed ice-rich permafrost on slopes and removal of accumulating debris. They contribute large amounts of sediment, including organic carbon and nitrogen, to the nearshore zone. The objective of this study was to 1) identify the climatic and geomorphological drivers of sediment-meltwater release, 2) quantify the amount of released meltwater, sediment, organic carbon and nitrogen, and 3) project the evolution of sediment-meltwater release of retrogressive thaw slumps in a changing future climate. The analysis is based on data collected over 18 days in July 2013 and 18 days in August 2012. A cut-throat flume was set up in the main sediment-meltwater channel of the largest retrogressive thaw slump on Herschel Island. In addition, two weather stations, one on top of the undisturbed tundra and one on the…
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 163 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Abstract Kurzfassung Abbreviations and nomenclature 1. Introduction 2. Scientific Background 2.1. Permafrost 2.2.Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 2.3. Inputs of Freshwater, Sediment and Carbon into the Canadian Beaufort Sea 3. Study Area 3.1. Regional Setting: Yukon Coast and Herschel Island 3.2. Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 4. Material and Methods 4.1. Field Work 4.1.1. Terrain Photography 4.1.2. Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) 4.1.3. Light Detection And Ranging (LiDAR) and Digital Elevation Model (DEM) 4.1.4. Micrometeorology 4.1.5. Discharge Measurement 4.1.6. Multiple Regression-Statistical Relationships between Micrometeorological Variables and Discharge 4.1.7. Sampling 4.2. Laboratory Analyses 4.2.1. Sedimentological Analyses 4.2.2. Hydrochemical Analyses 4.3. Fluxes of Sediment and (In-) Organic Matter 5. Results 5.1. Field Work 5.1.1. Terrain Photography 5.1.2. Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) 5.1.3. Light Detecting And Ranging (LiDAR) and Digital Elevation Model (DEM) 5.1.4. Micrometeorology 5.1.5. Discharge 5.1.6. Multiple Regression - Statistical Relationships between Micrometeorology and Discharge 5.2. Laboratory Analyses 5.2.1. Sedimentological Analyses 5.2.2. Hydrochemical Analyses 5.3. Fluxes of Sediment-meltwater 6. Discussion 6.1. Microclimatological and Geomorphological Factors Controlling Discharge 6.1.1. Diurnal Variations 6.1.2. Seasonal Variations 6.2. Contribution of Retrogressive Thaw Slumps to the Sediment Budget of the Yukon Coast 6.2.1. Origin of Outflow Material 6.2.2. Slump D in the Regional Context 6.2.3. Seasonal Sediment Budget Compilation for Slump D 6.2.4. Retrogressive Thaw Slump Occurrence along the Yukon Coast 6.2.5. Input to the Beaufort Sea 6.3. Projected Climatic Change and its Impact on Retrogressive Thaw Slump Outflow 6.4. Uncertainties and Limitations 6.5. Future Research 7. Conclusion 8. Appendix 8.1. Field Work 8.1.1. Slump D's northern headwall profile 8.1.2. Collinson Head slump 8.1.3. Herschel Island West Coast slump 8.1.4. Roland Bay slump 8.1.5. Kay Point slump 8.2. Laboratory Work 8.2.1. Volumetric Ice Content 8.2.2. Grain Size 8.3. Evolution of Slump D 8.3.1. Geo Eye satellite of Slump D 8.3.2. Aerial Oblique Photography of Slump D 8.3.3. LiDAR of Slump D 8.3.4. Time Lapse Photography of Slump D's Headwall 9. References 10. Financial and technical support 11. Acknowledgement - Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: ZSP-201-86/3
    In: CRREL Report, 86-3
    Description / Table of Contents: Experiments to study the melting of a horizontal ice sheet with a flow of water above it were conducted in a 35 m long refrigerated flume with a cross section of 1.2x1.2 m. Water depth, temperature, and velocity were varied as well as the temperature and initial surface profile of the ice sheet. The heat transfer regimes were found to consist of forced turbulent flow at high Reynolds numbers with a transition to free convection heat transfer. There was no convincing evidence of a forced laminar regime. The data were correlated for each of the regimes, with the Reynolds number, Re, or the Grashof number combined with the Reynolds number as Gr/Re to the 2.5 power used to characterize the different kinds of heat transfer. For water flowing over a horizontal ice sheet, the melting heat flux, for low flow velocities, was not found to drop below the value for the free convection case-488.5 W/sq m-as long as the water temperature exceeds 3.4 C. This is significant since the free convection melt values far exceed those for laminar forced convection. At the low flow velocities, the melting flux was not dependent upon the fluid temperature until the water temperature dropped below 3.4 C, when q sub c = 135.7 (Delta T). In general, the heat transfer was found to significantly exceed that of non-melting systems for the same regimes. This was attributed to increased free stream turbulence, thermal instability due to the density maximum of water near 4 C, and the turbulent eddies associated with the generation of a wavy ice surface during the melting.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vii, 85 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 86-3
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Non-melting heat transfer relations for horizontal surfaces Heat transfer for melting horizontal ice sheets Instrument setup, data acquisition and test procedures General Instrumentation Data acquisition Computer software Test procedures Data output from computer Equations used for data analysis Control volume and melting surface Control of variables Error analysis Experimental results and discussion Wave formation Temperature and velocity profiles in open channel flow Correlation of data Summary Literature cited Appendix A: Conversion equations for data acquisition equipment Appendix B: Computer code for data acquisition and analysis Appendix C: Typical test output Appendix D: Thermal properties of water and ice Appendix E: Error analysis Appendix F: Summary of test conditions Appendix G: Experimental data and calculated quantities, with inlet length
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-86/9
    In: CRREL Report, 86-9
    Description / Table of Contents: The bulk aerodynamic transfer coefficients for sensible (C sub H) and latent (C sub E) heat over snow and sea ice surfaces are necessary for accurately modeling the surface energy budget but are very difficult to measure. This report therefore presents a theory that predicts C sub H and C sub E as functions of the wind speed and a surface roughness parameter. The crux of the model is establishing the interfacial sublayer profiles of the scalars, temperature and water vapor, over aerodynamically smooth and rough surfaces. These interfacial sublayer profiles are delivered from surface-renewal model in which turbulent eddies continually sweep down to the surface, transfer scalar contaminants across the interface by molecular diffusion, and then burst away. Matching the interfacial sublayer profiles with the usual semilogarithmic inertial sublayer profiles yields the roughness lengths for temperature and water vapor. With these and a model for the drag coefficient over snow and sea ice based on actual measurements, the transfer coefficients are predicted. C sub E is always a few percent larger than C and H. Both decrease monotonically with increasing wind speed for speeds above 1 m/s, both increase at all winds speeds as the surface gets rougher. Both, nevertheless, are almost between 0.0010 and 0.0015.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vi, 26 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 86-9
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Aerodynamically rough surface Aerodynamically smooth surface Scalar transfer coefficients Conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-86/8
    In: CRREL Report, 86-8
    Description / Table of Contents: In this work, numerical computations of heat transfer for freezing a shaft wall have been conducted. Both fixed mesh and deforming mesh finite-element methods are used. In the fixed mesh method, latent heat effects are accounted for through a δ function in the apparent heat capacity. In the deforming mesh method, an automatic mesh-generation technique with transfinite mappings is used, and in this method two different approaches are taken to evaluate the movement of the interface. The freeze-pipes are considered as point sources with irregular distribution. The advancement of the inner and outer boundaries of the frozen wall is found to be in agreement with the previously computed results
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iii, 31 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 86-8
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Basic finite-element formulas Description of problem Finite-element equation-fixed mesh Finite-element equation-deforming mesh Transfinite mapping technique Computations and conclusions Literature cited Appendix A : Point heat sources Appendix B: Evaluation of the integral including latent heat (fixed mesh) Appendix C: Specification of [K] -deforming mesh Appendix D: Specifying δΤ/δn and the direction of mj for method I Appendix E: Procedures of method 2 Appendix F: Explanation of programs
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92415
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VIII, 154, xv Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung 1 Motivation 2 Introduction 2.1 Arctic climate changes and their impacts on Coastal processes 2.2 Shoreline retreat along Arctic coasts 2.3 Impacts of Coastal erosion 2.3.1 Material fluxes 2.3.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps 2.3.3 Socio-economic impacts 2.4 Objectives 2.5 Study area 2.6 Thesis structure 2.7 Authors’ contributions 3 Variability in rates of Coastal change along the Yukon coast, 1951 to 2015 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Study Area 3.3 Data and Methods 3.3.1 Remote sensing data 3.3.2 Field survey data 3.3.3 Classification of shoreline 3.3.4 Transect-wise analyses of shoreline movements through time 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Temporal variations in shoreline change rates 3.4.2 Alongshore rates of change 3.4.3 Shoreline dynamics along field sites 3.4.4 Dynamics of lagoons, barrier Islands and spits (gravel features) 3.4.5 Yukon Territory land loss 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Temporal variations in shoreline change rates 3.5.2 Alongshore rates of change 3.5.3 Dynamics of lagoons, barrier Islands, and spits (gravel features) 3.5.4 Expected shoreline changes as a consequence of future climate warming 3.6 Conclusions Context 4 Coastal erosion of permafrost Solls along the Yukon Coastal Plain and Kuxes oforganic carbon to the Canadian Beaufort Sea 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Study Area 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Sample collection and laboratory analyses 4.3.2 Soll organic carbon determinations 4.3.3 Flux of organic soil carbon and Sediments 4.3.4 Fate of the eroded soil organic carbon 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Ground lce 4.4.2 Organic carbon contents 4.4.3 Material fluxes 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Ground lce 4.5.2 Organic carbon contents 4.5.3 Material fluxes 4.5.4 Organic carbon in nearshore Sediments 4.6 Conclusion Context 5 Terrain Controls on the occurrence of Coastal retrogressive thaw slumpsalong the Yukon Coast, Canada 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Study Area 5.3 Methods 5.3.1 Mapping of RTSs and landform Classification 5.3.2 Environmental variables 5.3.3 Univariate regression trees 5.4 Results 5.4.1 Characteristics of RTS along the coast 5.4.2 Density and areal coverage od RTSs along the Yukon Coast 5.5 Discussion 5.5.1 Characteristics and distribution of RTSs along the Yukon Coast 5.5.2 Terrain factors explaining RTS occurrence 5.5.3 Coastal processes 5.6 Conclusions Context 6 Impacts of past and fiiture Coastal changes on the Yukon coast - threats forcultural sites, infrastructure and travel routes 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Study Area 6.3 Methods 6.3.1 Data for shoreline projections 6.3.2 Shoreline projection for the conservative scenario (S1) 6.3.3 Shoreline Projection for the dynamic scenario (S2) 6.3.4 Positioning and characterizing of cultural sites 6.3.5 Calculation of losses under the S1 and S2 scenarios 6.3.6 Estimation of future dynamics in very dynamic areas 6.4 Results and discussion 6.4.1 Past and future shoreline change rates 6.4.2 Cultural sites 6.4.3 Infrastructure and travel routes 6.5 Conclusions 7 Discussion 7.1 The importance of understanding climatic drivers of Coastal changes 7.2 The influence of shoreline change rates on retrogressive thaw slump activity 7.3 On the calculation of carbon fluxes from Coastal erosion along the Yukon coast 7.4 Impacts of present and future Coastal erosion on the natural and human environment 7.5 Synthesis 8 Summary and Conclusions Bibliography Supporting Material Data Set ds01 Table S1 Table S3 Abbreviations and Nomendature Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Leipzig : Academy of Sciences of the GDR, Central Institute of Isotope and Radiation Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G6-19-91927-1
    In: Third Working Meeting Radioisotope Application and Radiation Processing in Industry, Vol. 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 375 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0323-8776
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS VOLUME I PART 1: PLENARY AND DISCUSSION LECTURES R.J.B. Hadden: RADIONUCLIDES FOR PROCESS CONTROL AND INSPECTION J. Guizerix: TRENDS AND OPEN QUESTIONS IN INDUSTRIAL TRACER APPLICATIONS A. S. Shtan, V. A. Mashinin Zh.I. Matalygina: NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS OF GEOLOGICAL SAMPLES WITH THE APPLICATION OF RADIONUCLIDE NEUTRON SOURCES W. Michaelis: RADIONUCLIDES IN ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH AND PROTECTION J.K. Miettinen: RADIONUCLIDES IN ENVIRONMENT J. W. Leonhardt: RADIOISOTOPES IN ENERGETICS K. Przewlocki: APPLICATION OF NUCLEAR TECHNIQUES IN MINING INDUSTRY K. Wetzel: TRACERS IN GEOCHEMICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH A. K. Pikaev: ENVIRONMENTAL APPLICATION OF RADIATION PROCESSING R. Otto: LABELLED COMPOUNDS FOR TRACER INVESTIGATIONS IN INDUSTRY R. Otto, H.-G. Könnecke, D. Luther, P. Hecht: RADIONUCLIDES FOR PROCESS ANALYSIS - PROBLEMS AND EXAMPLES Z. Málek: PRESENT STAGE OF CO-OPERATION OF THE CMEA MEMBER COUNTRIES IN THE FIELD OF ISOTOPE AND RADIATION TECHNOLOGY E.A. Abramyan: HIGH POWER ELECTRON ACCELERATORS IN RADIATION PROCESSING J. Sivinski: CURRENT AND FUTURE INITIATIVES OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY IRRADIATION PROGRAM ACTIVITIES J. Bös, J. Schmidt, U. Decker, H. Mai, L. Richter: ON THE APPLICATION OF SOME METHODS FOR THE INVESTIGATION OF RADIATION-INDUCED PROCESSES IN POLYETHYLENE H.-J. Heinrich, K. Posselt, W. Hädrich, L. Röhr, D. Flügge: ASPECTS OF IRRADIATION TECHNOLOGY CONCERNING THE CROSSLINKING OF CABLE AND WIRE INSULATIONS AND OF TUBES BY HIGH ENERGY ELECTRONS P. Popp, J.W. Leonhardt, G. Oppermann, H. Merten: THE HELIUM-DETECTOR: THEORY AND PRACTICE H.-H. Deicke: ASPECTS OF RADIATION PROTECTION IN THE APPLICATION OF RADIOTRACERS FOR RESEARCH IN INDUSTRIAL PLANTS
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: ZSP-201-87/17
    In: CRREL Report, 87-17
    Description / Table of Contents: The ability to map frazil ice deposits and water channels beneath an ice-covered river in central Alaska using the magnetic induction conductivity (MI) technique has been assessed. The study was performed during the first week of March of 1986 on the Tanana River near Fairbanks and employed a commercially available instrument operating at a fixed frequency with a fixed antenna (coil) spacing and orientation. Comparisons of the MI data with theoretical models based upon physical data measured along three cross sections of the river demonstrate the sensitivity of the MI technique to frazil ice deposits. The conductivity generally derived for the frazil ice deposits encountered is very low (approx. .00063 s/m) when compared with the measured value for water (approx. 0.011 S/m), and is similar to the calculated values for gravel and sandy gravel bed sediments. In all three cross sections, maxima in the apparent conductivity profiles correlated with frazil ice deposits. Difficulties, possibly due to adverse effects of cold weather upon instrument calibration, affected the quantitative performance of the instrument on one cross section, although the interpretation of the data (locations of open channels vs frazil deposits) was qualitatively unaffected.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iii, 17 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 87-17
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Magnetic induction conductivity method Site description and survey methods Cross section field data and modeling results X6 X3A X4 Conclusions and recommendations Literature cited Appendix A: Discussion of errors Appendix B: Modeling data
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: ZSP-201-88/1
    In: CRREL Report, 88-1
    Description / Table of Contents: The Cornish-Windsor bridge is the longest covered bridge in the United States and has significant historical value. At a large peak flow, dynamic ice breakup of the Connecticut River can threaten the bridge and cause flood damage in the town of Windsor, Vermont. Throughout the 1985-86 winter we regularly monitored ice conditions, including a midwinter dynamic ice breakup on 27 January. We conducted controlled release tests over the operating range of the turbines at Wilder Dam upstream during both open water and ice cover conditions. These data and observations were analyzed in light of more than 60 years of temperature and discharge records. Our analysis indicates that river regulation presents alternatives for ice management that would minimize the probability of bridge damage and flooding during breakup. The flow can be regulated early in the winter to promote the growth of a stable ice cover, minimizing the total ice production in the reach. In the weeks prior to breakup, sustained releases and above-freezing air temperatures cause melting, weakening and gradual breakup of the ice, greatly reducing the flooding potential. Also, it is possible to produce a controlled ice breakup prior to an imminent natural event at lower stage and discharge. All of these ice control alternatives have associated power production costs.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iii, 21 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 88-1
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Background Analysis of historical data Field observations Controlled release tests January 1986 ice breakup Connecticut River ice control Minimizing ice production Hydrothermal melting Controlled ice breakup Conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Detailed ice breakup chronology
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Leipzig : Academy of Sciences of the GDR, Central Institute of Isotope and Radiation Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G6-19-91927-4
    In: Third Working Meeting Radioisotope Application and Radiation Processing in Industry, Vol. 4
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XIX, Seite1097-1458 , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: VOLUME IV PART 2: POSTER CONTRIBUTIONS (continued) P. Rudolph, A. Lange, J. Flachowsky: THE DETERMINATION OF GOLD DEPTH DISTRIBUTION IN SEMICONDUCTOR SILICON - POTENTIAL INTERFERENCES INHERENT IN NAA BY RADIATION DAMAGES E. Hoentsch, J. Flachowsk: INVESTIGATION OF NICKEL-PLATING ON SEMICONDUCTOR SILICON WAFERS K. Mauersberger, J. Flachowsky: POSSIBLE LOSSES OF TRACE AND ULTRATRACE ELEMENTS DURING PRECONCENTRATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR-GRADE REAGENTS H. Wagler, J. Flachowsky: A SIMPLE CHEMICAL METHOD FOR THE SEPARATION OF PHOSPHORUS INTERFERING THE TRACE ELEMENT DETERMINATIONS BY NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS IN HIGH DOPED SILICON WAFERS H.-J. Große, J . Adler, H.-R. Döring, H. Nietzschmann: APPLICATION OF THE AEROSOLIONIZATION GAS ANALYZER AIG IN MICROELECTRONICS M. Kosinova, P. Tendera: WEAR INVESTIGATION OF MACHINE PARTS BY CHARGED PARTICLES SURFACE ACTIVATION J. Kras: DETERMINATION OF SLIDE BEARINGS WEAR IN DIESEL ENGINES K. Eichhorn, P. Hammer, S. Turuc, Ch. Eifrig: PRECISE ACTIVATION FOR WEAR STUDIES AT THE ROSSENDORF TANDEM ACCELERATOR P. Hammer, K. Eichhorn, Ch. Eifrig: A STUDY OF WEAR IN REFRIGERATING MACHINES USING THIN LAYER ACTIVATION A. Kalicki., L. Waliś: THE PRINCIPLE OF THE β-X INTERNAL EXCITATION APPLICATION FOR DETERMINATION OF ELEMENTS IN THIN METALLIC FILMS E. Kowalska, P. Urbański: DETERMINATION OF TIN AND LEAD IN GALVANIC BATH AND LEAD IN Sn-Pb PLATINGS WITH SIMULTANEOUS COATING THICKNESS MEASUREMENT K. Mauersberger, B. Bayerl: DETERMINATION OF Tc-99 BY FLAME AAS B. Machaj, F. Zrudelny, A. Sikora, J. Jaszczuk: MICROPROCESSOR ISOTOPE GAUGES FOR MEASUREMENT OF COATING THICKNESS AND OF AIR DUST POLLUTION Z. Joks, M. Krejci: APPLICATION OF RADIOISOTOPES FOR CORROSION TESTS OF INDUSTRIAL PLASTICS G. Hartmann, P. Kulicke, C. Jonas, A. Walter: INVESTIGATION ON CHLORIDE-INITIATED STRESS CORROSION OF STAINLESS STEEL BY USE OF CHLORINE-36 AND AUTORADIOGRAPHY J. Flachowsky, P. Kulicke, G. Hartmann, N. Schütze: LOCALIZATION OF THE ORIGIN OF DEFECTS IN HIGH-CLASS CASTINGS BY RADIOTRACER TECHNIQUES AND AUTORADIOGRAPHY H. Kupsch, H. Bruchertseifer, W. Heller: METHOD FOR THE RAPID DETECTION OF LEAKAGES IN OIL PIPES A.G. Chmielewski: RADIOTRACERS IN SOME INDUSTRIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS S. Szpilowski, A. Owczarczyk: INVESTIGATION OF TRANSPORT OF EFFLUENT IN NATURAL STREAMS USING RADIOISOTOPE AND DYE TRACERS A. Owczarczyk, s. Szpilowski: APPLICATION OF RADIOISOTOPE TRACERS FOR BEDLOAD SEDIMENT TRANSPORT STUDY IN RIVERS AND MARINE BREAKER ZONE I. Röske, H.-C. Abendroth, D. Luther, H.-G. Könnecke: TRACER STUDIES ON THE REMOVAL OF WATER ENDANGERING SUBSTANOES FROM MUNICIPAL WASTE WATERS A. Zeuner, F. Hartmann: RESIDENCE TIME INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL BALANCE FOR FRESH AND WASTE WATER IN A RAYON BY RADIOISOTOPE APPLICATION A.G. Chmielewski, A. Dobrowolski: THE FALL OF EQUALIZATION MYTH-RADIOTRACER INVESTIGATIONS OF THE CASE J. Halova, J. Schön, J. Thýn: THE ANALYSIS OF DATA FROM TRACER EXPERIMENTS WITH THE FLOW APPARATUSES FOR RADWASTE MANAGEMENT S. Mothes, P. Popp, G. Oppermann, J. Baumbach: AIR POLLUTION MEASUREMENTS WITH ELECTRON CAPTURE DETECTORS (ECD) C. Ghounchev: ACTIVATION ANALYSIS OF HEAVY METALS IN SOIL AND PLANTS IN SOME INDUSTRIAL REGIONS OF THE COUNTRY M. Borkowski, W. Smulek: RADIONUOLIDES IN STUDYING THE SORPTION OF METALS BY CHITIN AND CHITOSAN R. Bäuerlein: EVALUATION OF THE DEGREE OF CROSSLINKING OF HEAT SHRINKABLE PRODUCTS K. Posselt, W. Hädrich: CHARACTERIZATION OF THE DEGREE OF CROSS-LINKING IN RADIATION CROSS-LINKED LOW AND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENES E. Takács: RADIATION CROSS-LINKING OF PLASTICIZED PVC WITH POLYFUNCTIONAL MONOMERS W. Hädrich, K. Posselt, C. Lippmann, H. Wagner, H.-J. Heinrich: DEPTH DOSE IN ELECTRON IRRADIATED POLYETHYLENE LAYERS IN DEPENDENCE ON THE ANGLE OF INCIDENCE U. Decker, J. Bös, L. Richter, M. Remer: CHARGE ACCUMULATION AND STORAGE IN POLYETHYLENE IRRADIATED WITH PULSES OF FAST ELECTRONS E. Jaworska: THE INFLUENCE OF IRRADIATION TEMPERATURE ON STRESSES IN DEFORMED POLYETHYLENE W. Hädrich, T. Nestler, K. Posselt: THERMAL STRESS IN THE POLYETHYLENE INSULATION OFCABLES DURING IRRADIATION WITH HIGH ENERGY ELECTRONS W. Pekala, T. Achmatowicz: POST-RADIATION GRAFTING OF METHACRYLIC ACID ONTO POLYETHYLENE FILM J. Schmidt, H. Mai: ELECTRON BEAM CURING OF COATINGS E. Jaworska, S. Wawrzak, I. Kaluska: HEAT SHRINKABLE TAPES IN POLAND A. Robalewski et al.: POLISH HEAT SHRINKABLE TUBING TECHNOLOGY S. Galant, W. Pekala, J. Rosiak: USING OF THE RADIATION TECHNOLOGY TO THE PREPARATION OF POLYMERIC MATRIX CAPABLE TO THE CONTROLLED RELEASE OF DRUG TO EYE R. Krejzler et al.: NEW ROUTINE POLYETHYLENE DOSIMETER: DOSE RANGE 40-400 kGy Z. Zimek: THE USE OF ELECTRICAL SENSORS OF RADIATION FOR DIGITAL CONTROL IN RADIATION PROCESSING Z. Bulhak et al.: RADIATION STERILIZATION WITH THE ELECTRON LINEAR ACCLERATOR LAE 13/9 M. Remer, W. Bogus, W. Pekala: FIRST EVALUATION OF THE GAMMA IRRADIATION CHAMBER OF THE TU ŁODZ BY MEANS OF THE CODES DOSKMF2 AND ISORADL O. Brede, R. Hermann, R. Mehnert: ORGANIC COOLANTS FOR NUCLEAR REACTORS W. Wroński, J. Wisłowski: THE LABORATORY TESTING SYSTEM FOR RADIATION RESISTANCE INVESTIGATIONS OF INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AUTHOR INDEX
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-87/19
    In: CRREL Report, 87-19
    Description / Table of Contents: The approximate heat balance integral method (HBIM) is extended to the case of a medium with variable properties such as snow. The case of linear variation of thermal conductivity was investigated. An alternative heat balance integral method (AHBIM) was developed. Both constant surface temperature and surface heat flux were considered. A comparison was made of the temperature distribution from the HBIM, AHBIM and an analytical method for the case of constant surface temperature. In general, results agree quite well with the analytical method for small values of dimensionless time τ, but the difference becomes more pronounced as τ increases. It was found that the AHBIM with a quadratic temperature profile gave a somewhat better result, especially when the value of the dimensionless distance η is small. For a specific property function of E(η) = eη, closed form solutions were obtained. The results, when compared with those from HBIM, AHBIM and the analytical method were found to agree exceptionally well with the analytical method, especially for large values of τ.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 26 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 87-19
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Mathematical analysis Constant surface temperature Constant surface heat flux Comparison with exact solution Alternative method Conclusions and comments Literature cited Appendix A: Derivation of equation 25 Appendix B: Derivations of equations 37 and 40 Appendix C: Derivation of equations 37a and 40
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-87/22
    In: CRREL Report, 87-22
    Description / Table of Contents: This review discusses problems associated with the anomalous temperature-density relations of water. It covers a) onset of convection, b) temperature structure and natural convective heat transfer, and c) laminar forced convective heat transfer in the water/ice system. The onset of convection in a water/ice system was found to dependent on thermal boundary conditions, not a constant value as in the classical fluids that have a monotonic temperature-density relationship. The water/ice system also exhibits a unique temperature distribution in the melt layer immediately after the critical Rayleigh number is exceeded and soon after it establishes a more or less constant temperature region progressively deepening as the melt layer grows. The constant temperature is approximately 3.2°C for water layers formed from above but varies for melt layers from below. The heat flux across the water/ice interface was found to be a weak power function and to increase linearly with temperature for melted layers from above and below, respectively.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: vi, 43 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 87-22
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Analytical studies on the onset of convection in a horizontal water layer Experimental studies on the onset of convection in a circular horizontal melt layer Temperature structure and heat transfer In a horizontal layer In a circular horizontal melt layer pHeat transfer studies in nonplanar geometries Forced convective heat transfer over a melting surface Discussion and conclusions Onset of convection Temperature structure and natural convective heat transfer Laminar forced convective heat transfer Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-88/14
    In: CRREL Report, 88-14
    Description / Table of Contents: An experimental study covering a mass flow rate ranging from 1.62 to 67.45 g/cm2-s and snow density varying from 0.377 to 0.472 g/cm3 has been conducted. Pressure drops ranging from 0.012 to 2.868 gf/cm2 were recorded. A plot of the friction factor fp vs Rep (defined as the classical Reynolds number Re for fluid flow through conduits) showed a good representation of all the experimental data. The least-squares analysis resulted in an expression of f sub p = 118/Rep to the 1.095 power for snow, in comparison with the expression f sub p = 64/Rep developed for fluid flow through porous media of randomly packed metallic and nonmetallic materials of spherical and nonspherical shapes.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 18 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 88-14
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Nomenclature Introduction Experimental setup and procedure Experimental results Discussion and conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-88/18
    In: CRREL Report, 88-18
    Description / Table of Contents: The results of a laboratory testing program, carried out to compare two independent methods for determining the unfrozen water content of soils, are described. With the time domain reflectometry method, the unfrozen water content is inferred from a calibration curve of apparent dielectric constant vs volumetric water content, determined by experiment. Previously, precise calibration of the TDR technique was hindered by the lack of a reference comparison method, which nuclear magnetic resonance now offers. This has provided a much greater scope for calibration, including a wide range of soil types and temperature (unfrozen water content). The results of the testing program yielded a relationship between dielectric constant and volumetric unfrozen water content that is largely unaffected by soil type, although a subtle but apparent dependency on the texture of the soil was noted. It is suggested that this effect originates from the lower valued dielectric constant for absorbed soil water. In spite of this, the general equation presented may be considered adequate for most practical purposes. The standard error of estimate is 0.015 cc/cc, although this may be reduced by calibrating for individual soils. Brief guidelines on system and probe design are offered to help ensure that use of the TDR method will give results consistent with the relationship presented.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: ii, 16 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 88-18
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Non-book medium
    Non-book medium
    Stuttgart : Lazi Film
    Call number: AWI NBM-19-92929
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 Videokassette (VHS, 45 Min.) : farbig , 45 min
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: AWI G3-19-93211 ; AWI G3-19-93211(2. Ex.)
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 220 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2019 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.1.1 Permafrost - terrestrial and subsea 1.1.2 Subsea permafrost distribution 1.1.3 Relevance in the context of a changing Arctic 1.1.4 Influences on subsea permafrost 1.2 Hypotheses and objectives 1.3 Thesis organization 2 Detection of subsea permafrost degradation rates 2.1 An overview of geophysical methods and studies in subsea permafrost 2.2 Geophysical objectives 2.3 Passive seismic techniques 2.3.1 H/V passive seismics 2.3.2 Passive seismic interferometry 2.4 Instrument design & marine tests on Sylt 2.5 Arctic feasibility test site around Muostakh Island 2.6 Arctic deployment for wide area detection around Muostakh Island 3 Modelling of subsea permafrost degradation processes 3.1 An overview on subsea permafrost modelling 3.2 Salt distribution- mechanisms beyond diffusional transport 3.3 Open questions in salt transport and permafrost degradation 3.4 Modelling objectives 3.5 Study sites 3.5.1 Primary study site: Cape Mamontov Klyk 3.5.2 Secondary study sites: Buor Khaya & Muostakh Island 3.6 Developing a model for subsea permafrost 3.6.1 Thermal regime of the subsurface: governing equations of conductive heat transfer 3.6.2 Model definitions: concentration and thaw depth 3.6.3 Saline effect on the state of permafrost 3.6.4 Salt transport: governing equation & parameterizations 3.6.5 Modelling approach 3.6.6 Model testing 3. 7 Results: Influence of model parameters on subsea permafrost degradation 3.8 Discussion and implications 3.8.1 Modelled inundation parameters 3.8.2 Further factors affecting subsea permafrost degradation 3.8.3 Implications 4 From local to regional scale: Amending sparsely distributed temperature records 4.1 An overview of borehole temperature reconstruction . 4.2 On the transferability of ground to air temperatures . 4.3 Reconstruction objectives 4.4 Borehole sites and climate 4.5 Borehole temperatures 4.6 Inversion method 4.6.1 Forward model 4.6.2 Optimization 4.6.3 Sensitivity analysis 4.7 Results and discussion of the reconstruction from the permafrost boreholes 4.7.1 Recoverable period 4.7.2 Optimization 4.7.3 Surface temperature reconstructions and fit 4.7.4 Inversion method's impact on character of solution & sensitivity to temperature history parameterization 4.8 Discussion of spatial differences and implications 4.8.1 Comparison to other temperature data 4.8.2 Site differences 4.8.3 Methodological considerations 4.8.4 Implications 5 Conclusion and outlook 5.1 Outlook Appendices A Modelling tests for H/V method configuration Bibliography Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-88/11
    In: CRREL Report, 88-11
    Description / Table of Contents: This study assesses the effects of atmospheric icing on broadcast transmission reflections on two mountains- Mount Mansfield in northern Vermont and Mount Washington in New Hampshire. Experience and theory suggest that antenna ice accretions produce large signal reflections. Correlations between reflection coefficients and ice accretions on Rosemount ice detectors adjacent to antennas were low and occasionally negative. The unexpected correlations may be due to factors not measured, such as antenna tuning, ice type and ice location on the antenna system. Other confounding factors may include ice detector performance and methods used to compute antenna ice accretions from the ice detectors.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iii, 19 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 88-11
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Data sources Study location and icing conditions Icing data Antenna reflection data Data preparation Analyses Conclusions Literature cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-88/13
    In: CRREL Report, 88-13
    Description / Table of Contents: In many sea ice engineering problems the ice sheet has been assumed to be a homogeneous plate whose mechanical properties are estimated from the bulk salinity and average temperature of the ice sheet. Typically no regard has been given to the vertical variation of ice properties in the ice sheet or to the time of ice formation. This paper first reviews some of the mechanical properties of sea ice, including the ice tensile, flexural and shear strengths, as well as the ice modulus. Equations for these properties are given as functions of the ice brine volume, which can be determined from the ice salinity and temperature. Next a numerical, finite difference model is developed to predict the salinity and temperature profiles of a growing ice sheet. In this model ice temperatures are calculated by performing an energy balance of the heat fluxes at the ice surface. The conductive heat flux is used to calculate the rate of ice growth and ice thickness by applying the Stefan ice growth equation. Ice salinities are determined by considering the amount of initial salt entrapment at the ice/water interface and the subsequent brine drainage due to brine expulsion and gravity drainage. Ice salinity and temperature profiles are generated using climatological data for the Central Arctic basin. The predicted salinity and temperature profiles are combined with the mechanical property data to provide mechanical property profiles for first-year sea ice of different thicknesses, grown at different times of the winter. The predicted profiles give composite plate properties that are significantly different from bulk properties obtained by assuming homogeneous plates. In addition the failure strength profiles give maximum strength in the interior of the sheet as contrasted with the usual assumption of maximum strength at the cold, upper ice surface. Surprisingly the mechanical property profiles are only a function of the ice thickness, independent of the time of ice formation.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 63 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 88-13
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Structure Composition Mechanical properties Strength Elastic constants The temperature-salinity model Temperature profiles Salinity profiles Composite plate properties Results Conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Details of the equations for ice surface temperature and conductive heat flux Appendix B: Calculated profile and bulk properties of an ice sheet of varying thickness Appendix C: Calculated profile and bulk properties of 30- and 91-cm-thick ice sheets
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-88/16
    In: CRREL Report, 88-16
    Description / Table of Contents: Unfrozen water content as a function of temperature was measured in the laboratory using nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) for a Windsor sandy loam soil. The data were related to previously measured soil moisture retention data through the modified Clapeyron equation with suitable adjustment for surface tension. The results show the usefulness of extending the soil freezing curve to temperatures only slightly below freezing and the soil water curve to very great suction.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iii, 42 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 88-16
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Soil variable ø SWC and SFC similarity Mathematical representation of SWC and SFC data NMR measurement of unfrozen water content Characterization of SWC Discussion Conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Soil freezing curve data Appendix B: Error analysis Appendix C: Soil water curve data
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-89/2
    In: CRREL Report, 89-2
    Description / Table of Contents: A brash ice jam in the South Channel of the St. Clair River was profiled in February 1987 using a helicopter-borne short-pulse radar operating in the UHF band near 500 MHz. During the same time, measurements of the brash ice depth and water temperature were made from a Coast Guard icebreaker. The returned radar pulses consisted of a strong coherent reflection from the water surface, preceded (and followed) by incoherent returns from the brash ice. The measured waveform time delays were then converted to mean freeboard height of the brash ice pieces above the water surface. Given the mean freeboard height, an estimate of the total brash ice thickness was made. This estimate was greater than the range of the direct shipboard measurements. The difference is believed due to differences between ice porosity above and below the water line, to melting within the ice and to partial submergence of some of the surface pieces. It is concluded that this technique could be used for mapping relative brash ice depth if the complexities of automating waveform analysis could be overcome.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: iv, 25 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 89-2
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Preface Introduction Objectives and procedures Equipment Radar Brash ice probe Temperature measurements St. Clair River ice conditions Results and discussion Thickness and temperature Size distribution Radar survey Discussion of errors Porosity Phase state of the ice Partial submergence of individual pieces Spectra of reflected energy Conclusions and recommendations Literature cited Appendix A: Laboratory verification of surface scattering from a simulated ice jam Appendix B: Display of digitized and processed data
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: AWI G8-20-93468
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XIII, 151, A28 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and Nomenclature 1. Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Climate and Permafrost 1.1.2 Remote Sensing 1.1.3 Research Questions 1.2 General Approach 1.3 Thesis Structure 1.4 Author’ s contributions 1.4.1 Chapter 2 1.4.2 Chapter 3 1.4.3 Chapter 4 1.4.4 Chapter 5 1.4.5 Appendix Paper 1 2. Detection of landscape dynamics in the Arctic Lena Delta withtemporally dense Landsat time-series Stacks 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Area and Data 2.3.1 Study Area 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Methods/processing 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Regional Scale changes 2.4.2 Local scale changes 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Regional scale changes 2.5.2 Local scale changes 2.5.3 Data quality 2.5.4 Data usage and outlook 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Data Archive 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Appendix A. Supplementary Data 3. Landsat-Based Trend Analysis of Lake Dynamics across NorthernPermafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study Sites 3.3.1 Alaska North Slope (NSL) 3.3.2 Alaska Kobuk-Selawik Lowlands (AKS) 3.3.3 Central Yakutia (CYA) 3.3.4 Kolyma Lowland (KOL) 3.4 Data and Methods 3.4.1 Data and Trend Analysis 3.4.2 Pixel-Based Machine-Leaming Classification 3.4.3 Object-Based Image Analysis 3.4.4 Data Quality and Post-Processing 3.4.5 Calculation of Lake Change Statistics 3.5 Results 3.5.1 NSL (Alaska North Slope) 3.5.2 AKS (Alaska Kobuk-Selawik Lowlands) 3.5.3 CYA (Central Yakutia) 3.5.4 KOL (Kolyma Lowland) 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Data Analysis 3.6.2 Comparison of Sites and Prior Studies 3.7 Conclusions 3.8 Supplementary Materials 3.9 Acknowledgements 3.10 Appendix A 4. Remotely sensing recent permafrost region disturbances across Arcticto Subarctic transects 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Lakes 4.3.2 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 4.3.3 Wildfire 4.4 Discussion 4.5 Methods 4.5.1 Remote Sensing Data Processing 4.5.2 Auxiliary Data Sources 5. Tundra landform and Vegetation productivity trend maps for theArctic Coastal Plain of northern Alaska 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Background & Summary 5.3 Methods 5.3.1 Polygonal tundra geomorphology mapping 5.3.2 Image processing 5.3.3 Image Classification 5.3.4 Decadal scale NDVI trend analysis 5.4 Data Records 5.5 Technical Validation 5.5.1 Tundra Geomorphology Map 5.5.2 NDVI Trend Map 5.6 Data Citation 6. Discussion/Synthesis 6.1 Landsat-based trend analysis 6.1.1 Spatial Scale 6.1.2 Time series analysis 6.1.3 Model complexity 6.2 Mapping of permafrost landscape dynamics 6.2.1 Lake dynamics 6.2.2 Wildfire 6.2.3 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 6.3 Pan-arctic scale distribution and consequences of changes inpermafrost 6.4 Outlook Bibliography A-1. Appendix: Reduced arctic tundra productivity linked with landform and climate change interactions A-1.1 Abstract A-1.2 Introduction A-1.3 Methods A-1.4 Results A-1.5 Discussion Danksagung/Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    Call number: AWI G2-20-93405
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume describes the complex characteristics of almost all Russian coastal estuaries systematized in the following regions: the coasts of the White Sea, the Barents Sea, the Kara Sea, the Laptev Sea, the East Siberian Sea, the Chukchi Sea, the Black Sea, the Sea of Azov, the Baltic Sea, the Sea of Okhotsk, the Sea of Japan and the Bering Seas. The part on the Baltic Sea includes a detailed description of the Kaliningrad coast and the Gulf of Finland. Apart from the geology and morphology, this book also looks at the anthropogenic effects on shores as well as at hydrological conditions, local climate and water level characteristics, and at economic use of lagoons
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 270 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319433929 , 9783319433905 (print)
    Series Statement: Estuaries of the World
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Specific Features of Estuaries, Lagoons, Limans: Concepts and Terms / Petr Brovko and Ruben Kosyan 2 Estuaries and Lagoons of the Russian Arctic Seas / Vyacheslav Krylenko 3 Estuaries, Lagoons, and Limans of the Marginal Seas of Northeast Asia / Petr Brovko, Yuri Mikishin, and Tamara Ponomareva 4 Lagoons of the Black Sea / Vyacheslav Krylenko and Marina Krylenko 5 Lagoons of the Smallest Russian Sea / Marina Krylenko, Ruben Kosyan, and Vyacheslav Krylenko 6 Transboundary Lagoons of the Baltic Sea / Boris Chubarenko, Dmitriy Domnin, Svetlana Navrotskaya, Zhanna Stont, Vladimir Chechko, Valentina Bobykina, Vasiliy Pilipchuk, Konstantin Karmanov, Anastasea Domnina, Tatiana Bukanova, Victoria Topchaya, and Alexander Kileso 7 Neva Bay: A Technogenic Lagoon of the Eastern Gulf of Finland (Baltic Sea) / Daria Ryabchuk, Vladimir Zhamoida, Marina Orlova, Alexander Sergeev, Julia Bublichenko, Andrey Bublichenko, and Leontina Sukhacheva 8 The White Sea as an Estuarine System / Evgeniy Ignatov, Oleksiy Kalynychenko, and Anatoliy Pantiulin 9 The Diversity of Russian Estuaries / Ruben Kosyan, Petr Brovko, and Jean-Paul Ducrotoy Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: AWI G2-19-93054
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 57 Blätter , Illustrationen
    Language: English , German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: AWI G6-19-93060
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 6 Seiten, 29 Blätter, 7 Seiten
    Language: German , French , English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: AWI P6-20-93428
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VII, 40 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Executive summary 2 Introduction 3 The broad scientific problems 4 Specific scientific problems: a topical view 5 The resources issue 6 A strategy for planning and conducting research Transect Zone Number 1 (Weddell Transect Zone) Transect Zone Number 2 (Ross Transect Zone) Transect Zone Number 3 (Amery Transect Zone) Circum-Antarctic Studies 7 Broad scientific priorities 8 A methodology and chronology for proposed work 9 Special concerns References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 27 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Deutsch
    Uniform Title: Frozen-ground cartoons
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: 9780191079993 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (254 pages)
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9780191079993 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgments 1 Introduction to environmental DNA (eDNA) 1.1 Definitions 1.2 A brief history of eDNA analysis 1.3 Constraints when working with eDNA 1.4 Workflow in eDNA studies and main methods used 1.5 Environmental DNA as a monitoring tool 2 DNA metabarcode choice and design 2.1 Which DNA metabarcode? 2.2 Properties of the ideal DNA metabarcode 2.3 In silica primer design and testing 2.3.1 Prerequisites 2.3.2 Reference sequences: description, filtering, and formatting for ecoPrimers 2.3.3 In silica primer design with ecoPrimers 2.3.3.1 'Ihe ecoPrimers output 2.3.4 In silica primer testing with ecoPCR 2.3.4.1 The ecoPCR output 2.3.4.2 Filtering of the ecoPCR output 2.3.4.3 Evaluation of primer conservation 2.3.4.4 Taxonomic resolution and Bs index 2.4 Examples of primer pairs available for DNA metabarcoding 3 Reference databases 3.1 Extracting reference databases from EMBL/GenBank/DDBJ 3.1.1 Downloading a local copy of EMBL 3.1.2 Identifying sequences corresponding to the relevant metabarcode 3.2 Marker-specific reference databases 3.2.1 Nuclear rRNA gene reference databases 3.2.2 Eukaryote-specific databases 3.3 Building a local reference database 3.3.1 PCR-based local reference database 3.3.2 Shotgun-based local reference database 3.4 Current challenges and future directions 4 Sampling 4.1 The cycle of eDNA in the environment 4.1.1 State and origin 4.1.2 Fate 4.1.3 Transport 4.2 Sampling design 4.2.1 Focusing on the appropriate DNA population 4.2.2 Defining the sampling strategy 4.3 Sample preservation 5 DNA extraction 5.1 From soil samples 5.2 From sediment 5.3 From litter 5.4 From fecal samples 5.5 From water samples 6 DNA amplification and multiplexing 6.1 Principle of the PCR 6.2 Which polymerase to choose? 6.3 The standard PCR reaction 6.4 The importance of including appropriate controls 6.4.1 Extraction negative controls 6.4.2 PCR negative controls 6.4.3 PCR positive controls 6.4.4 Tagging system controls 6.4.5 Internal controls 6.5 PCR optimization 6.6 How to limit the risk of contamination? 6.7 Blocking oligonucleotides for reducing the amplification of undesirable sequences 6.8 How many PCR replicates? 6.9 Multiplexing several metabarcodes within the same PCR 6.10 Multiplexing many samples on the same sequencing lane 6.10.1 Overview of the problem 6.10.2 Strategy 1: single-step PCR with Illumina adapters 6.10.3 Strategy 2: two-step PCR with Illumina adapters 6.10.4 Strategy 3: single-step PCR with tagged primers 7 DNA sequencing 7.1 Overview of the first, second, and third generations of sequencing technologies 7.2 The Illumina technology 7.2.1 Library preparation 7.2.2 Flow cell, bridge PCR, and clusters 7.2.3 Sequencing by synthesis 7.2.4 Quality scores of the sequence reads 8 DNA metabarcoding data analysis 8.1 Basic sequence handling and curation 8.1.1 Sequencing quality 8.1.1.1 The pros and cons of read quality-based filtering 8.1.1.2 Quality trimming software 8.1.2 Paired-end read pairing 8.1.3 Sequence demultiplexing 8.1.4 Sequence dereplication 8.1.5 Rough sequence curation 8.2 Sequence classification 8.2.1 Taxonomic classification 8.2.2 Unsupervised classification 8.2.3 Chimera identification 8.3 Taking advantages of experimental controls 8.3.1 Filtering out potential contaminants 8.3.2 Removing dysfunctional PCRs 8.4 General considerations on ecological analyses 8.4.1 Sampling effort and representativeness 8.4.1.1 Evaluating representativeness of the sequencing per PCR 8.4.1.2 Evaluating representativeness at the sampling unit or site level 8.4.2 Handling samples with varying sequencing depth 8.4.3 Going further and adapting the ecological models to metabarcoding 9 Single-species detection 9.1 Principle of the quantitative PCR (qPCR) 9.1.1 Recording amplicon accumulation in real time via fluorescence measurement 9.1.2 The typical amplification curve 9.1.3 Quantification of target sequences with the Ct method 9.2 Design and testing of qPCR barcodes targeting a single species 9.2.1 1he problem of specificity 9.2.2 qPCR primers and probe 9.2.3 Candidate qPCR barcodes 9.3 Additional experimental considerations 9.3.1 General issues associated with sampling, extraction, and PCR amplification 9.3.2 The particular concerns of contamination and inhibition 10 Environmental DNA for functional diversity 10.1 Functional diversity from DNA metabarcoding 10.1.1 Functional inferences 10.1.2 Targeting active populations 10.2 Metagenomics and metatranscriptomics: sequencing more than a barcode 10.2.1 General sampling constraints 10.2.1.1 Optimization of the number of samples 10.2.1.2 Enrichment in target organisms 10.2.1.3 Enrichment in functional information 10.2.2 General molecular constraints 10.2.3 From sequences to functions 10.2.3.1 Assembling (or not) a metagenome 10.2.3.2 Sorting contigs or reads in broad categories 10.2.3.3 Extracting functional information via taxonomic inferences 10.2.3.4 Functional annotation of metagenomes 11 Some early landmark studies 11.1 Emergence of the concept of eDNA and first results on microorganisms 11.2 Examining metagenomes to explore the functional information carried by eDNA 11.3 Extension to macroorganisms 12 Freshwater ecosystems 12.1 Production, persistence, transport, and delectability of eDNA in freshwater ecosystems 12.1.1 Production 12.1.2 Persistence 12.1.3 Transport/ diffusion distance 12.1.4 Detectability 12.2 Macroinvertebrates 12.3 Diatoms and microeukaryotes 12.4 Aquatic plants 12.5 Fish, amphibians, and other vertebrates 12.5.1 Species detection 12.5.2 Biomass estimates 12.6 Are rivers conveyer belts of biodiversity information? 13 Marine environments 13.1 Environmental DNA cycle and transport in marine ecosystems 13.2 Marine microbial diversity 13.3 Environmental DNA for marine macroorganisms 14 Terrestrial ecosystems 14.1 Delectability, persistence, and mobility of eDNA in soil 14.2 Plant community characterization 14.3 Earthworm community characterization 14.4 Bacterial community or metagenome characterization 14.5 Multitaxa diversity surveys 1 5 Paleoenvironments 15.1 Lake sediments 15.1.1 Pollen, macrofossils, and DNA metabarcoding 15.1.2 Plants and mammals from Lake Anteme 15.1.3 Viability in the ice-free corridor in North America 15.2 Permafrost 15.2.1 Overview of the emergence of permafrost as a source of eDNA 15.2.2 Large-scale analysis of permafrost samples for reconstructing past plant communities 15.3 Archaeological midden material 15.3.1 Bulk archaeological fish bones from Madagascar 15.3.2 Midden from Greenland to assess past human diet 16 Host-associated microbiota 16.1 DNA dynamics 16.2 Early molecular-based works 16.3 Post-holobiont works 17 Diet analysis 17.1 Some seminal diet studies 17.1.1 Proof of concept-analyzing herbivore diet using next-generation sequencing 17.1.2 Assessing the efficiency of conservation actions in Bialowieza forest 17.1.3 Characterizing carnivore diet, or how to disentangle predator and prey eDNA 17.1.4 Analyzing an omnivorous diet, or integrating several diets in a single one 17.2 Methodological and experimental specificities of eDNA diet analyses 17.2.1 eDNAsources 17.2.1.1 Feces 17.2.1.2 Gut content 17.2.1.3 Whole body 17.2.2 Quantitative aspects 17.2.2.1 Relationship between the amount of ingested food and DNA quantity in the sample 17.2.2.2 Quantifying DNA with PCR and next-generation sequencing 17.2.2.3 Empirical correction of abundances 17.2.3 Diet as a sample of the existing biodiversity 17.2.4 Problematic diets 18 Analysis of bulk samples 18.1 What is a bulk sample? 18.2 Case studies 18.2.1 Bulk insect samples for biodiversity monitoring 18.2.2 Nematode diversity in tropical rainforest 18.2.3 Marine metawan diversity in benthic ecosystems 18.3 Metabarcoding markers for bulk samples 18.4 Alternative strategies 19 The future of eDNA metabarcoding 19.1 PCR-based approaches 19.1.1 Singl
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93530
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic tundra, covering approx. 5.5 % of the Earth’s land surface, is one of the last ecosystems remaining closest to its untouched condition. Remote sensing is able to provide information at regular time intervals and large spatial scales on the structure and function of Arctic ecosystems. But almost all natural surfaces reveal individual anisotropic reflectance behaviors, which can be described by the bidirectional reflectance distribution function (BRDF). This effect can cause significant changes in the measured surface reflectance depending on solar illumination and sensor viewing geometries. The aim of this thesis is the hyperspectral and spectro-directional reflectance characterization of important Arctic tundra vegetation communities at representative Siberian and Alaskan tundra sites as basis for the extraction of vegetation parameters, and the normalization of BRDF effects in off-nadir and multi-temporal remote sensing data. Moreover, in preparation for the upcoming German EnMAP (Environmental Mapping and Analysis Program…
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: circa 330 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Kurzfassung Table of Contents List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations List of Symbols 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Background and Scientific Setting 1.2 Motivation and Research Questions 1.3 Structure of Thesis 2 FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSPECTRAL AND SPECTRO-DIRECTIONAL REMOTE SENSING 2.1 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing of Vegetation 2.2 Spectro-Directional Remote Sensing of Vegetation 2.3 The EnMAP Satellite System 2.4 Spectro-Goniometer Systems for the Ground-Based Measurement of BRDF Effects 3 THE TUNDRA PERMAFROST STUDY LOCATIONS AND THEIR ENVIRONMENT 3.1 The Eurasia Arctic Transect (EAT) 3.1.1 Geological and Climatic Setting 3.1.2 Vegetation 3.2 The North American Arctic Transect (NAAT) 3.2.1 Geological and Climatic Setting 3.2.2 Vegetation 4 OBSERVATIONS AND METHODOLOGY 4.1 Observations Used for this Study 4.1.1 The ECI-GOA-Yamal 2011 Expedition 4.1.2 The EyeSight- NAAT-Alaska 2012 Expedition 4.1.3 Data Used for Hyperspectral Characterization of Arctic Tundra 4.1.4 Data Used for Spectro-Directional Characterization of Arctic Tundra 4.2 Methodology Used for Field Work and Data Analysis 4.2.1 Field Spectroscopy and Hyperspectral Data Analysis 4.2.2 Considerations for the Field Spectro-Goniometer Measurements and the Spectro-Directional Data Analysis 5 DEVELOPMENT AND PRECOMMISSIONING INSPECTION OF THE MANTIS FIELD SPECTRO-GONIOMETER 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Theoretical Background 5.3 Description of the Field Spectro-Goniometer System 5.3.1 Construction Schedule 5.3.2 Description of the Field Spectro-Goniometer Platform (ManTIS) 5.3.3 Sensor Configuration of the AWI ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer 5.3.4 Measurement Strategy 5.3.5 Software for Semi-Automatic Control 5.4 Error Assessment 5.4.1 Radiometrical Accuracy 5.4.2 Pointing Accuracy 5.4.3 Ground Instantaneous Field of View and Sensor Self-Shadowing 5.4.4 Temporal Illumination Changes and Environmental Influences 5.5 Data Analysis 5.5.1 Data Processing 5.5.2 Data Visualization 5.6 Performance of ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer in the Field 5.6.1 Test Site and Experiment Setup 5.6.2 Results and Discussion 5.7 Conclusions and Outlook 6 HYPERSPECTRAL REFLECTANCE CHARACTERIZATION OF LOW ARCTIC TUNDRA VEGETATION 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Material & Methods 6.2.1 Study Area 6.2.2 Environmental Gradients/Zones and Vegetation Description 6.2.3 Data Acquisition and Pre-Processing 6.2.4 Data Analysis 6.3 Results 6.3.1 The Zonal Climate Gradient 6.3.2 Acidic Versus Non-Acidic Tundra (Soil pH Zones) 6.3.3 The Toposequence at Happy Valley (Subzone E) 6.3.4 The Soil Moisture Gradient at Franklin Bluffs (Subzone D) 6.4 Discussion 6.4.1 Overview of Field Characterization and Spectral Properties along the Gradients 6.4.2 Performance of Spectral Metrics and Vegetation Indices 6.5 Conclusions 7 RESULTS OF THE SPECTRO-DIRECTIONAL REFLECTANCE INVESTIGATIONS 7.1 Overview of the Spectro-Directional Reflectance Characteristics of Low Arctic Tundra Vegetation 7.1.1 Representativeness of the Study Plots Representing Tundra Vegetation 7.1.2 Vaskiny Dachi – Bioclimate Subzone D 7.1.3 Happy Valley – Bioclimate Subzone E 7.1.4 Franklin Bluffs – Bioclimate Subzone D 7.2 Influence of High Sun Zenith Angles on the Reflectance Anisotropy 7.2.1 MAT (Happy Valley) 7.2.2 MNT (Franklin Bluffs) 7.3 Variability in Multi-Angular Remote Sensing Products of Low Arctic Tundra Environments 7.3.1 Spectro-Directional Variability of Different Low Arctic Plant Communities 7.3.2 Spectro-Directional Variability under Varying Sun Zenith Angles 8 DISCUSSION 8.1 The Hyperspectral Reflectance Characteristics of Tundra Vegetation in Context of the Spectro-Goniometer Measurements 8.2 Applicability of the ManTIS Field Spectro-Goniometer System 8.3 The Spectro-Directional Reflectance Characteristics of Tundra Vegetation 8.4 Variability in Reflectance Anisotropy at High Sun Zenith Angles 8.5 Applicability of Multi- Angular Remote Sensing Products for Arctic Tundra Environments 9 CONCLUSIONS & OUTLOOK Acknowledgments References Appendix Table of Contents of the Appendix References of the Appendix Statutory Declaration / Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: 9783110403183 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (540 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Reference
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Bibliothek als Bauaufgabe Bibliothek als architektonische Aufgabe : Von der Entwicklung der Gebäudetypologie und der Verschiebung der Schwerpunkte in der Bibliotheksarchitektur / Marina Stankovic und Tobias Jortzick Herausragende Bibliotheksbauten der vergangenen zehn Jahre - eine Aufforderung / Ulrich Niederer Die Grüne Bibliothek : ökologische Nachhaltigkeit bei Bibliotheksbau und -ausstattung / Melanie Padilla Segarra und Petra Hauke Standortwahl / Konrad Umlauf Außenraumtypologien an Bibliotheken / Irene Lohaus Verfahrensschritte zur Realisierung eines innovativen Bauvorhabens : Das Beispiel des Gemeinsamen Bibliotheksgebäudes von Universität und Hochschule Osnabrück auf dem Campus Westerberg / Felicitas Hundhausen Flächenbedarf von Hochschulbibliotheken / Bernd Vogel Bibliotheken bauen im Bestand Bibliotheksbau im Bestand - oder: Die Liebe zum Unikat / Robert Niess Modernisierung und Sanierung von Bibliotheksbauten : Aus einem bestehenden Gebäude etwas Neues machen / Oliver Kohl-Frey Sanierung und Neukonzeption bestehender Bausubstanz : Das Beispiel der Universitätsbibliothek Konstanz / Michael B. Frank Nachnutzung versus Neubau : Das Beispiel RW21 Stadtbibliothek Bayreuth / Jörg Weinreich Räume gestalten Lernräume der Zukunft - Perspektiven junger Gestalter / Klaus Ulrich Werner Die Schulbibliothek / Birgit Lücke und Angelika Flolderried Die Jugendbibliothek : Erlebnis- und Kommunikationsort / Kerstin Keller-Loibl Die Kinderbibliothek / Sabine Brunner Makerspaces - Bibliotheksräume für Macher / Gabriela Lüthi-Esposito Das zukunftsfähige Bib-Office / Jutta Eiberger Barrierefreiheit - eine Herausforderung?! / Särka Vonskovä Umgebungsbedingung: Licht Bodenbeläge für Bibliotheken / Roman Rabe Partizipatives Gestalten / Jens llg und Robert Zepf Bibliothekstechnik Leitsysteme - Funktion und Entwicklungsprozesse / Anna-Katharina Huth RFID und moderne technische Infrastruktur / Frank Seeliger, Jan Kissigund Ricardo Frommholz Präsentation digitaler Medien im physischen Raum / Janin Präßler Hochregallager - ein neuer Weg der Magazinierung : Die Kooperative Speicherbibtiothek Schweiz. Eine Luzerner Fallgeschichte mit Exkursen / Ulrich Niederer Brandschutz, Sicherheit und Notfallvorsorge / Milena Pfafferott Klimaregulierung : Bau- und Klimakonzepte für Räume zur Aufbewahrung, Nutzung und Präsentation von Altbeständen / Christine Sauer Management im Kontext von Bauprojekten Bibliotheksumzug / Martin Lee Change Management - Best Practice wider den Widerstand : Beispiele aus der Stadtbibliothek Nürnberg und der Staatsbibliothek Bamberg / Ilona Munique Betriebsmanagement : Dargestellt am Beispiel der ETH-Bibliothek Zürich / Susanne Benitz und André Reichmuth Gebäudemanagement / Christian Kuhlmann Aufenthalt und Aufenthaltsmessung im physischen Bibliotheksraum / Julia Weis Öffentlichkeit durch Bibliotheksarchitektur - von innen und außen betrachtet / Dirk Wissen Bibliotheksgebäude auf dem Prüfstand : Kennzeichen, Betrieb und Evaluation - ein Fragenkatalog / IFLA Library Buildings and Equipment Section Anhang Bibliotheken planen, bauen und ausstatten : Eine Auswahlbibliografie / Petra Hauke Autoren & Herausgeber Abkürzungen Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: 9783658130961 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (152 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658130961 (e-book)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung Literatur 2 Bauprojekte sind auch Kommunikationsbaustellen 2.1 Aufbau und Erhaltung einer Informationskultur im Projektteam 2.2 Veränderung im öffentlichen Raum schafft Kommunikationsbedarf 2.3 Problemlösung durch integrierte Kommunikation 2.4 Organisatorische Einbindung der Kommunikation in das Projektmanagement 2.5 Kommunikatoren nach innen und außen 2.6 Prozessorientiertes Phasenmodell 2.7 Umfeldanalyse zur Eruierung kritischer Themen 2.8 Festlegung der Kommunikationsstrategie 2.9 Ziele und Dialoggruppen 2.10 Das Bauprojekt bewusst positionieren 2.11 Einheitliche Botschaften nach innen und außen vermitteln 2.12 Strategische Planung des Maßnahmenkatalogs Literatur 3 Interne Kommunikation 3.1 Aufgabenstellungen der internen Kommunikation 3.2 Ratio und Empathie: Die Projektkultur entwickeln 3.3 Formelle und informelle interne Kommunikation 3.4 Formelles Informationsmanagement 3.5 Informeller Informationsaustausch 3.6 Instrumente der internen Kommunikation 3.7 Synchrone Kommunikationsmittel 3.8 Asynchrone Kommunikationsmittel Literatur 4 Externe Kommunikation 4.1 Das Modell PESO 4.2 Bezahlte Medienauftritte (Paid Content) 4.2.1 Advertorials 4.2.2 Baureportagen in Bewegtbildern 4.2.3 Gesponserte Blogbeiträge 4.3 Berichterstattung in den klassischen Medien (Eamed Content) 4.3.1 Basispressemappe als Faktensammlung 4.3.2 Media-Newsroom als Informationsdrehscheibe für Journalisten 4.3.3 Laufende Information über Medienmitteilungen 4.3.4 Pressekonferenzen schaffen persönliche Beziehungen 4.3.5 Einzelgespräche mit Journalisten 4.3.6 Individuelle Publikationen in Fachmedien 4.3.7 Bilder lassen Architektur im Gedächtnis bleiben 4.4 Widerhall in den sozialen Netzwerken (Shared Content) 4.5 Das Bauprojekt in der Selbstdarstellung (Owned Content) 4.5.1 Die Projektwebsite als Kommunikationsdrehscheibe 4.5.2 Stakeholder mit Newslettern am Laufenden halten 4.5.3 Corporate Publishing signalisiert Qualität 4.5.4 Informationspavillon als Ort für Einblicke und Auskünfte 4.5.5 Veranstaltungen Literatur 5 Vorsorgemaßnahmen gegen mögliche Krisen Literatur 6 Ansichten und Einsichten von Experten 6.1 Architekturkritiker und -joumalisten 6.1.1 Axel Simon: Vorsichtskultur der Schweiz führt zu Partizipationsverfahren 6.1.2 Walter Laser: Exklusivität als Türöffner für Fachmedien 6.1.3 Jakob Schoof: Visuelles entscheidet über Berichterstattung 6.2 Kommunikationsverantwortliche von Bauherren 6.2.1 Emst Eichinger: Die Projektdatenbank des größten Bauherrn Österreichs 6.2.2 Johanna Griesmayr: Direkte Kommunikation Online und über Ombudsleute 6.2.3 Peter Klinglmüller: Kommunikativer Hype um das neue grün-weiße Rapid-Stadion 6.3 Projektmanager 6.3.1 Jürgen Laukemper: Bauherren mit einer ausgeprägten Kommunikationskultur tun sich leichter 6.3.2 Andreas Gobiet: Kommunikation gehört Bautechnikem schon in der Ausbildung als Grundelement vermittelt 6.3.3 Wolfgang Kradischnig: Die Währung in einem Projekt ist Vertrauen 6.3.4 Hans Lechner: Planung und Architektur sind keine nonverbalen Kulturleistungen 6.3.5 Arnold Schmitzer: Die sieben Todsündenbeim Bauen 6.3.6 Verena Zybell: Ampelsignale steuern durch Projektengstellen Literatur 7 Resümee Weiterführende Literatur
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam : Academic Press is an imprint of Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128009956 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Aquafeed Formulation is the only resource that provides summaries with examples and formulation techniques specifically to meet the needs of anyone in the aquaculture industry. As feed is the largest single cost item in aquaculture production, and formulating aquaculture feed requires many combinations of several ingredients and nutrient requirements, this book takes a clear and concise approach, providing essential information on formulation and covering relevant available software, feed nutrients, and additives such as enzymes and phytase and conjugated fatty acids, as well as best industry practices to improve aquafeed production. Users will find this to be a one-stop resource for anyone interested or involved in, the global aquaculture industry.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (303 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9780128009956
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Acknowledgments Introduction 1 Overview of the aquaculture feed industry / Zuridah Merican and Dagoberto Sanchez 1. Aquafeed in Asia 1.1 Introduction 1.2 A shift in equilibrium 1.3 Lower demand with EMS 1.4 Horizontal expansion and integration 1.5 Extruded and functional feeds 1.6 Rising production costs 1.7 Feed production and trends 1.8 New capacity and new entrants 1.9 Shrimp feed types 1.10 Feed prices 1.11 Country developments 2. Aquafeed in the Americas 2.1 Development of aquafeed production in the Americas 2.2 Country development Acknowledgments References 2 Feed formulation software / A. Victor Suresh 2.1 Introduction 2.2 General overview of the formulation process in the feed industry 2.3 LP-based feed formulation 2.4 Essential components of LP-based feed formulation software 2.5 Software options 2.6 Conclusion Acknowledgments References 3 Understanding the nutritional and biological constraints of ingredients to optimize their application in aquaculture feeds / Brett Glencross 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Characterizing ingredients 3.3 Chemical composition of oils 3.4 Digestibility, palatability, and utilization value of plant protein meals 3.5 Nutritional value of plant and animal oils to aquaculture species 3.6 Processing effects of ingredients References 4 Nutrient requirements / Cesar Molina-Poveda 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Proteins and amino acids 4.3 Lipids and fatty acids 4.4 Carbohydrates 4.5 Nutritional energetics 4.6 Vitamins 4.7 Minerals References 5 Functional feed additives in aquaculture feeds / Pedro Encarnagao 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Phytogenies 5.3 Organic acids 5.4 Yeast products 5.5 Probiotics 5.6 Enzymes 5.7 Mycotoxin binders References 6 Optimizing nutritional quality of aquafeeds / Karthik Masagounder, Sheila Ramos, Ingolf Reimann and Girish Channarayapatna 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Sources of nutrient database 6.3 Nutrient levels and variability in commonly used raw materials 6.4 Impact of heat damage on the amino acid level and their variability 6.5 Proximate nutrients of raw material 6.6 Managing nutrient variation 6.7 Integration of Laboratory Information Management System and formulation 6.8 Summary References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Sosnowiec : Wydział Nauk o Ziemi Uniwersytet Śląski | Warszawa : Instytut Geofizyki Polskiej Akademii Nauk | Sopot : Instytut Oceanologii Polskiej Akademii Nauk
    Call number: AWI S6-22-94809
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 101, [3] Seiten , Illustrationen , 22x22 cm
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents INTRODUCTION 1. The Centre for Polar Studies 2. The Centre in the context of Polish and international polar research 3. Development and achievements of the Centre for Polar Studies Underwater acoustic signatures od glacier calving Svalbard reveals a new island Freshwater in a salty fjord Between genetics and palaeontology: ancient DNA in palaeoceanographical research Influence of glacial disturbance and food availability on organisms size in Kongsfjorden and Hornsund fjords Message in a stainless steel bottle thrown into deep geological time 4. Technical facilities and infrastructure for polar research 5. Interdisciplinary Polar Studies Foundations of ISP Profiles of doctoral thesis 6. Exploration of Polar and Mountain Regions - a new speciality of MSc studies at the Faculty of Earth Sciences, University of Silesia 7. Science communication and dissemination 8. Towards the future
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: 9783110379471 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Dieser Band stellt die zentralen Entwicklungen bei der Gestaltung von Lernwelten in Hochschulen und damit verbundenen Wissenschaftlichen Bibliotheken, in Öffentlichen Bibliotheken, in der Erwachsenenbildung sowie in kommunalen Kultur- und Bildungszentren systematisch dar. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Empfehlungen gegeben, wie Lernarrangements und Wissensräume in Zukunft gestaltet werden können. Dabei spielt die Perspektive eines integrierten Optionsraums für Lebenslanges Lernen eine zentrale Rolle.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783110379471
    Series Statement: Lernwelten
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur Reihe Vorwort Einleitung 1 Begriffskontexte 1.1 Information 1.2 Wissen 1.3 Kompetenz 1.4 Lernen / Aneignung 1.4.1 Einführung 1.4.2 Lerntheorien 1.4.3 Lebenslanges und selbstgesteuertes Lernen 1.4.4 Lernstile und Lerntypen 1.4.5 Lernraum 1.4.6 Kontextualisierungen 1.5 Lehren / Vermittlung / Didaktisches Handeln 1.5.1 Einführung 1.5.2 Didaktische Theorien, Modelle und Konzepte 1.5.3 Lernbegleitung / Lernberatung 1.5.4 Kontextualisierungen 1.6 Bildung 1.7 Zusammenfassung 2 Lernwelten im Wandel 2.1 Einführung 2.2 Begriffskontexte Lernwelten 2.3 Hochschulen und Wissenschaftliche Bibliotheken 2.3.1 Überblick 2.3.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.3.3 Raumkonzepte 2.3.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.3.5 Zusammenfassung 2.4 öffentliche Bibliotheken 2.4.1 Überblick 2.4.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.4.3 Raumkonzepte 2.4.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.4.5 Zusammenfassung 2.5 Erwachsenenbildung / Weiterbildung 2.5.1 Überblick 2.5.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.5.3 Raumkonzepte 2.5.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.5.5 Zusammenfassung 2.6 Bildungs- und Kulturzentren - Learning Centres 2.6.1 Überblick 2.6.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.6.3 Raumkonzepte 2.6.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.6.5 Zusammenfassung 3 Zukünftige Perspektiven 3.1 Wandlungsprozesse 3.1.1 Herausforderungen 3.1.2 Vom Produkt zum Prozess 3.1.3 Vom Lehren zum Lernen 3.1.4 Vom Konsum zur Produktion 3.1.5 Von der Lehrumgebung zur Lernumgebung 3.1.6 Von der Addition zur Integration 3.2 Optionsraum Lebenslanges Lernen 3.2.1 Herausforderungen 3.2.2 Angebotsentwicklung 3.2.3 Lernraumentwicklung 3.2.4 Organisationsentwicklung 3.2.5 Kooperationsentwicklung 3.2.6 Stadt- / Regionalentwicklung 3.2.7 Perspektiven Literatur Abkürzungsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Zum Autor Register
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: 9783658229375 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Dieses Fachbuch vermittelt theoretisch fundiert, wie Teilzeit-Führung als Alltagsmodell für flexiblere Arbeitsstrukturen zukünftig in Unternehmen umgesetzt werden kann. Die Autorinnnen stellen die komplexen Zusammenhänge von Teilzeit-Führung dar, zeigen relevante Hintergrundinformationen auf und beschreiben mögliche Gründe für die unzureichende Akzeptanz von Teilzeit-Führung. Zudem verdeutlichen Sie, welche tiefliegenden Überzeugungen und kulturelle Muster ein Umdenken von Vollzeit-Führung in die Teilzeit-Führung verhindern, jedoch neue Arbeitszeitmodelle durch den gesellschaftlichen Wandel zwingend nötig sind. Das Buch enthält hilfreiche Denkanstöße, praktische Tipps und inspirierende Beispiele für Entscheider sowie Mut machende Empfehlungen für ambitionierte Teilzeit-Führungskräfte der Zukunft. Der Inhalt - Die Theorie der Teilzeit-Führung - Gesellschftliche und ökonomische Rahmenbedingungen der Teilzeit-Führung - Modelle der Teilzeit-Führung - Erfolgreiche Ansätze zur Teilzeit-Führung in ausgewählten Unternehmen - Generation Y - Neue Ansprüche an Führungskräfte und Arbeitgeber - Psychologische Hintergründe - Anregungen zur Implementierung von Teilzeit-Führungsmodellen Die Autoren Silke Katterbach, Dipl.-Psychologin und Unternehmensberaterin, ist Lehrbeauftragte für Wirtschaftspsychologie an der Universität Bremen. Als Beraterin beschäftigt sie sich mit den Themen Führung und Arbeit im gesellschaftlichen Wandel, Change Management und Talent Management. Sie moderiert Großveranstaltungen und Workshops. Kerstin Stöver, M. Sc. BWL mit Schwerpunkt Wirtschaftspsychologie, Unternehmens- und Mitarbeiterführung, ist freiberufliche Unternehmensberaterin. Als ausgebildete Bankkauffrau leitete sie während ihres Studiums diverse Projekte in Teilzeit. Sie beschäftigt sich mit der Bedeutung und Implementierung von individuellen Arbeitsmodellen sowie der Gestaltung von gesundheitsfördernder Arbeitsorganisation
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIX, 222 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658229375 (e-book)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Das Dilemma 1.1 Die Welt verändert sich 1.2 Die Organisation im gesellschaftlichen Wandel 1.3 Teilzeit-Führung als Herausforderung 1.4 Psychologische Aspekte 1.4.1 Psychologische Modelle und Theorien 1.4.2 Persönlichkeitsentwicklung und Resilienz 1.4.3 Selbstcoaching 1.5 Betriebswirtschaftliche Aspekte (Makroebene) Literatur 2 Das Umfeld 2.1 Der Übergang zur Teilzeit-Führung braucht Instabilität 2.2 Digitalisierung 2.3 Agilität; Das Serum-Prinzip Literatur 3 Die Führung 3.1 Historische Modelle und aktueller Status 3.2 Neue Führung braucht neue Führungstypen (np-Studie) 3.2.1 Fünf Führungstypen 3.2.2 Roadmap für die Entwicklung „guter Führung“ 3.3 Arbeitskultur im Wandel 3.4 Führung in Vernetzung und Komplexität Literatur 4 Kultur in ihren unterschiedlichen Facetten 4.1 Kultur als Begriff 4.2 Untemehmenskultur 4.3 Wie sieht eine (Organisations-) Kultur für Teilzeit-Führung aus? Literatur 5 Die Theorie (der Teilzeit-Führung) 5.1 Arbeitszeit wird kein Frauenthema bleiben 5.2 Teilzeit-Führung - eine Begriffsdefinition 5.3 Aktueller Forschungsstand 5.4 Modelle der Teilzeit-Führung 5.4.1 Vollzeitnahe Teilzeitarbeit 5.4.2 Kadermodell 5.4.3 Top Sharing 5.4.4 Job/Top Splitting 5.5 Erfolgreiche Ansätze zur Teilzeit-Führung in ausgewählten Unternehmen 5.5.1 elbdudler GmbH - Vollzeitnahe Teilzeitarbeit 5.5.2 DATEV eG - Diverse Modelle der Teilzeit-Führung 5.5.3 Commerzbank AG - Top Sharing 5.5.4 Robert Bosch GmbH - Vollzeitnahe Teilzeitarbeit 5.5.5 Trumpf GmbH & Co. KG - Teilzeit Invest 5.6 Erfolgsfaktoren der Teilzeit-Führung 5.7 Grenzen der Führung in Teilzeit Literatur 6 Generation Y - Neue Ansprüche an Führungskräfte und Arbeitgeber 6.1 Jede Generation hat eigene Merkmale 6.2 Erwartungen an einen Arbeitgeber 6.3 Anforderungen an Arbeitszeitmodelle Literatur 7 Die Methode 7.1 Systemaufstellung: Alles Humbug oder nützliches Instrument? 7.1.1 Vorbereitung und Ausgangspunkt 7.1.2 Phase 1: Führungskraft mit Teilzeitoption prototypisch 7.1.3 Phase 2: Führungskraft mit Teilzeitoption in einem mittelständischen Maschinenbauuntemehmen 7.1.4 Phase 3: Führungskraft mit Teilzeitoption in Schweden 7.2 Ergebnisse und Erkenntnisse Literatur 8 Die Herausforderung 8.1 Kultur sichtbar machen 8.1.1 Das Interview- und Analysewerkzeug „nextexpertizer“ 8.1.2 Die vierstündige Übung von Ed Schein 8.2 Führungsverständnis reflektieren 8.3 Wie wir reden und was wir meinen (Kommunikation und Betriebsklima) 8.3.1 Vertrauen 8.3.2 Lösungsorientierung 8.3.3 Metakommunikation 8.3.4 Besprechungsroutinen 8.4 Organisationsstruktur unter die Lupe nehmen 8.5 Kreativität ins Unternehmen bringen 8.6 Die Personalabteilung aufmöbeln (HR 2020) 8.6.1 Hürden überwinden 8.6.2 Pilotprojekte - wer nicht wagt 8.6.3 Beteiligte bestärken und beraten Literatur 9 Die Lösung 9.1 Das Projekt „Augenhöhe" 9.2 Buurtzorg 9.3 Voraussetzungen für Teilzeit-Führung schaffen 9.4 Kollektive Lösungsfindung 9.4.1 Open Space 9.4.2 nextmoderator® 9.5 Vertrauen schaffen 9.6 Mut zur Entscheidung Literatur 10 Der Ausblick Sachverzeichnis
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: AWI A4-22-94820
    In: Rendiconti Lincei. Scienze fisiche e naturali, Volume 27, Supplement 1
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: 270 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 2037-4631
    Series Statement: Rendiconti Lincei. Scienze fisiche e naturali Volume 27, Supplement 1
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Environmental changes in the Arctic: an Italian perspective / David Cappelletti, Roberto Azzolini, Leonardo Langone, Stefano Ventura, Angelo Viola, Stefano Aliani, Vito Vitale & Enrico Brugnoli Atmospheric observations at the Amundsen-Nobile Climate Change Tower in Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard / Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Pietro Viola, Christian Lanconelli & Vito Vitale On turbulence characteristics at Ny-Ålesund–Svalbard / Francesco Tampieri, Angelo Pietro Viola, Mauro Mazzola & Armando Pelliccioni Variability features associated with ozone column and surface UV irradiance observed over Svalbard from 2008 to 2014 / Boyan H. Petkov, Vito Vitale, Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, Christian Lanconelli, Angelo Viola & Maurizio Busetto Air-snow exchange of reactive nitrogen species at Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard (Arctic) / Antonietta Ianniello, Francesca Spataro, Rosamaria Salvatori, Mauro Valt, Marianna Nardino, Mats P. Björkman, Giulio Esposito & Mauro Montagnoli Size distribution and ion composition of aerosol collected at Ny-Ålesund in the spring–summer field campaign 2013 / F. Giardi, S. Becagli, R. Traversi, D. Frosini, M. Severi, L. Caiazzo, C. Ancillotti, D. Cappelletti, B. Moroni, M. Grotti, A. Bazzano, A. Lupi, M. Mazzola, V. Vitale, O. Abollino, L. Ferrero, E. Bolzacchini, A. Viola & R. Udisti Multi-seasonal ultrafine aerosol particle number concentration measurements at the Gruvebadet observatory, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard Islands / Angelo Lupi, Maurizio Busetto, Silvia Becagli, Fabio Giardi, Christian Lanconelli, Mauro Mazzola, Roberto Udisti, Hans-Christen Hansson, Tabea Henning, Boyan Petkov, Johan Ström, Radovan Krejci, Peter Tunved, Angelo Pietro Viola & Vito Vitale Elemental and lead isotopic composition of atmospheric particulate measured in the Arctic region (Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard Islands) / Andrea Bazzano, Francisco Ardini, Marco Grotti, Mery Malandrino, Agnese Giacomino, Ornella Abollino, David Cappelletti, Silvia Becagli, Rita Traversi & Roberto Udisti Sulfate source apportionment in the Ny-Ålesund (Svalbard Islands) Arctic aerosol / Roberto Udisti, Andrea Bazzano, Silvia Becagli, Ezio Bolzacchini, Laura Caiazzo, David Cappelletti, Luca Ferrero, Daniele Frosini, Fabio Giardi, Marco Grotti, Angelo Lupi, Mery Malandrino, Mauro Mazzola, Beatrice Moroni, Mirko Severi, Rita Traversi, Angelo Viola & Vito Vitale Water-soluble trace, rare earth elements and organic compounds in Arctic aerosol / Clara Turetta, Roberta Zangrando, Elena Barbaro, Jacopo Gabrieli, Elisa Scalabrin, Piero Zennaro, Andrea Gambaro, Giuseppa Toscano & Carlo Barbante AGAP: an atmospheric gondola for aerosol profiling / Mauro Mazzola, Maurizio Busetto, Luca Ferrero, Angelo Pietro Viola & David Cappelletti Local vs. long-range sources of aerosol particles upon Ny-Ålesund (Svalbard Islands): mineral chemistry and geochemical records / Beatrice Moroni, David Cappelletti, Luca Ferrero, Stefano Crocchianti, Maurizio Busetto, Mauro Mazzola, Silvia Becagli, Rita Traversi & Roberto Udisti Snowpack characteristics of Brøggerhalvøya, Svalbard Islands / Mauro Valt & Rosamaria Salvatori Continuous monitoring of spectral albedo of snowed surfaces in Ny-Ålesund / Roberto Salzano, Christian Lanconelli, Rosamaria Salvatori, Giulio Esposito & Vito Vitale Evolution of the Svalbard annual snow layer during the melting phase / Andrea Spolaor, Elena Barbaro, Jean Marc Christille, Torben Kirchgeorg, Fabio Giardi, David Cappelletti, Clara Turetta, Andrea Bernagozzi, Mats P. Björkman, Enzo Bertolini & Carlo Barbante Characterization of seawater properties and ocean heat content in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard Archipelago / Stefano Aliani, Roberta Sciascia, Ilaria Conese, Alessandra D’Angelo, Fabrizio Del Bianco, Federico Giglio, Leonardo Langone & Stefano Miserocchi Gas hydrate stability zone in shallow Arctic Ocean in presence of sub-sea permafrost / Umberta Tinivella & Michela Giustiniani A numerical algorithm for the assessment of the conjecture of a subglacial lake tested at Amundsenisen, Svalbard / Daniela Mansutti, Edoardo Bucchignani & Piotr Glowacki Trace elements in marine particulate and surface sediments of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard Islands / Francisco Ardini, Andrea Bazzano, Paola Rivaro, Francesco Soggia, Amanda Terol & Marco Grotti Stable isotopes and digital elevation models to study nutrient inputs in high-arctic lakes / Edoardo Calizza, Maria Letizia Costantini, David Rossi, Vittorio Pasquali, Giulio Careddu & Loreto Rossi Legacy and emergent POPs in the marine fauna of NE Greenland with special emphasis on the Greenland shark Somniosus microcephalus / Simonetta Corsolini, Karla Pozo & Jørgen S. Christiansen Body size-related constraints on the movement behaviour of the arctic notostracan Lepidurus arcticus (Pallas, 1973) under laboratory conditions / Giorgio Mancinelli & Vittorio Pasquali Geomorphological features of the Kongsfjorden area: Ny-Ålesund, Blomstrandøya (NW Svalbard, Norway) / Enrico Miccadei, Tommaso Piacentini & Claudio Berti Quantification of fracturing within fault damage zones affecting Late Proterozoic carbonates in Svalbard / Paola Cianfarra & F. Salvini Towards a calibration laboratory in Ny-Ålesund / Chiara Musacchio, Andrea Merlone, Angelo Viola, Vito Vitale & Marion Maturilli Development of an automatic sampler for extreme polar environments: first in situ application in Svalbard Islands / Giuseppe Zappalà, Gabriele Bruzzone, Gabriella Caruso & Maurizio Azzaro Isolation and degradation potential of a cold-adapted oil/PAH-degrading marine bacterial consortium from Kongsfjorden (Arctic region) / Francesca Crisafi, Laura Giuliano, Michail M. Yakimov, Maurizio Azzaro & Renata Denaro
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94882
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 506 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-0-521-75777-5 (pbk) , 978-0-521-76763-7 (hbk)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Preface I Introductory Chapters 1 The Ecological Value of Biyophytes as Indicators of Climate Change / NANCY G. SLACK 2 Bryophyte Physiological Processes in a Changing Climate: an Overview / ZOLTÁN TUBA II Ecophysiology 3 Climatic Responses and Limits of Biyophytes: Comparisons and Contrasts with Vascular Plants / MICHAEL C. F. PROCTOR 4 Effects of Elevated Air C02 Concentration on Bryophytes: a Review / ZOLTÁN TUBA, EDIT ÖTVÖS, AND ILDIKÓ JÓCSÁK 5 Seasonal and Interannual Variability of Light and UV Acclimation in Mosses / NIINA M. LAPPALAINEN, ANNA HYYRYLÄINEN, AND SATU HUTTUNEN III Aquatic Bryophytes 6 Ecological and Physiological Effects of Changing Climate on Aquatic Bryophytes / JANICE M. GLIME 7 Aquatic Bryophytes under Ultraviolet Radiation / JAVIER MARTÍNEZ-ABAIGAR AND ENCARNACIÓN NÚÑEZ-OLIVERA IV Desert and Tropical Ecosystems 8 Responses of a Biological Crust Moss to Increased Monsoon Precipitation and Nitrogen Deposition in the Mojave Desert / LLOYD R. STARK, D. NICHOLAS MCLETCHIE, STANLEY D. SMITH, AND MELVIN J. OLIVER 9 Ecology of Bryophytes in Mojave Desert Biological Soil Crusts: Effects of Elevated CO2 on Sex Expression, Stress Tolerance, and Productivity in the Moss Syntrichia caninervis Mitt. / JOHN C. BRINDA, CATHERINE FERNANDO, AND LLOYD R. STARK 10 Responses of Epiphytic Bryophyte Communities to Simulated Climate Change in the Tropics / JORGE JÁCOME, S. ROBBERT GRADSTEIN, AND MICHAEL KESSLER V Alpine, Arctic, and Antarctic Ecosystems 11 Effects of Climate Change on Tundra Bryophytes / ANNIKA K. JÄGERBRAND, ROBERT G. BJÖRK, TERRY CALLAGHAN, AND RODNEY D. SEPPELT 12 Alpine Bryophytes as Indicators for Climate Change: a Case Study from the Austrian Alps / DANIELA HOHENWALLNER, HAROLD GUSTAV ZECHMEISTER, DIETMAR MOSER, HARALD PAULI, MICHAEL GOTTFRIED, KARL REITER, AND GEORG GRABHERR 13 Bryophytes and Lichens in a Changing Climate: An Antarctic Perspective / RODNEY D. SEPPELT VI Sphagnum and Peatlands 14 Living on the Edge: The Effects of Drought on Canada's Western Boreal Peatlands / MELANIE A. VILE, KIMBERLI D. SCOTT, ERIN BRAULT, R. KELMAN WlEDER, AND DALE H . VlTT 15 The Structure and Functional Features of Sphagnum Cover of the Northern West Siberian Mires in Connection with Forecasting Global Environmental and Climatic Changes / ALEKSEI V. NAUMOV AND NATALIA P. KOSYKH 16 The Southernmost Sphagnum-dominated Mires on the Plains of Europe: Formation, Secondary Succession, Degradation, and Protection / JÁNOS NAGY VII Changes in Bryophyte Distribution with Climate Change: Data and Models 17 The Role of Bryophyte Paleoecology in Quaternary Climate Reconstructions / GUSZTÁV JAKAB AND PÁL SÜMEGI 18 Signs of Climate Change in the Bryoflora of Hungary / TAMÁS PÓCS 19 Can the Effects of Climate Change on British Bryophytes be Distinguished from those Resulting from Other Environmental Changes? / JEFFREY W. BATES AND CHRISTOPHER D. PRESTON 20 Climate Change and Protected Areas: How well do British Rare Bryophytes Fare? / BARBARA J. ANDERSON AND RALF OHLEMÜLLER 21 Modeling the Distribution of Sematophyllum substrumulosum (Hampe) E. Britton as a Signal of Climatic Changes in Europe / CECÍLIA SÉRGIO, RUI FIGUEIRA, AND RUI MENEZES 22 Modeling Bryophyte Productivity Across Gradients of Water Availability Using Canopy Form-Function Relationships / STEVEN K. RICE, NATHALI NEAL, JESSE MANGO, AND KELLY BLACK VIII Conclusions 23 Bryophytes as Predictors of Climate Change / L. DENNIS GIGNAC 24 Conclusions and Future Research / NANCY G. SLACK AND LLOYD R. STARK Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: 9783319904375 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book offers a collection of papers presented in the International Conference on Geomagnetism, Paleomagnetism and Rock Magnetism held in Kazan (Russia) in October 2017. Papers in this book are dedicated to the study of the geomagnetic field through most of the Earth's history as well as planetary and meteorite magnetism, and magnetic signatures of terrestrial impact craters. Recent studies, summaries, and reviews include: 1 - theory of the geomagnetic field, its generation and variations; 2 - experimental data on the geomagnetic field changes; 3 - studies of rock magnetism; 4 - paleotectonic reconstructions and paleoceanography; 5 - magnetostratigraphy; 6 - extraterrestrial magnetism. Summary reports and reviews will be presented by the world’s leading experts in the field of geomagnetic studies. Such workshops held by Academic Council have become traditional. They are always attended by leading professionals from Russia, CIS and non-CIS countries. In addition to discussion sessions focused on recent studies and findings, lectures on some basic concepts of geomagnetism will be delivered by leading Russian and foreign scientists
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 534 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319904375 , 978-3-319-90437-5
    ISSN: 2364-9119 , 2364-9127
    Series Statement: Springer Geophysics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Paleomagnetism 1 Results of Paleomagnetic and Geochronological Studies of Sedimentary Rocks from Kema and Silasa Formations of the Sikhote-Alin Orogen / M. V. Arkhipov, A. Yu. Peskov, A. N. Didenko, S. Otoh, A. V. Kudymov, M. Nagata, Y. Kouchi and K. Yamamoto 2 Late Paleozoic Remagnetization: Evaluation of the Sequence of Folding in the South Urals / Inessa Golovanova, Konstantin Danukalov and Raushaniya Sal’manova 3 Paleomagnetic Directions Distortion Caused by Viscous-Plastic Deformations Estimated from Anisotropy of Magnetic Susceptibility (Case Study of Berriasian Clays from East Crimea) / V. A. Grishchenko and A. Yu. Guzhikov 4 Carboniferous of the Russian Platform: Paleomagnetic Data / A. G. Iosifidi, V. A. Mikhailova, V. V. Popov, E. S. Sergienko, A. V. Danilova, N. M. Otmas and A. V. Zhuravlev 5 Evidence for the Existence of the Gothenburg and Mono Lake Excursions Based on Paleomagnetic Data from Baunt Lake Sediments (Northern Transbaikalia) / M. A. Krainov, E. V. Bezrukova, A. A. Shchetnikov and A. Yu. Peskov 6 Intrusions of the Kulumbe River Valley, NW Siberian Traps Province: Paleomagnetism, Magnetic Fabric and Geochemistry / A. V. Latyshev, N. A. Krivolutskaya, P. S. Ulyahina, Ya. V. Bychkova and B. I. Gongalsky 7 Paleomagnetism of Basalts from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge and the Bouvet Triple Junction / V. I. Maksimochkin and A. N. Tselebrovskiy 8 Archaeomagnetic Studies of the Material of the Archaeological Monument Dmitrievskaya Sloboda II of the Second Millennium B.C / O. V. Pilipenko, I. E. Nachasova, S. K. Gribov and O. V. Zelentsova Part II Rock and Environmental Magnetism 9 Influence of Magnetostatic Interaction on Magnetic Characteristics of Decay Products of Nanodisperse Titanomagnetites / S. V. Anisimov, L. L. Afremov and I. G. Iliushin 10 An Estimate of the Remanent Magnetization in the Case of a Ferromagnet Transformation Accompanied by a Change in the Curie Temperature / V. I. Belokon, E. V. Chibiriak and O. I. Dyachenko 11 A 13,000-Yr Record of Environmental Change from Tschuchye Lake in Northeast Yakutia / S. S. Burnatny, A. N. Naumov and Yu. A. Korzun 12 Comparison of the Porosity Determination on the Whole Core and Petrophysical Samples / A. V. Fattakhov, V. E. Kosarev, D. L. Melnikova, V. D. Skirda and A. V. Starovoytov 13 Magnetic Properties of Soils from the Volga-Kama Forest-Steppe / L. A. Fattakhova, L. R. Kosareva and A. A. Shinkarev 14 Magnetic Properties of Artificial CRM Created on Titanomagnetite-Bearing Oceanic Basalts / S. K. Gribov, V. P. Shcherbakov and N. A. Aphinogenova 15 Blocking Temperature and Hysteresis Characteristics of Nanoparticles of Oxidated Magnetite / Ilia Iliushin and Leonid Afremov 16 Low-Temperature Magnetic Properties and Magnetic Mineralogy of the Ropruchey Sill (Russian Karelia) / Andrei Kosterov, Elena S. Sergienko, Petr V. Kharitonskii, Svetlana Yu. Yanson and Irina A. Vasilieva 17 Preliminary Magnetic Investigation of Samples from Reference Permian-Triassic Sequence, Kemerovo Region, Russia / Dilyara Kuzina, Lina Kosareva, Ilmir Gilmetdinov, Radmir Aupov, Vladimir Silantiev, Vladimir Davydov, Irina Dogadina and Natalia Kuzmina 18 Magnetic Properties and Concentration of Heavy Metals in Soils of the Krasnyi Kut Town (Saratov, Russia) / M. V. Reshetnikov, A. S. Sheshnev, E. S. Sokolov and S. D. Shkodin 19 Rock-Magnetism and Granulometry of Late Palaeolithic Sites in the Tunka Rift Valley (Pribaikalie) as a Tool for Reconstruction of Sedimentary Environment / G. G. Matasova, A. A. Shchetnikov, I. A. Filinov, A. Yu. Kazansky, G. A. Vorobyeva, N. E. Berdnikova, E. O. Rogovskoy, E. A. Lipnina, I. M. Berdnikov and L. V. Lbova 20 Application of Methods of Rocks Magnetism for Determination of Criteria of Perspectiveness of Ore-Formation / J. H. Minasyan 21 Rock Magnetic Properties of Pleistocene Tephras from the Polovinka Section of the Central Kamchatka Depression / A. N. Naumov, S. S. Burnatny, P. S. Minyuk and A. G. Zubov 22 Basalts of the Zhom-Bolok Lava River as a Possible Sources of Metallic Iron in Sediments of Local Lakes: Thermomagnetic and Microprobe Justification / D. M. Pechersky, A. Yu. Kazansky, A. Kozlovsky, G. P. Markov, A. A. Shchetnikov and V. A. Tselmovich Part III Magnetostratigraphy 23 Magnetostratigraphy of the Reference Sections of the Cisuralian Series (Permian System) / Yu. P. Balabanov, R. Kh. Sungatullin, G. M. Sungatullina, L. R. Kosareva, M. S. Glukhov, P. G. Yakunina, A. O. Zhernenkov, V. V. Antonenko and A. A. Сhurbanov 24 General Magnetostratigraphic Scale: Present Status and Outlook of Development / A. Yu. Guzhikov 25 Existence of the Reversal Polarity Zones in Turonian-Coniacian from the Lower Volga (Russia): New Data / A. A. Guzhikova, A. Yu. Guzhikov, E. M. Pervushov, I. P. Ryabov and A. M. Surinskiy 26 Magnetostratigraphy of the Key Loess-Palaesol Sequence at Roxolany (Western Black Sea Region) / D. V. Hlavatskyi and V. G. Bakhmutov 27 Magnetic Polarity Stratigraphy of the Upper Cenozoic Deposits of Near-Sea Dagestan (Russia) and the Age of the Early Paleolithic Site Rubas-1 / A. Yu. Kazansky, A. A. Anoikin, A. P. Derevianko, G. G. Matasova and V. Yu. Bragin 28 Magnetic Stratigraphy of the Bazhenov Suite of Western Siberia and the Surrounding Deposits / A. G. Manikin, V. A. Grishchenko, A. Yu. Guzhikov and V. V. Kolpakov Part IV Extraterrestrial Magnetism 29 Metallic Iron in the Planets Interior: Generalization of Thermomagnetic and Microprobe Results / D. M. Kuzina and D. M. Pechersky 30 Magnetic Properties of Tektite-like Impact Glasses from Zhamanshin Astrobleme, Kazakhstan / Vyacheslav A. Starunov, Andrei Kosterov, Elena S. Sergienko, Svetlana Yu. Yanson, Gennady P. Markov, Petr V. Kharitonskii, Aleksandr S. Sakhatskii, Irina E. Lezova and Evgenii V. Shevchenko 31 Background Magnetic Component of Holocene Cosmic Dust Allocated from Peat / V. A. Tselmovich and A. Yu. Kurazhkovskii Part V Geomagnetic Field and Magnetic Surveys 32 Preliminary Results of the Geohistorical and Paleomagnetic Analysis of Marine Magnetic Anomalies in the Northwestern Indian Ocean / S. A. Ivanov and S. A. Merkuriev 33 Geomagnetic Variations for Axial Dipole Hypothesis and Dynamo Parameters / S. V. Starchenko 34 Simple Estimations for Planetary Convection Turbulence and Dynamo Magnetism from Optimized Scaling and Observations / S. V. Starchenko 35 MHD Sources, 1600-2005 Evolution and 1900-2005 Probabilistic Time Analysis for Logarithmic Time-Derivatives of Geomagnetic Spherical Harmonics / S. V. Starchenko and S. V. Yakovleva 36 Unmanned Airborne Magnetic Survey Technologies: Present and Future / Tsirel Vadim, Parshin Alexander, Ancev Vasily and Kapshtan Dmitry
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: 9783319916088 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: What do we know about Mediterranean Cold (Deep)-Water coral ecosystems? In this book, specialists offer answers and insights with a series of chapters and short papers about the paleoecology, biology, physiology and ecology of the corals and other organisms that comprise these ecosystems. Structured on a temporal axis—Past, Present and Future—the reviews and selected study cases cover the cold and deep coral habitats known to date in the Mediterranean Basin. This book illustrates and explains the deep Mediterranean coral habitats that might have originated similar thriving ecosystems in today’s Atlantic Ocean
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 582 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (teilweise farbig)
    ISBN: 9783319916088 , 978-3-319-91608-8
    ISSN: 2213-719X , 2213-7203
    Series Statement: Coral reefs of the world volume 9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction 1 An Introduction to the Research on Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Covadonga Orejas and Carlos Jiménez Part I Past 2 Paleoecology of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Marco Taviani, Agostina Vertino, Lorenzo Angeletti, Paolo Montagna, and Alessandro Remia 3 Cold-Water Corals in the Mediterranean: A History of Discovery / Julian Evans, Leyla Knittweis, Joseph A. Borg, and Patrick J. Schembri 4 A Turbulent Story: Mediterranean Contourites and Cold-Water Corals / Michele Rebesco and Marco Taviani 5 Messinian Salinity Crisis: What Happened to Cold-Water Corals? / André Freiwald 6 Did Quaternary Climate Fluctuations Affect Mediterranean Deep-Sea Coral Communities? / Agostina Vertino and Cesare Corselli 7 A Deglacial Cold-Water Coral Boom in the Alborán Sea: From Coral Mounds and Species Dominance / Claudia Wienberg 8 Highly Variable Submarine Landscapes in the Alborán Sea Created by Cold-Water Corals / Dierk Hebbeln 9 Spatio-Temporal Distribution of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Agostina Vertino, Marco Taviani, and Cesare Corselli 10 Bathyal Corals Within the Aegean Sea and the Adjacent Hellenic Trench / Jürgen Titschack 11 Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals as Paleoclimate Archives / Paolo Montagna and Marco Taviani 12 Tomography of Cold-Water Corals-Bearing Cores / Lorenzo Angeletti, Matteo Bettuzzi, and Maria Pia Morigi 13 Changing Views About Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Marco Taviani Part II Present 14 Taxonomy, Genetics and Biodiversity of Mediterranean Deep-Sea Corals and Cold-Water Corals / Alvaro Altuna and Angelo Poliseno 15 Habitat Mapping of Cold-Water Corals in the Mediterranean Sea / Claudio Lo Iacono, Alessandra Savini, Veerle A. I. Huvenne, and Eulàlia Gràcia 16 Cold-Water Coral Habitat Mapping in the Mediterranean Sea: Methodologies and Perspectives / Lorenzo Angeletti, Annaëlle Bargain, Elisabetta Campiani, Federica Foglini, Valentina Grande, Elisa Leidi, Alessandra Mercorella, Mariacristina Prampolini, and Marco Taviani 17 Working with Visual Methods, Comparison Among the French Deep-Sea Canyons / Maïa Fourt, Adrien Goujard, and Pierre Chevaldonné 18 Review of the Circulation and Characteristics of Intermediate Water Masses of the Mediterranean: Implications for Cold-Water Coral Habitats / Daniel R. Hayes, Katrin Schroeder, Pierre-Marie Poulain, Pierre Testor, Laurent Mortier, Anthony Bosse, and Xavier du Madron 19 Occurrence and Biogeography of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Giovanni Chimienti, Marzia Bo, Marco Taviani, and Francesco Mastrototaro 20 Gorgonian and Black Coral Assemblages in Deep Coastal Bottoms and Continental Shelves of the Mediterranean Sea / Andrea Gori, Jordi Grinyó, Carlos Dominguez-Carrió, Stefano Ambroso, Pablo J. López-González, Josep-Maria Gili, Giorgio Bavestrello, and Marzia Bo 21 Mediterranean Black Coral Communities / Marzia Bo and Giorgio Bavestrello 22 Recent Discoveries of Extensive Cold-Water Coral Assemblages in Maltese Waters / Leyla Knittweis, Julian Evans, Ricardo Aguilar, Helena Álvarez, Joseph A. Borg, Silvia García, and Patrick J. Schembri 23 Corals of Aphrodite: Dendrophyllia ramea Populations of Cyprus / Covadonga Orejas, Carlos Jiménez, Andrea Gori, Jesús Rivera, Claudio Lo Iacono, Didier Aurelle, Louis Hadjioannou, Antonis Petrou, and Katerina Achilleos 24 Cold-Water Corals in Fluid Venting Submarine Structures / Desirée Palomino, José Luis Rueda, Juan Tomás Vázquez, Javier Urra, Olga Sánchez-Guillamón, Emilio González-García, Nieves López-González, and Luis Miguel Fernández-Salas 25 Cold-Water Corals and Mud Volcanoes: Life on a Dynamic Substrate / Andres Rüggeberg and Anneleen Foubert 26 Occurrence of Living Cold-Water Corals at Large Depths Within Submarine Canyons of the Northwestern Mediterranean Sea / Anna Aymà, Jacopo Aguzzi, Miquel Canals, Joan Batista Company, Galderic Lastras, Ariadna Mecho, and Claudio Lo Iacono 27 Submarine Canyons in the Mediterranean: A Shelter for Cold-Water Corals / Pere Puig and Josep-Maria Gili 28 A Cold-Water Coral Habitat in La Fonera Submarine Canyon, Northwestern Mediterranean Sea / Galderic Lastras, Anna Sanchez-Vidal, and Miquel Canals 29 Cold-Water Coral Associated Fauna in the Mediterranean Sea and Adjacent Areas / José L. Rueda, Javier Urra, Ricardo Aguilar, Lorenzo Angeletti, Marzia Bo, Cristina García-Ruiz, Manuel M. González-Duarte, Eduardo López, Teresa Madurell, Manuel Maldonado, Ángel Mateo-Ramírez, César Megina, Juan Moreira, Francina Moya, Lais V. Ramalho, Antonietta Rosso, Cèlia Sitjà, and Marco Taviani 30 Cold-Water Corals as Shelter, Feeding and Life-History Critical Habitats for Fish Species: Ecological Interactions and Fishing Impact / Gianfranco D’Onghia 31 Past, Present and Future Connectivity of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals: Patterns, Drivers and Fate in a Technically and Environmentally Changing World / Joana Boavida, Ronan Becheler, Anna Maria Addamo, Florent Sylvestre, and Sophie Arnaud-Haond 32 Desmophyllum dianthus Genetics and More / Anna Maria Addamo 33 Diversity of Bacteria Associated with the Cold Water Corals Lophelia pertusa and Madrepora oculata / Markus G. Weinbauer, Davide Oregioni, Anne Großkurth, Marie-Emanuelle Kerros, Tilmann Harder, Michael DuBow, Jean-Pierre Gattuso, and Cornelia Maier 34 Lophelia pertusa and Madrepora oculata: An Archaea Riddle? / Markus G. Weinbauer, Davide Oregioni, and Cornelia Maier 35 Biology and Ecophysiology of Mediterranean Cold–Water Corals / Stéphanie Reynaud and Christine Ferrier-Pagès 36 Growth Patterns of Mediterranean Calcifying Cold-Water Corals / Franck Lartaud, Vincent Mouchi, Leïla Chapron, Anne-Leïla Meistertzheim, and Nadine Le Bris 37 Demography and Conservation of Deep Corals: The Study of Population Structure and Dynamics / Lorenzo Bramanti, Giovanni Santangelo, Maria Carla Benedetti, Mimmo Iannelli, and Katell Guizien 38 Cold-Water Coral in Aquaria: Advances and Challenges. A Focus on the Mediterranean / Covadonga Orejas, Marco Taviani, Stefano Ambroso, Vasilis Andreou, Meri Bilan, Marzia Bo, Sandra Brooke, Paal Buhl-Mortensen, Erik Cordes, Carlos Dominguez-Carrió, Christine Ferrier-Pagès, Antonio Godinho, Andrea Gori, Jordi Grinyó, Cristina Gutiérrez-Zárate, Sebastian Hennige, Carlos Jiménez, Ann I. Larsson, Franck Lartaud, Jay Lunden, Cornelia Maier, Sandra R. Maier, Juancho Movilla, Fiona Murray, Erwan Peru, Autun Purser, Maria Rakka, Stéphanie Reynaud, J. Murray Roberts, Pedro Siles, Susanna M. Strömberg, Laurenz Thomsen, Dick van Oevelen, Alfredo Veiga, and Marina Carreiro-Silva 39 Approaching Cold-Water Corals to the Society: Novel Ways to Transfer Knowledge / Sergio Rossi and Covadonga Orejas Part III Future 40 Perspectives of Biophysical Modelling with Implications on Biological Connectivity of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Matthew W. Johnston and Ann I. Larsson 41 The Interface Between Tectonic Evolution and Cold-Water Coral Dynamics in the Mediterranean / Rinus Wortel and Paul Meijer 42 The Mediterranean Is Getting Saltier: From the Past to the Future / Nikolaos Skliris 43 The Spread of Non-indigenous Species in the Mediterranean – A Threat to Cold-Water Corals? / Bella S. Galil 44 Fate of Mediterranean Scleractinian Cold-Water Corals as a Result of Global Climate Change. A Synthesis / Cornelia Maier, Markus G. Weinbauer, and Jean-Pierre Gattuso 45 A Case Study: Variability in the Calcification Response of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals to Ocean Acidification / Juancho Movilla 46 Conservation of Cold-Water Corals in the Mediterranean: Current Status and Future Prospects for Improvement / Maria del Mar Otero and Pilar Marin Species Index Subject Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: 9783030104665 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: It is not so long ago (a mere 17,000 years – a blink in geologic time) that vast areas of the Northern Hemisphere were covered with ice sheets up to two miles thick, lowering the oceans by more than 120 m. By 11,000 years ago, most of the ice was gone. Evidence from polar ice cores and ocean sediments show that Ice Ages were persistent and recurrent over the past 800,000 years. The data suggests that Ice Ages were the normal state, and were temporarily interrupted by interglacial warm periods about nine times during this period. Quasi-periodic variations in the Earth cause the solar input to high northern latitudes to vary with time over thousands of years. The widely accepted Milankovitch theory implies that the interglacial warm periods are associated with high solar input to high northern latitudes. However, many periods of high solar input to high northern latitudes occur during Ice Ages while the ice sheets remain. The data also indicates that Ice Ages will persist regardless of solar input to high northern latitudes, until several conditions are met that are necessary to generate a termination of an Ice Age. An Ice Age will not terminate until it has been maturing for many tens of thousands of years leading to a reduction of the atmospheric CO2 concentration to less than 200 ppm. At that point, CO2 starvation coupled with lower temperatures will cause desertification of marginal regions, leading to the generation of large quantities of dust. High winds transfer this dust to the ice sheets greatly increasing their solar absorptivity, and at the next up-lobe in the solar input to high northern latitudes, solar power melts the ice sheets over about a 6,000-year interval. A warm interglacial period follows, during which dust levels drop remarkably. Slowly but surely, ice begins accumulating again at high northern latitudes and an incipient new Ice Age begins. This third edition presents data and models to support this theory
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 346 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (überwiegend farbig)
    Edition: Tthird edition
    ISBN: 9783030104665 , 978-3-030-10466-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 History and Description of Ice Ages 1.1 Discovery of Ice Ages 1.2 Description of Ice Sheets 1.3 Vegetation During LGM 1.3.1 LGM Climate 1.3.2 Global Flora 1.3.3 Ice Age Forests 1.4 Vegetation and Dust Generation During the LGM 1.4.1 Introduction: Effect of Low CO2 on Plants 1.4.2 C3 and C4 Flora Differences 1.4.3 Effects of Low CO2 on Tree Lines 1.4.4 Source of the LGM Dust 2 Variability of the Earth’s Climate 2.1 Factors that Influence Global Climate 2.2 Stable Extremes of the Earth’s Climate 2.3 Ice Ages in the Recent Geological Past 3 Ice Core Methodology 3.1 History of Ice Core Research 3.2 Dating Ice Core Data 3.2.1 Introduction 3.2.2 Age Markers 3.2.3 Counting Layers Visually 3.2.4 Layers Determined by Measurement 3.2.5 Ice Flow Modeling 3.2.6 Other Dating Methods 3.2.7 Synchronization of Dating of Ice Cores from Greenland and Antarctica 3.2.8 GISP2 Experience 3.2.9 Tuning 3.2.10 Flimsy Logic 3.3 Processing Ice Core Data 3.3.1 Temperature Estimates from Ice Cores 3.3.2 Temperature Estimates from Borehole Models 3.3.3 Climate Variations 3.3.4 Trapped Gases 4 Ice Core Data 4.1 Greenland Ice Core Historical Temperatures 4.2 Antarctica Ice Core Historical Temperatures 4.2.1 Vostok and EPICA Data 4.2.2 Homogeneity of Antarctic Ice Cores 4.3 North-South Synchrony 4.3.1 Direct Comparison of Greenland and Antarctica Ice Core Records 4.3.2 Sudden Changes 4.3.3 Interpretation of Sudden Change in Terms of Ocean Circulation 4.3.4 Seasonal Variability of Precipitation 4.4 Data from High-Elevation Ice Cores 4.5 Carbon Dioxide 4.5.1 Measurements 4.5.2 Explanations 4.6 Dust in Ice Cores 5 Ocean Sediment Data 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Chronology 5.3 Universality of Ocean Sediment Data 5.4 Summary of Ocean Sediment Ice Volume Data 5.5 Comparison of Ocean Sediment Data with Polar Ice Core Data 5.6 Historical Sea Surface Temperatures 5.7 Ice-Rafted Debris 6 Other Data Sources 6.1 Devil’s Hole 6.1.1 Devil’s Hole Data 6.1.2 Comparison of Devil’s Hole Data with Ocean Sediment Data 6.1.3 Devil’s Hole: Global or Regional Data? 6.1.4 Comparison of Devil’s Hole Data with Vostok Data 6.1.5 The Continuing Controversy 6.2 Speleothems in Caves 6.3 Magnetism in Rocks and Loess 6.3.1 Magnetism in Loess 6.3.2 Rock Magnetism in Lake Sediments 6.4 Pollen Records 6.5 Physical Indicators 6.5.1 Ice Sheet Moraines 6.5.2 Coral Terraces 6.5.3 Mountain Glaciers 6.6 Red Sea Sediments 7 Overview of the Various Models for Ice Ages 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Variability of the Sun 7.3 Astronomical Theory 7.4 Volcanism 7.5 Greenhouse Gases 7.6 Role of the Oceans 7.6.1 Glacial-Interglacial Cycles: The Consensus View 7.6.2 Sudden Climate Change - The Consensus View 7.6.3 Wunsch’s Objections 7.7 Models Based on Clouds 7.7.1 Extraterrestrial Dust Accretion 7.7.2 Clouds Induced by Cosmic Rays 7.7.3 Ocean–Atmosphere Model 7.8 Models Based on the Southern Hemisphere 8 Variability of the Earth’s Orbit: Astronomical Theory 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Variability of the Earth’s Orbit 8.2.1 Variability Within the Orbital Plane 8.2.2 Variability of the Orbital Plane 8.3 Calculation of Solar Intensities 8.4 Importance of Each Orbital Parameter 8.5 Historical Solar Irradiance at Higher Latitudes 8.6 Connection Between Solar Variability and Glaciation/Deglaciation Cycles According to Astronomical Theory 8.6.1 Models for Ice Volume 8.6.2 Review of the Imbries’ Model 8.6.3 Memory Model 8.6.4 Modification of Paillard Model 8.7 Models Based on Eccentricity or Obliquity 8.7.1 A Model Based on Eccentricity 8.7.2 The Middle-Pleistocene Transition (MPT) 9 Comparison of Astronomical Theory with Data 9.1 Ice Volume Versus Solar Input 9.2 Spectral Analysis 9.2.1 Introduction 9.2.2 Spectral Analysis of Solar and Paleoclimate Data 10 Interglacials 11 Terminations of Ice Ages 11.1 Abstract 11.2 Background 11.3 Terminations 11.4 North or South (or Both)? 11.5 Models Based on CO 2 and the Southern Hemisphere 11.6 Climate Models for Terminations of Ice Ages 11.7 Model Based on Solar Amplitudes 11.8 Dust as the Driver for Terminations 11.8.1 Introduction 11.8.2 Antarctic Dust Data 11.8.3 Correlation of Ice Core Dust Data with Terminations 11.8.4 Dust Levels on the Ice Sheets 11.8.5 Optical Properties of Surface Deposited Dust 11.8.6 Source of the Dust 11.8.7 Ice Sheet Margins 11.9 Model Based on Solar Thresholds 11.10 The Milankovitch Model Versus the Most Likely Model 11.10.1 Criteria for a Theory 11.10.2 The “Milankovitch” Model 11.10.3 The Most Likely Model 11.10.4 Unanswered Questions 12 Status of Our Understanding References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: 9783030258658 (e-book)
    In: Ecological studies, Volume 239
    Description / Table of Contents: Domestic and wild large mammalian herbivores occur on every continent except Antarctica. Through their browsing and grazing, they affect the structure and distribution not only of vegetation, but also of associated fauna. Consequently, the interactions between management practices and herbivore populations influence the biodiversity, structure and dynamics of ecosystems across vast expanses around the globe: signs of human activity that will be detectable for epochs to come. As a follow-up work to The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing, published in 2008, this new volume presents cutting-edge research on the behaviour, distribution, movement, and direct and indirect impacts of domestic and wild herbivores on terrestrial ecosystems. The respective chapters highlight strategic and applied research on cross-cutting issues in palaeontology and ecology, and provide concrete recommendations on the management of large herbivores to integrate production and conservation in terrestrial systems. Given its scope, the book will appeal to students, researchers and anyone interested in understanding these fascinating wild animals and how they shape the natural world
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 451 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030258658 , 978-3-030-25865-8
    ISSN: 2196-971X , 0070-8356
    Series Statement: Ecological studies 239
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing II / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins 2 The Palaeontology of Browsing and Grazing / Juha Saarinen 3 The Paleoecological Impact of Grazing and Browsing: Consequences of the Late Quaternary Large Herbivore Extinctions / John Rowan and J. T. Faith 4 Morphological and Physiological Adaptations for Browsing and Grazing / Daryl Codron, Reinhold R. Hofmann, and Marcus Clauss 5 Feeding Ecology of Large Browsing and Grazing Herbivores / Jan A. Venter, Mika M. Vermeulen, and Christopher F. Brooke 6 Population Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates in the Anthropocene / Christian Kiffner and Derek E. Lee 7 Community Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Charudutt Mishra, Munib Khanyari, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Kulbhushansingh R. Suryawanshi 8 Weather and Climate Impacts on Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Randall B. Boone 9 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Soil Biota and Nutrient Dynamics / Judith Sitters and Walter S. Andriuzzi 10 Effects of Grazing and Browsing on Tropical Savanna Vegetation / Frank van Langevelde, Claudius A. D. M. van de Vijver, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Thomas A. Groen 11 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Plant Characteristics and Dynamics / Autumn E. Sabo 12 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Faunal Biodiversity / Krisztián Katona and Corli Coetsee 13 Interactions Between Fire and Herbivory: Current Understanding and Management Implications / Izak P. J. Smit and Corli Coetsee 14 Managing Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Richard W. S. Fynn, David J. Augustine, and Samuel D. Fuhlendorf 15 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing in Other Vertebrate Taxa / Iain J. Gordon, Herbert H. T. Prins, Jordan Mallon, Laura D. Puk, Everton B. P. Miranda, Carolina Starling-Manne, René van der Wal, Ben Moore, William Foley, Lucy Lush, Renan Maestri, Ikki Matsuda, and Marcus Clauss 16 Browsers and Grazers Drive the Dynamics of Ecosystems / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Call number: 9783319777887 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the result of collaboration within the framework of the Third International Scientific School for Young Scientists held at the Ishlinskii Institute for Problems in Mechanics of Russian Academy of Sciences, 2017, November. The papers included describe studies on the dynamics of natural system – geosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere—and their interactions, the human contribution to naturally occurring processes, laboratory modeling of earth and environment processes, and testing of new developed physical and mathematical models. The book particularly focuses on modeling in the field of oil and gas production as well as new alternative energy sources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 382 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319777887 , 978-3-319-77788-7
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Tyrrhenian Continent Ragmentation / Al. A. Schreider, A. A. Schreider, and A. E. Sazhneva Long Waves Influence on Polarization Ratio for Microwave Backscattering from the Sea Surface / Alexandr Zapevalov Elimination of Hydrocarbons Spills on Water Objects and Fluorescent Diagnostics of Water Pureness / T. O. Chaplina and E. V. Stepanova Investigations of Internal Waves in the Seas of Russia and in the Central Atlantic / K. S. Grigorenko and S. M. Khartiev Critically Stressed Fractures and Their Relation to Elastic Moduli / Nikita Vladislavovich Dubinya and Ilya Vladimirovich Fokin Mechanical Properties of Thin Films of Coals by Nanoindentation / Elena Kossovich, Svetlana Epshtein, Nadezhda Dobryakova, Maxim Minin, and Darya Gavrilova Using the Variational Approach and Adjoint Equations Method Under the Identification of the Input Parameter of the Passive Admixture Transport Model / Sergey Germanovich Demyshev, Vladimir Sergeevich Kochergin, and Sergey Vladimirovich Kochergin Mechanisms Accounting for Interannual Variability of Advective Heat Transport in the North Atlantic Upper Layer / A. B. Polonsky and P. A. Sukhonos Convective Jets: Volcanic Activity and Turbulent Mixing in the Boundary Layers of the Atmosphere and Ocean / Alexander Vulfson, Oleg Borodin, and Petr Nikolaev Theoretical and Experimental Evaluation of Formation Fluid Composition Influence on Filtration and Elastic Properties of Porous Media / Daniil Karmanskiy and Andrey Maltsev Synchronous Changes of Geophysical Fields in the Earth’s Near-Surface Zone / Svetlana Riabova and Alexander Spivak Vertical Mass Transport by Weakly Nonlinear Inertia-Gravity Internal Waves / A. A. Slepyshev and D. I. Vorotnikov Field Investigation and Numerical Simulation of Wind-Wave Interaction at the Middle-Sized Inland Reservoirs / G. A. Baydakov, A. M. Kuznetsova, V. V. Papko, A. A. Kandaurov, M. I. Vdovin, D. A. Sergeev, and Yu. I. Troitskaya Multidecadal Variability of Hydro-Thermodynamic Characteristics and Heat Fluxes in North Atlantic / N. A. Diansky and P. A. Sukhonos Reconstruction of Hydrophysical Fields in the Coastal Region of the Black Sea on the Basis of Hydrodynamic Model with Assimilation of Observational Data / Demyshev Sergei and Evstigneeva Natalia The Vertical Turbulent Exchange Features in the Black Sea Active Layer / A. S. Samodurov and A. M. Chukharev Model of Oscillations of Earth’s Poles Based on Gravitational Tides / S. A. Kumakshev Laboratory Modeling of Ring Geophysical Structures / B. Shvilkin Principles of Controlling the Apparatus Function for Achieving Super-Resolution in Imagers / E. N. Terentiev, N. E. Terentiev, and I. I. Farshakova A Regular System of Vortices in a Circular Stratified Flow Behind the Edge of a Rotating Disk / Roman N. Bardakov Comparison of Empirical Sea-Surface Slopes Probability Densities for the Purposes of Satellite Sounding / Nick Evgenievich Lebedev and Alexandr Sergeevich Zapevalov Mathematical Modeling of Thermomechanical Behavior of Porous Impermeable Medium with Active Filler / M. V. Alekseev, E. B. Savenkov, and N. G. Sudobin Evaluation of the Temporal Dynamics of Oceanic Eddies with Initial Peripheral Rate Shift / Alexander Aleхeyevich Solovyev and Dmitry Alexandrovich Solovyev Reservoir Proxy Model as a Part of Geo-Technological Model of Gas Fields and Underground Gas Storages / Sergey A. Kirsanov, Andrey V. Chugunov, Oleg S. Gatsolaev, Yan S. Chudin, Ivan А. Fedorov, Aleksey A. Kontarev, and Alexandra P. Popovich Understanding of Rock Material Behavior Under Dynamic Loadings Based on Incubation Time Criteria Approach / A. N. Martemyanov and Yu. V. Petrov Analytical Research of Character of Relative Permeability Function Under Unsteady Two-Phase Filtration / D. U. Semiglasov and V. M. Maximov Estimation of the Hydraulic Fracture Propagation Rate in the Laboratory Experiment / M. Trimonova, E. Zenchenko, N. Baryshnikov, S. Turuntaev, P. Zenchenko, and A. Aigozhieva Paleomagnetism of Some Basalts Samples from the Red Sea Rift Zone / V. I. Maksimochkin and L. R. Preobrazhenskii Influence of Hydrodynamic Perturbations on Dispersion Characteristics of a Near-Water Aerosol / V. N. Nosov, S. G. Ivanov, V. I. Pogonin, V. I. Timonin, N. A. Zavyalov, E. A. Zevakin, and A. S. Savin A Comparative Analysis of Optical Methods for Detection and Prediction of Radionuclides Migration in the Geosphere / B. P. Yakimov, G. S. Budylin, V. G. Petrov, V. V. Fadeev, S. N. Kalmykov, S. A. Evlashin, and E. A. Shirshin Advanced Procedure for Estimation of Phytoplankton Fluorescence Quantum Yield Using Remote Sensing Data: A Comparative Study of the Amundsen Sea Polynyas / Elena E. Nikonova, Evgeny A. Shirshin, Victor V. Fadeev, and Maxim Y. Gorbunov The Exact Mathematical Models of Nonlinear Surface Waves / Anatoly Kistovich Numerical Analysis and Prediction of the Consequences of Natural and Technological Impacts in Coastal Areas of the Azov Sea / T. Ya. Shul’ga, S. M. Khartiev, and A. R. Ioshpa The Problem of Forecasting of Vertical Temperature Distribution in Inland Hydrophysical Objects with Experimental Data / D. Gladskikh, D. Sergeev, G. Baydakov, I. Soustova, and Yu. Troitskaya Modeling Geomechanical Processes in Oil and Gas Reservoirs at the True Triaxial Loading Apparatus / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, and Yu. F. Kovalenko Modeling of Deformation and Filtration Processes Near Wells with Emphasis of their Coupling and Effects Caused by Anisotropy / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, Yu. F. Kovalenko, and K. B. Ustinov Effect of a Tidal Wave Caused by Large Gliding Satellite on Formation of 220 km Seismic Boundary and Split of the Mantle into Blocks / S. Kasyanov and V. Samsonov Influence of Baroclinicity on Sea Level Oscillations in the Baltic Sea / Evgeny Zakharchuk, Natalia Tikhonova, Anatoly Gusev, and Nikolay Diansky Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: 9783662562338 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This completely updated and revised second edition provides a unique and up-to-date treatment of all aspects of plant ecology, making it an ideal textbook and reference work for students, researchers and practitioners. More than 500 high-quality images and drawings, mostly in colour, aid readers’ understanding of various key topics, while the clear structure and straightforward style make it user friendly and particularly useful for students. Written by leading experts, it offers authoritative information, including relevant references. While Plant Ecology primarily addresses graduate students in biology and ecology, it is also a valuable resource for post-graduate students and researchers in botany, environmental sciences and landscape ecology, as well as all those whose study or work touches on agriculture, forestry, land use, and landscape management. Key Topics: - Molecular ecophysiology (molecular stress physiology: light, temperature, oxygen deficiency, water deficit (drought), unfavorable soil mineral conditions, biotic stress) - Physiological and biophysical plant ecology (ecophysiology of plants: thermal balance, water, nutrient, carbon relations) - Ecosystem ecology (characteristics of ecosystems, approaches how to study and how to model terrestrial ecosystems, biogeochemical fluxes in terrestrial ecosystems) - Community ecology and biological diversity (development of plant communities in time and space, interactions between plants and plant communities with the abiotic and the biotic environment, biodiversity and ecosystem functioning) - Global ecology (global biogeochemical cycles, Dynamic Global Vegetation Models, global change and terrestrial ecosystems)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXI, 926 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9783662562338 , 978-3-662-56233-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Molecular Stress Physiology 2 General Themes of Molecular Stress Physiology 2.1 Definitions and Concepts 2.1.1 Stress 2.1.2 Quantification of Stress 2.1.3 Escape–Resistance–Avoidance–Tolerance 2.1.4 Stress Responses–Acclimation–Adaptation 2.1.5 Filters Determining Species Distribution 2.2 Activation of Stress Tolerance and Avoidance Mechanisms 2.2.1 Stress Sensing and Signal Transduction 2.2.2 Transcriptional Control 2.2.3 Oxidative Stress 2.2.4 Long-Distance Stress Signalling 2.2.5 The Model System Arabidopsis thaliana 2.3 Stress and Growth Regulation 2.4 Molecular Basis of Escape and Anticipation of Stress 2.4.1 Circadian Rhythms 2.4.2 Anticipation of Seasonal Changes in Environmental Conditions 2.4.3 Developmental Switches Triggered by Favourable Conditions 2.4.4 Trans-Generational Stress Memory Summary References 3 Light 3.1 The Dual Significance of Light 3.2 Visible Light 3.2.1 Avoidance of Light Stress and Permanent or Dynamic Acclimation 3.2.2 Overexcitation and Damage to Photosynthetic Membranes. 3.2.3 Flexible Acclimation to Changes in Light Intensity 3.2.4 Continuous Light 3.2.5 Light Triggers Plant Adaptation and Acclimation to the Environment 3.3 UV-B Radiation 3.3.1 Ranges of Ultraviolet Radiation and Biological Activity 3.3.2 Ultraviolet-B Damage and Repair Mechanisms 3.3.3 Avoidance of Ultraviolet-B-Induced Stress 3.3.4 Ultraviolet-B Perception and Signalling 3.3.5 Crosstalk Between Ultraviolet-B and Visible Light Responses Summary References 4 Temperature 4.1 The Temperature Challenge 4.1.1 Temperature Dependence of Life 4.1.2 Plants as Poikilothermic Organisms 4.1.3 Variations in Temperature Range 4.1.4 Strategies to Cope with Temperature Fluctuations and Temperature Extremes 4.2 Cold Acclimation and Freezing Tolerance 4.2.1 Adjustment of Membrane Fluidity 4.2.2 Prevention of Photoinhibition 4.2.3 Cryoprotective Proteins 4.2.4 Control of Ice Formation 4.2.5 Signalling Networks Involved in Cold Acclimation 4.2.6 Freezing Avoidance and Freezing Tolerance in Tropical High Mountain Plants 4.3 Heat Stress 4.3.1 Heat Stress Avoidance 4.3.2 Acquired Thermotolerance 4.3.3 The Heat Shock Response 4.4 Temperature Sensing 4.4.1 Sensing of Extreme Temperatures 4.4.2 Sensing of Ambient Temperature Changes Summary References 5 Oxygen Deficiency 5.1 Conditions of Flooded Soil 5.2 Hypoxia-Induced Damage: Energy Metabolism of Plants Under Oxygen Deficiency 5.3 Natural Variation in the Ability to Endure Inundation by Water 5.4 Adaptations to Flooding-Prone Habitats 5.4.1 Anatomical–Morphological Adaptations and Modifications 5.4.2 Biochemical Modifications 5.5 Sensing of Flooding and Ensuing Signal Transduction 5.5.1 Ethylene Signal Transduction 5.5.2 Oxygen Sensing 5.6 Regulation of Avoidance and Tolerance Strategies Summary References 6 Water Deficiency (Drought) 6.1 The Properties of Water 6.2 Water Acquisition and Movement: Cellular Aspects 6.2.1 The Water Potential 6.2.2 Facilitation of Intercellular and Intracellular Water Flow: Aquaporins 6.3 Drought Stress Responses: Avoidance and Tolerance 6.3.1 Control of the Osmotic Potential 6.3.2 Protective Proteins 6.3.3 Regulation of the Stomatal Aperture 6.4 Acclimation of Growth 6.4.1 Inhibition of Shoot Growth 6.4.2 Stimulation of Root Growth 6.5 Sensing of Water Status and Signal Transduction 6.5.1 Sensing of Water Status 6.5.2 ABA Signal Transduction 6.5.3 ABA-Independent Signalling 6.6 Photosynthesis Variants with Improved Water Use Efficiency 6.6.1 C4 Photosynthesis 6.6.2 Evolution of C 4 Photosynthesis 6.6.3 Crassulacean Acid Metabolism 6.6.4 Evolution of Crassulacean Acid Metabolism Photosynthesis Summary References 7 Adverse Soil Mineral Availability 7.1 Mineral Nutrients 7.2 The Mineral Nutrition Challenge 7.2.1 Elements in the Soil 7.2.2 Element Toxicity 7.3 Nutrient Acquisition and Responses to Nutrient Scarcity 7.3.1 Modulation of Nutrient Availability 7.3.2 Cellular Ion Transport Mechanisms 7.3.3 Modulation of Nutrient Uptake in Response to Deficiency 7.3.4 Intracellular Transport and Cellular Aspects of Long-Distance Transport 7.3.5 Plasticity of Root Architecture and Responses to Nutrient Deficiency 7.3.6 Sensing of Nutrient Availability and Nutrient Status . 7.4 Nutrient Acquisition Symbioses 7.4.1 Mycorrhizae 7.4.2 Nitrogen Fixation 7.4.3 The Common Sym Pathway 7.5 Responses to Element Toxicity and Tolerance Mechanisms 7.5.1 Essential Metal Toxicity and Tolerance 7.5.2 Metal Hyperaccumulators as Models for Adaptation to Extreme Environments 7.5.3 Sodium Toxicity 7.5.4 Aluminium Toxicity and Tolerance 7.5.5 Non-Essential Toxic Metals Summary References 8 Biotic Stress 8.1 Plant Disease Caused by Pathogens 8.1.1 Types of Pathogens: Viruses, Bacteria, Fungi, Oomycetes and Nematodes 8.1.2 Pathogenicity Mechanisms 8.2 Plant Defences Against Microbial Pathogens and Viruses 8.2.1 Preformed Defences Against Bacteria, Fungi and Oomycetes 8.2.2 Inducible Local Defences 8.2.3 Inducible Systemic Resistance 8.2.4 Defence Against Viruses via Gene Silencing 8.3 Herbivory 8.3.1 Constitutive Defences 8.3.2 Inducible Defences Against Herbivores 8.3.3 How Plant–Herbivore Interactions Drive Genetic Diversity 8.4 Parasitic Plants 8.5 Allelopathy Summary References Part II Physiological and Biophysical Plant Ecology 9 Thermal Balance of Plants and Plant Communities 9.1 Energy Balance of the Atmospheric Boundary Layer 9.2 Microclimate Near the Ground Surface 9.2.1 Daily Changes in Temperature Near the Ground 9.2.2 Modification of Environmental Radiation and Temperature by Abiotic Factors 9.2.3 Modification of the Radiation Budget and Temperature by Biotic Factors 9.3 Energy Balance of Leaves 9.4 Acclimation and Adaptation to Temperature Extremes 9.4.1 Acclimation and Adaptation to High Temperatures 9.4.2 Acclimation and Adaptation to Low Temperatures Summary References 10 Water Relations 10.1 Water as an Environmental Factor 10.1.1 Water Use by Plants and Animals 10.1.2 Availability of Water on Earth 10.1.3 Drivers of Water Flow Between the Soil and the Atmosphere 10.2 Water Transport from the Soil to the Plant 10.2.1 Water Uptake 10.2.2 Xylem Water Transport 10.2.3 Phloem Water Transport 10.3 Transpiration 10.3.1 Stomatal Responses to Plant-Internal Factors 10.3.2 Stomatal Responses to Environmental Factors Summary References 11 Nutrient Relations 11.1 Availability of Soil Nutrients and Ion Use 11.1.1 Plant Nutrients 11.1.2 Availability of Nutrients in Soil 11.1.3 General Aspects of Plant Nutrition 11.1.4 Nutrient Deficiency and Excess 11.2 Nitrogen Nutrition 11.2.1 Nitrogen in Plant Metabolism 11.2.2 Nitrogen Uptake and Nutrition 11.2.3 Nitrogen Requirements for Growth 11.2.4 Nitrogen Storage 11.2.5 Insectivorous Plants 11.2.6 Nitrogen Deficiency and Excess 11.3 Sulphur Nutrition 11.3.1 Sulphur in Plant Metabolism 11.3.2 Sulphur Uptake and Plant Requirements 11.3.3 Indicators of Sulphur Deficiency and Excess 11.4 Phosphate Nutrition 11.4.1 Phosphorus in Plant Metabolism 11.4.2 Phosphate Uptake and Plant Requirements 11.4.3 Indicators of Phosphorus Deficiency and Excess 11.5 Alkaline Cation Nutrition 11.5.1 Magnesium 11.5.2 Calcium 11.5.3 Potassium Summary References 12 Carbon Relations 12.1 Photosynthetic CO2 Uptake: Physiological and Physical Basis 12.1.1 Photosynthesis as a Diffusion Process 12.1.2 Evolution of C 3, C4 and Crassulacean Acid Metabolism Plant Species 12.2 Photosynthesis Models and Calculation of 13C/12C Fluxes (Contribution by A. Arneth) 12.2.1 RubisCO-Limited or RuBP-Saturated Rate (Av) 12.2.2 RuBP Regeneration–Dependent and Electron Transport–Limiting Rate (Aj) 12.2.3 Supply of CO 2 Through Stomata 12.2.4 13C/12C Discrimination 12.3 Specific Leaf Area, Nitrogen Concentrations and Photosynthetic Capacity 12.3.1 Specific Leaf Area 12.3.2 Maximum Rates of CO2 Assimilation 12.4 Response of Photosynthesis to Environmental Variables 12.4.1 Light Response of CO 2 Assimilation 12.4.2 Temperature Response of CO2 Assimilation 12.4.3 Relative Air Humidi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: 9783319712796 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses on different aspects of microplastic pollution, offering authors and readers the opportunity to share their knowledge, identify issues and propose solutions and actions to face this environmental threat. Although plastic pollution is a well-known global problem, the recent discovery of microplastics and nanoplastics in seas and oceans represents a very alarming new environmental challenge. The book offers comprehensive insights into the origins of the problem, its impact on marine environments, particularly the Mediterranean Sea and coasts, and the current research trends aimed at finding technical solutions to mitigate the phenomenon. It is primarily intended for scientists and decision makers from industry, international, national and local institutions and NGOs
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource (viii, 250 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319712796 , 978-3-319-71279-6
    ISSN: 2364-6934 , 2364-8198
    Series Statement: Springer Water
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Sub-Basin Scale Heterogeneity in the Polymeric Composition of Floating Microplastics in the Mediterranean Sea / Giuseppe Suaria, Carlo Giacomo Avio, Francesco Regoli and Stefano Aliani Floating Microplastics in the Northwestern Mediterranean Sea: Temporal and Spatial Heterogeneities / Mel Constant, Philippe Kerherve, Jennifer Sola, Anna Sanchez-Vidal, Miquel Canals and Serge Heussner Microplastic Abundance and Polymer Types in a Mediterranean Environment / Nikoletta Digka, Catherine Tsangaris, Helen Kaberi, Argyro Adamopoulou and Christina Zeri TARA Mediterranean Expedition: Assessing the Impact of Microplastics on Mediterranean Ecosystem / Maria Luiza Pedrotti, Maria Grazia Mazzocchi, Fabien Lombard, François Galgani, Marie Emmanuelle Kerros, Maryvonne Henry, Amanda Elineau, Stéphanie Petit, María Luz Fernandez-de-Puelles, Stéphane Gasparini, Valentina Tirelli, Jean-Louis Jamet and Gabriel Gorsky Statistical Methodology for Identifying Microplastic Samples Collected During TARA Mediterranean Campaign / Mathilde Falcou-Préfol, Mikaël Kedzierski, Jonathan Villain, Marie Emmanuelle Kerros, Amanda Elineau, Maria Luiza Pedrotti and Stéphane Bruzaud Toward 3D Modeling the Plastic Marine Debris in the Mediterranean / Giovanni Coppini, Svitlana Liubartseva, Rita Lecci, Sergio Cretì, Giorgia Verri, Emanuela Clementi and Nadia Pinardi Assessment of Microplastics Marine Pollution from an Environmental NGO’s Point of View: The First Study About the Widespread Presence of Plastic Pellets Along the Italian Coast / Stefania Di Vito, Giorgio Zampetti, Maria Sighicelli, Serena Carpentieri and Loris Pietrelli Microplastics from Wastewater Treatment Plants—Preliminary Data / Ricardo Gouveia, Joana Antunes, Paula Sobral and Leonor Amaral Challenging the Microplastic Extraction from Sandy Sediments / Mikaël Kedzierski, Véronique Le Tilly, Patrick Bourseau, Hervé Bellegou, Guy César, Olivier Sire and Stéphane Bruzaud Are Our Synthetic Fabrics Released into the Marine Environment? Evidences on Microplastics Pollution in Wastewater Coming from Our Laundry / Raquel Villalba, Àngels Rovira and Laura Gelabert Analytical Approach for the Detection of Micro-sized Fibers from Textile Laundry / Jasmin Haap and Edith Classen Study on Microplastics Release from Fishing Nets / Alessio Montarsolo, Raffaella Mossotti, Alessia Patrucco, Marina Zoccola, Rosalinda Caringella, Pier Davide Pozzo and Claudio Tonin A Research on Microplastic Presence in Outdoor Air / Meral Yurtsever, Ahmet Tunahan Kaya and Senem Çiftçi Bayraktar Commonly Used Disposable Plastic Bags as a Source of Microplastic in Environment / Meral Yurtsever and Ulaş Yurtsever From Coral Triangle to Trash Triangle—How the Hot spot of Global Marine Biodiversity Is Threatened by Plastic Waste / Markus T. Lasut, Miriam Weber, Fransisco Pangalila, Natalie D. C. Rumampuk, Joice R. T. S. L. Rimper, Veibe Warouw, Stella T. Kaunang and Christian Lott Preliminary Assessment of Microplastic Accumulation in Wild Mediterranean Species / Manuela Piccardo, Serena Felline and Antonio Terlizzi Zooplankton and Plastic Additives—Insights into the Chemical Pollution of the Low-Trophic Level of the Mediterranean Marine Food Web / Natascha Schmidt, Javier Castro-Jiménez, Vincent Fauvelle and Richard Sempéré Microplastics in Juvenile Commercial Fish from an Estuarine Environment / Filipa Bessa, Pablo Barría, João M. Neto, João P. G. L. Frias, Vanessa Otero, Paula Sobral and João Carlos Marques Plastic Soles: Microplastic Litter in the Gastrointestinal Tract of Solea solea from the Adriatic Sea / Giulio Pellini, Alessio Gomiero, Tomaso Fortibuoni, Gianna Fabi, Fabio Grati, Anna Nora Tassetti, Piero Polidori, Carmen Ferra Vega and Giuseppe Scarcella Size-Selective Feeding by Mesopelagic Fish Can Impact Ocean Surface Abundance of Small Plastic Particles / John van den Hoff, Cecilia Eriksson, Harry Burton and Martin Schultz Dynamics in Microplastic Ingestion During the Past Six Decades in Herbivorous Fish on the Mediterranean Israeli Coast / Noam van der Hal, Erez Yeruham and Dror L. Angel Nanoplastic Impact on Human Health—A 3D Intestinal Model to Study the Interaction with Nanoplastic Particles / Roman Lehner, Alke Petri-Fink and Barbara Rothen-Rutishauser Imitating the Weathering of Microplastics in the Marine Environment / Kathrin Oelschlägel, Jenny Pfeiffer and Annegret Potthoff Microbial Degradation of HDPE Secondary Microplastics: Preliminary Results / Panagiota Tsiota, Katerina Karkanorachaki, Evdokia Syranidou, Martina Franchini and Nicolas Kalogerakis Assessing Marine Biodegradability of Plastic—Towards an Environmentally Relevant International Standard Test Scheme / Miriam Weber, Dorothée Makarow, Boris Unger, Nike Mortier, Bruno De Wilde, Miriam van Eekert, Els Schuman, Maurizio Tosin, Michele Pognani, Francesco Degli Innocenti, Demetres Briassolis, Antonis Mistriotis, Maarten van der Zee and Christian Lott Marine Fate of Biodegradable Plastic—Substitution Potential and Ecological Impacts / Christian Lott, Andreas Eich, Nora-Charlotte Pauli, Tobias Mildenberger, Christian Laforsch, Jana S. Petermann, Markus T. Lasut and Miriam Weber Biodegradable Poly(Butylene Succinate)-Based Composites for Food Packaging / Salvatore Mallardo, Valentina De Vito, Mario Malinconico, Maria Grazia Volpe, Gabriella Santagata and Maria Laura Di Lorenzo Degradation of Biodegradable Plastic Buried in Sand / Mariacristina Cocca, Francesca De Falco, Gennaro Gentile, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Emilia Di Pace and Maurizio Avella Non-conventional Ultrasound-Assisted Extraction of Alginates from Sargassum Seaweed: From Coastal Waste to a Novel Polysaccharide Source / Gabriella Santagata, Giorgio Grillo, Barbara Immirzi, Silvia Tabasso, Giancarlo Cravotto and Mario Malinconico Eco-Sustainable Finishing Treatment of Polyamide Fabrics to Reduce the Release of Microplastics During Washing Processes / Francesca De Falco, Maria Pia Gullo, Gennaro Gentile, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Emilia Di Pace, Veronica Ambrogi, Maurizio Avella and Mariacristina Cocca Mitigation of the Impact Caused by Microfibers Released During Washings by Implementing New Chitosan Finishing Treatments / Raffaella Mossotti, Alessio Montarsolo, Alessia Patrucco, Marina Zoccola, Rosalinda Caringella, Pier Davide Pozzo and Claudio Tonin MWCNT/Polyaniline Nanocomposites Used for pH Nanosensors of Marine Waters / Anita Grozdanov, Aleksandar Petrovski, Perica Paunovik, Aleksandar T. Dimitrov and Maurizio Avella Removal of Heavy Metal Ions from Wastewater Using Bio- and Nanosorbents / Anita Grozdanov, Katerina Atkovska, Kiril Lisickov, Gordana Ruseska and Aleksandar T. Dimitrov Banning Microplastics in Cosmetic Products in Europe: Legal Challenges / Esther Kentin
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: 9783030001384 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book documents the effects of natural hazards on coastal ecosystems in detail. The sea is an indispensable component of the Earth system, and human societies obtain many goods and services from the marine environment. Global warming threatens marine ecosystems through seawater temperature rise, acidification, sea-level rise and the increased frequency of severe storms. The repeated effects of tsunamis also have major impacts on coastal ecosystems. Increases in population and industry activities along the coast cause the degradation of coastal ecosystems through direct and indirect uses of the environment such as reclamation, overexploitation of bioresources, and pollution. Given these facts, we need to improve our understanding of the physical, chemical and biological mechanisms characterizing marine ecosystems, in order to better measure the effects of anthropogenic and natural impacts on the sea and its ecosystems. Equipped with a comprehensive understanding of the sea, including the effects of the main pressures on it, we will have a better idea of the future state of the sea based on several scenarios of global warming. The 16th France-Japan Symposium on Marine Science focused on using advances in oceanography to better understand the current status of the sea from physical, chemical, biological and ecological perspectives, including fishery sciences and integrated approaches
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 413 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (vorwiegend farbig)
    Edition: corrected publication 2019
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783030001384 , 978-3-030-00138-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Evolution and Progress Accomplished During Previous French-Japanese Symposiums of Oceanography / Hubert-Jean Ceccaldi 2 Challenge to Resolve Problems in the Ocean and Coastal Waters in Future Earth with Stronger Cooperation Between the Two Societies Franco-Japonaise of Oceanography / Teruhisa Komatsu Part II Natural and Anthropogenic Impacts 3 Slower Decrease in Radioactive Concentrations in Some Fish Species After the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant Disaster / Hisayuki Arakawa 4 Influence of Behavioral Patterns of Several Fish Species on Their Radioactive Cesium Concentrations Revealed with a Biotelemetry System After the Nuclear Accident Caused by the 2011 Great East Japan Earthquake / Keiichi Uchida, Kohei Hasegawa, Yoshinori Miyamoto, Hisayuki Arakawa, Seiji Akiyama and Naoto Hirakawa 5 Estimate of Water Quality Change in Osaka Bay Caused by the Suspension of Marine Sediment with Mega Tsunami / Mitsuru Hayashi, Satoshi Nakada, Shunich Koshimura and Eiichi Kobayashi 6 Litter in the Mediterranean Sea / François Galgani 7 The European eel (Anguilla anguilla) in France: An Example of Close Cooperation Among Researchers and Fishers to Study and Manage an Endangered Species / Patrick Prouzet, Elsa Amilhat, Catherine Boisneau, Philippe Boisneau, Eric Feunteun and Nicolas Michelet 8 Trophic Cascade in Seaweed Beds in Sanriku Coast Hit by the Huge Tsunami on 11 March 2011: Sea Urchin Fishery as a Satoumi Activity Serving for Increase in Marine Productivity and Biodiversity / Teruhisa Komatsu, Shuji Sasa, Hiroki Murata, Shuhei Sawayama, Masahiro Hamana, Minami Asada, Ryo Tsujimoto, Genki Terauchi and Tetsuo Yanagi 9 The English Channel: Becoming like the Seas Around Japan / Jean-Claude Dauvin, Jean-Philippe Pezy and Alexandrine Baffreau Part III Physical Oceanography 10 Recent Research Results and Future Project in the Antarctic Ocean by Umitaka-Maru Research Group for Physical Oceanography / Yujiro Kitade, Keishi Shimada, Shigeru Aoki and Kay I. Ohshima 11 Response of Near-Inertial Internal Waves to Various Typhoon-Tracks Around the Tango Peninsula, Japan / Keiichi Yamazaki, Yujiro Kitade, Yosuke Igeta, Yutaka Kumaki and Tatsuro Watanabe 12 A High-Resolution Unstructured Grid Finite Volume Model for Currents Around Narrow Straits of Matsushima Bay / Hidekazu Shirai, Ritsuki Kunisato, Shinya Magome, Teruhisa Hattori, Takamasa Takagi, Katsuaki Okabe, Kazufumi Takayanagi and Shigeho Kakehi 13 Observation of Near-Bottom Current on the Continental Shelf Off Sanriku / Daigo Yanagimoto, Kiyoshi Tanaka, Shinzou Fujio, Hajime Nishigaki and Miho Ishizu Part IV Innovative Research 14 Control of Pressure-Driven Microdroplet Formation and Optimum Encapsulation in Microfluidic System / Mathias Girault, Akihiro Hattori, Hyonchol Kim, Kenji Matsuura, Masao Odaka, Hideyuki Terazono and Kenji Yasuda 15 Development of a De-oiling System for Seabed Sediments / Yoshichika Ikeda, Motohiro Miki, Hisayuki Arakawa and Mitsuru Izumi 16 Development of an Optical Detection System of Fuel Oil on Seabed Sediments / Akira Matsumoto, Kazuki Toguchi, Yoshichika Ikeda and Hisayuki Arakawa 17 Retinomotor and Stress Responses of Marbled Sole Pseudopleuronectes Yokohamae Under the LEDs / Rena Shibata, Yasuyuki Uto, Kenichi Ishibashi and Takashi Yada 18 Metabolome Profiling of Growth Hormone Transgenic Coho Salmon by Capillary Electrophoresis Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry / Toshiki Nakano, Hitoshi Shirakawa, Giles Yeo, Robert H. Devlin and Tomoyoshi Soga 19 Estimating the Diets of Fish Using Stomach Contents Analysis and a Bayesian Stable Isotope Mixing Models in Sendai Bay / Hiroyuki Togashi, Yukinori Nakane, Yosuke Amano and Yutaka Kurita Part V Coastal Ecosystem and Management 20 Ecological Status of Atlantic Salmon (Salmo Salar L.) in France: Need for an Ecosystemic Approach / Patrick Prouzet and Nicolas Michelet 21 Challenges to Harmonize Sustainable Fishery with Environmental Conservation in the Coastal Ecosystems Under Oligotrophication / Masakazu Hori, Masahito Hirota, Franck Lagarde, Sandrine Vaz, Masami Hamaguchi, Naoaki Tezuka, Mitsutaku Makino and Ryo Kimura 22 One-Year Colonization by Zoobenthic Species on an Eco-Friendly Artificial Reef in the English Channel Intertidal Zone / Jean-Claude Dauvin and Aurélie Foveau 23 New Installations of Artificial Reefs Along the Coast of the Landes (South–West Atlantic Coast of France) / Gérard Fourneau, Florence Dufour, Aurélie Penne, Nelly Ferrou, Thomas Scourzic, Aurore Laborde and Elodie Zaccari 24 Marine Ecosystem Services: Perception of Residents from Remote Islands, Taketomi Town / Kazumi Wakita, Keiyu Kohama, Takako Masuda, Katsumi Yoshida, Taro Oishi, Zhonghua Shen, Nobuyuki Yagi, Hisahi Kurokura, Ken Furuya and Yasuwo Fukuyo 25 Quantitative Mapping of Fish Habitat: From Knowledge to Spatialised Fishery Management / Sandrine Vaz and Olivier Le Pape 26 Do Our Ocean Policies Make Any Difference in the Wellbeing of Coastal Communities? / Yves Henocque Part VI Aquaculture 27 Heterogeneity of Japanese Oyster (Crassostrea Gigas) Spat Collection in a Shellfish Farmed Mediterranean Lagoon / Franck Lagarde, Martin Ubertini, Serge Mortreux, Adeline Perignon, Axel Leurion, Patrik Le Gall, Claude Chiantella, Slem Meddah, Jean-Louis Guillou, Gregory Messiaen, Béatrice Bec, Cécile Roques, Delphine Bonnet, Hélène Cochet, Ismaël Bernard, Erika Gervasoni, Marion Richard, Gilles Miron, Annie Fiandrino, Stephane Pouvreau and Emmanuelle Roque D’orbcastel 28 Suitable Oyster Culture Density in Oginohama Bay, Miyagi, Japan / Yutaka Okumura, Akatsuki Nawata, Hiroshi Ito, Akio Oshino and Motoyuki Hara 29 Population Dynamics of the Manila Clam Ruditapes Philippinarum and Implications of the 2011 Tsunami Impact in Two Shallow, Semi-enclosed Bays in Northeastern Japan / Hirokazu Abe, Masami Hamaguchi, Naoto Kajihara, Yuichi Taniai, Akio Oshino, Akihiro Moriyama and Takashi Kamiyama 30 Feed and Feeding in Certification Schemes of Sustainable Aquaculture / Catherine Mariojouls, Raphaëla Le Gouvello and François Simard Part VII Short and Preliminary Communications 31 French Bluefin Tuna Longline Fishery Bycatch Programme / François Poisson, Sophie Arnaud-Haond, Hervé Demarcq, Luisa Métral, Blandine Brisset, Delphine Cornella and Bertrand Wendling 32 137 Cs and Tritium Concentrations in Seawater off the Fukushima Prefecture: Results from the SOSO 5 Rivers Cruise (October 2014) / Michio Aoyama, Hervé Thébault, Y. Hamajima, Sabine Charmasson, Mireille Arnaud and Céline Duffa Correction to: Oceanography Challenges to Future Earth / Teruhisa Komatsu, Hubert-Jean Ceccaldi, Jiro Yoshida, Patrick Prouzet and Yves Henocque Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    facet.materialart.12
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Call number: 9789402411010 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an overview of the current state of knowledge of Arctic ice shelves, ice islands and related features. Ice shelves are permanent areas of ice which float on the ocean surface while attached to the coast, and typically occur in very cold environments where perennial sea ice builds up to great thickness, and/or where glaciers flow off the land and are preserved on the ocean surface. These landscape features are relatively poorly studied in the Arctic, yet they are potentially highly sensitive indicators of climate change because they respond to changes in atmospheric, oceanic and glaciological conditions. Recent fracturing and breakup events of ice shelves in the Canadian High Arctic have attracted significant scientific and public attention, and produced large ice islands which may pose a risk to Arctic shipping and offshore infrastructure. Much has been published about Antarctic ice shelves, but to date there has not been a dedicated book about Arctic ice shelves or ice islands. This book fills that gap.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 422 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (teilweise farbig)
    ISBN: 9789402411010 , 978-94-024-1101-0
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Distribution and Characteristics of Arctic Ice Shelves 1 Arctic Ice Shelves: An Introduction / Julian A. Dowdeswell and Martin O. Jeffries 2 The Ellesmere Ice Shelves, Nunavut, Canada / Martin O. Jeffries 3 Eurasian Arctic Ice Shelves and Tidewater Ice Margins / Julian A. Dowdeswell 4 Greenland Ice Shelves and Ice Tongues / Niels Reeh Part II Physical Processes and Historical Changes of Arctic Ice Shelves 5 Changes in Canadian Arctic Ice Shelf Extent Since 1906 / Derek Mueller, Luke Copland, and Martin O. Jeffries 6 The Surface Mass Balance of the Ward Hunt Ice Shelf and Ward Hunt Ice Rise, Ellesmere Island, Nunavut, Canada / Carsten Braun 7 Holocene History of Arctic Ice Shelves / John H. England, David J.A. Evans, and Thomas R. Lakeman 8 An Overview of Paleoenvironmental Techniques for the Reconstruction of Past Arctic Ice Shelf Dynamics / Dermot Antoniades 9 Arctic Ice Shelf Ecosystems / Anne D. Jungblut, Derek Mueller, and Warwick F. Vincent Part III Arctic Ice Shelf Calving Processes and Ice Islands 10 Factors Contributing to Recent Arctic Ice Shelf Losses / Luke Copland, Colleen Mortimer, Adrienne White, Miriam Richer McCallum, and Derek Mueller 11 Ice Island Drift Mechanisms in the Canadian High Arctic / Wesley Van Wychen and Luke Copland 12 Recent Changes in Sea Ice Plugs Along the Northern Canadian Arctic Archipelago / Sierra Pope, Luke Copland, and Bea Alt 13 The Military Importance and Use of Ice Islands During the Cold War / William F. Althoff 14 Russian Drifting Stations on Arctic Ice Islands / Igor M. Belkin and Sergey A. Kessel 15 Risk Analysis and Hazards of Ice Islands / Mark Fuglem and Ian Jordaan Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: 9783319778693 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book integrates a variety of issues such as regional settings of productivity and nutrient cycling; plankton of coastal and shelf systems; plankton, climate change and human-induced changes; harmful algae and their impacts; and gelatinous zooplankton. This book explores the intriguing marine plankton communities of the SWA region of South America encompassing low to high latitude environments, framed by a complex hydrographic background and global climate change. This vast and iconic region has been largely under-recognized and under-studied. However, in recent years a strong interest has emerged along with the acknowledgment of its high biological productivity. The book concludes by discussing conservation in the region, highlighting regional biodiversity hotspots where the challenges of climate change, habitat loss, and other threats to biodiversity may be particularly acute. Plankton Ecology of the Southwestern Atlantic is a timely synthesis of the field, setting a new baseline for future research. It will be important reading for both researchers and graduate students, and will also be of interest and use to a professional audience of oceanographers, conservation biologists, stake holders and educated science enthusiasts
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvi, 586 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319778693 , 978-3-319-77869-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Historical Background of Plankton Research in the Region Overview of the History of Biological Oceanography in the Southwestern Atlantic, with Emphasis on Plankton / Demetrio Boltovskoy and Jean L. Valentin Part II Regional Settings of Productivity and Nutrient Cycling Physical Oceanography of the SW Atlantic Shelf: A Review / Alberto R. Piola, Elbio D. Palma, Alejandro A. Bianchi, Belmiro M. Castro, Marcelo Dottori, Raul A. Guerrero, Marina Marrari, Ricardo P. Matano, Osmar O. Möller Jr, and Martín Saraceno Nutrient Transport, Cycles, and Fate in Southern Brazil (Southwestern Atlantic Ocean Margin) / Luis F. Niencheski Surface Macronutrient Dynamics of the Drake Passage and the Argentine Sea / Flavio E. Paparazzo and José L. Esteves Perspective: Continental Inputs of Matter into Planktonic Ecosystems of the Argentinean Continental Shelf—the Case of Atmospheric Dust / Augusto C. Crespi-Abril, Elena S. Barbieri, Leilén Gracia Villalobos, Gaspar Soria, Flavio E. Paparazzo, Joanna M. Paczkowska, and Rodrigo J. Gonçalves Overview on Primary Production in the Southwestern Atlantic / Vivian Lutz, Valeria Segura, Ana Dogliotti, Virginia Tavano, Frederico P. Brandini, Danilo L. Calliari, Aurea M. Ciotti, Virginia F. Villafañe, Irene R. Schloss, Flavia M. P. Saldanha Corrêa, Hugo Benavides, and Denise Vizziano Cantonnet Part III Plankton of Shelf and Boundary Systems Phytoplankton Assemblages of the Subtropical South West Atlantic: Composition and Dynamics in Relation to Physical and Chemical Processes / Frederico P. Brandini Community Structure and Spatiotemporal Dynamics of the Zooplankton in the South Brazilian Bight: A Review / Miodeli Nogueira Jr. and Frederico P. Brandini Zooplankton Communities of the Argentine Continental Shelf (SW Atlantic, ca. 34°–55°S), An Overview / Georgina D. Cepeda, Brenda Temperoni, Marina E. Sabatini, María D. Viñas, Carla M. Derisio, Betina A. Santos, Julieta C. Antacli, and Luciano N. Padovani Ecological Role of Common Appendicularian Species from Shelf Waters Off Argentina / Fabiana L. Capitanio, Mariela L. Spinelli, María L. Presta, Gastón E. Aguirre, Guillermo Cervetto, Marcelo Pájaro, and Carla M. Derisio Ichthyoplankton Associated to the Frontal Regions of the Southwestern Atlantic / Eduardo M. Acha, Martin D. Ehrlich, José H. Muelbert, Marcelo Pájaro, Daniel Bruno, Laura Machinandiarena, and Mariana Cadaveira Part IV Plankton of Coastal Systems Flagellates Versus Diatoms: Phytoplankton Trends in Tropical and Subtropical Estuarine-Coastal Ecosystems / Clarisse Odebrecht, Maria C. Villac, Paulo C. Abreu, Lumi Haraguchi, Piter D. F. Gomes, and Denise Rivera Tenenbaum Phytoplankton Patterns and Processes in a Tropical-Subtropical Transition Region: Santa Catarina Coast, Southern Brazil / Leonardo R. Rörig, Marcio da Silva Tamanaha, Graziela da Rosa Persich, Carlos A. França Schettini, and Eliane C. Truccolo Schettini Near-Surface Biogeochemistry and Phytoplankton Carbon Assimilation in the Rio de la Plata Estuary / Danilo L. Calliari, Mónica Gómez-Erache, Denise Vizziano Cantonnet, and Cecilia Alonso Satellite-Measured Phytoplankton and Environmental Factors in North Patagonian Gulfs / Gabriela N. Williams, Miriam E. Solís, and José L. Esteves Mesozooplankton Structure and Seasonal Dynamics in Three Coastal Systems of Argentina: Bahía Blanca Estuary, Pirámide Bay, and Ushuaia Bay / Anabela A. Berasategui, María C. López Abbate, Valeria C. D’Agostino, María L. Presta, Román Uibrig, Tami M. García, Eugenia Nahuelhual, Carlo J. Chazarreta, María S. Dutto, Maximiliano Garcia, Fabiana Capitanio, and Mónica S. Hoffmeyer Trophic Ecology of the White Croaker (Micropogonias furnieri Desmarest, 1823) and Rough Scad (Trachurus lathami Nichols, 1920) Larvae in the Río de la Plata Estuary / Laura Rodríguez-Graña, Mario Vera, Guillermo Cervetto, and Danilo L. Calliari Part V Gelatinous Zooplankton Diversity, Species Composition and Assemblage Dynamics of Estuarine Gelatinous and Semi-Gelatinous Zooplankton from Brazil / Miodeli Nogueira Jr., Lorena Silva do Nascimento, Pedro Vieira Maciel, Sebastião Tilbert, and Lívia Dias Oliveira An Overview of the Medusozoa from the Southwestern Atlantic / Agustín Schiariti, María S. Dutto, André Carrara Morandini, Renato M. Nagata, Daiana Y. Pereyra, Francisco A. Puente Tapia, Luciana Díaz Briz, and Gabriel Genzano Part VI Harmful Algae and Their Impacts Alexandrium tamarense/catenella Blooms in the Southwestern Atlantic: Paralytic Shellfish Toxin Production and Its Trophic Transference / Nora G. Montoya, Mario O. Carignan, and José I. Carreto Harmful Algal Blooms in the Río de la Plata Region / Silvia M. Méndez and José I. Carreto Harmful Marine Microalgae in Coastal Waters of Chubut (Patagonia, Argentina) / Alicia V. Sastre, Norma H. Santinelli, Miriam E. Solís, Laura B. Pérez, Soledad Díaz Ovejero, Leilén Gracia Villalobos, Andreana Cadaillón, and Valeria C. D’Agostino Part VII Plankton, Climate Change and Human-Induced Changes Composition and Structure of Phytoplankton Communities in Coastal Environments with Anthropogenic Disturbance (Patagonia, Argentina) / Norma H. Santinelli, Alicia V. Sastre, Mónica N. Gil, and José L. Esteves Responses of Subantarctic Marine Phytoplankton to Ozone Decrease and Increased Temperature / Marcelo P. Hernando, Gabriela Malanga, Gastón O. Almandoz, Irene R. Schloss, and Gustavo A. Ferreyra Global Change and Plankton Ecology in the Southwestern Atlantic / Elena S. Barbieri, María A. Marcoval, Rodrigo D. Hernández-Moresino, Mariela L. Spinelli, and Rodrigo J. Gonçalves Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: 9783319771076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book promotes a better understanding of the role of the sun on natural climate variability. It is a comprehensive reference book that appeals to an academic audience at the graduate, post-graduate and PhD level and can be used for lectures in climatology, environmental studies and geography. This work is the collection of lecture notes as well as synthesized analyses of published papers on the described subjects. It comprises 18 chapters and is divided into three parts: Part I discusses general circulation, climate variability, stratosphere-troposphere coupling and various teleconnections. Part II mainly explores the area of different solar influences on climate. It also discusses various oceanic features and describes ocean-atmosphere coupling. But, without prior knowledge of other important influences on the earth’s climate, the understanding of the actual role of the sun remains incomplete. Hence, Part III covers burning issues such as greenhouse gas warming, volcanic influences, ozone depletion in the stratosphere, Arctic and Antarctic sea ice, etc. At the end of the book, there are few questions and exercises for students. This book is based on the lecture series that was delivered at the University of Oulu, Finland as part of M.Sc./ PhD module
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 218 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319771076 , 978-3-319-77107-6
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Climatology, General Circulation, Climate Variability and Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling 1 Climatology and General Circulation 1.1 Climatology: SLP and SST 1.2 General Circulation 1.2.1 Meridional Circulation 1.2.2 Jet Formation: Thermal Wind Balance Relationship 1.2.3 Walker Circulation 2 Major Modes of Variability 2.1 Variability in the Troposphere 2.1.1 El Niño and Southern Oscillation (ENSO) 2.1.2 North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO) 2.1.3 Arctic Oscillation (AO) and Antarctic Oscillation (AAO) 2.1.4 Pacific Decadal Oscillation (PDO) 2.1.5 Atlantic Multidecadal Oscillation (AMO) 2.1.6 Indian Summer Monsoon (ISM) 2.1.7 Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD) 2.2 Variability in the Stratosphere 2.2.1 Quasi-Biennial Oscillation (QBO) 2.2.2 Stratospheric Sudden Warming (SSW) Referenes 3 Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling 3.1 Background 3.2 Discussion with Schematic 3.3 Strength of Westerly: Solar Influence 3.4 Role of Zero Wind Line: QBO Influence 3.5 Sun, QBO and Polar Temperature in North Pole 3.6 Composites of Time Height Development of NAM 3.7 Annular Modes Pattern Similar 3.8 Solar Influence: Polar Vortex and Tropical Lower Stratosphere 3.9 Solar Influence: Tropical Lower Stratosphere to Troposphere References 4 Teleconnection Among Various Modes 4.1 Polar Vortex, QBO and ENSO 4.2 Polar Vortex and ENSO 4.3 ENSO and Polar Troposphere 4.4 ENSO, Polar Annular Modes and JET 4.5 ENSO Teleconnections 4.5.1 El Niño (Warm) and La Niña (Cold) Definition 4.5.2 El Niño or La Niña? 4.5.3 ENSO Seasonal Locking 4.5.4 Potential Problems with SST Data 4.5.5 Indian Summer Monsoon and Walker Circulation 4.5.6 Different Types of ENSO 4.5.7 Homogeneous Monsoon Region 4.5.8 ENSO ISM Correlation 4.5.9 SST Composites: EN vs. LN 4.5.10 ISM ENSO Teleconnection Compositing: EN vs. LN 4.5.11 Rainfall in South America ENSO (Different Types) Teleconnection 4.5.12 Summary: ENSO and Teleconnections References 5 Solar Influence Around Various Places: Robust Solar Signal on Climate 5.1 Signal on Sea Level Pressure (DJF) Using Multiple Linear Regression 5.1.1 Method of Multiple Regression Analysis 5.2 Solar Signal Around Aleutian Low (AL) and Pacific High (PH) 5.3 Solar Influence: Tropical Pacific SST 5.4 ENSO and Sun Phase Locking 5.5 Solar Signal in Tropical Pacific SST Using Compositing 5.5.1 Method of Solar Peak Year Compositing 5.6 Observation: Annual Mean Temperature References 6 Total Solar Irradiance (TSI): Measurements and Reconstructions References Part II Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling and Solar Variability 7 Ocean Coupling 7.1 Shallow Overturning Circulation 7.2 ENSO 7.2.1 ENSO, Thermocline and Upper Ocean Heat Content 7.2.2 ENSO and Delayed Oscillator Theory 7.2.3 ENSO and Shallow MOC in Tropical Pacific 7.2.4 Pycnocline Convergence vs. SST 7.2.5 Abrupt Rise in Temperature During 1977–1998 References 8 The Sun and ENSO Connection–Contradictions and Reconciliations 8.1 Solar Signal and ENSO 8.2 Contradiction (I): Solar Signal on Tropical Pacific SST-Active Solar Years and ENSO 8.3 Contradiction (II): Solar Signal on Tropical Pacific SST-El Niño or La Niña 8.4 Proposed Mechanism: Earlier Period 8.5 Proposed Mechanism: Later Period 8.6 Contradictions and Reconciliations References 9 A Debate: The Sun and the QBO 9.1 Data Analysis: Solar and QBO Separately 9.2 Polar Temperature During JF with Respect to QBO (40 hPa) and F10.7 9.3 Polar Temperature During JF for QBO (30 hPa) and F10.7 9.4 Time Series of QBO at Different Height and EOF Analysis 9.5 Combined Effects: Solar with QBO 9.6 Summary References 10 Solar Influence: ‘Top Down’ vs. ‘Bottom Up’ 10.1 Solar Influence: ‘Top Down’ 10.1.1 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Polar Vortex and Lower Stratosphere 10.1.2 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Lower Stratosphere to Troposphere 10.1.3 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Stratospheric Polar Vortex to Polar Troposphere 10.2 Solar Influence: ‘Bottom-Up’ References 11 An Overview of Solar Influence on Climate 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Methodology 11.2 Representative Results: Figure and Tables 11.3 Results Text 11.3.1 Atmosphere Only: Sun and QBO 11.3.2 Ocean (Only Pacific) and Atmosphere Coupling: Sun, QBO and ENSO 11.3.3 Atmosphere and Ocean (Only Pacific) Coupling: Sun, QBO, ENSO and Climate Change 11.4 Discussion References Part III Other Major Influences on Climate 12 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling – Possible Limitations 12.1 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling ‘Top-Down’ vs. ‘Bottom-Up’ Mechanism: a Case Study 12.2 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling – Limitations of Peak Year Compositing 12.2.1 Solar Cycle Signals in Peak Year Compositing for SLP: a Case Study 12.2.2 Solar Cycle Signals in Peak Year Compositing for Indian Summer Monsoon: a Case Study 12.3 Difference in Winter Surface Climate Between Solar Minimum and Maximum 12.4 Sun (Using SSN) and NAO in Observation Using MLR Technique 12.4.1 Sun (Using SSN) and NAO in Two Different Time Periods (1856–1977) and (1878–1997) 12.4.2 Sun (SSN) and NAO Longer Period (1870–2010) 12.4.3 Sun (SSN) and NAO Lag Relationship 12.5 AMO and PDO Relationship References 13 The Arctic and Antarctic Sea Ice 13.1 Arctic Sea Ice: Last Few Years 13.2 Arctic Sea Ice: Change in 2014 13.3 Arctic Sea Ice and Solar Influence 13.4 Antarctic Sea Ice Reference 14 CMIP5 Project and Some Results 14.1 Global Climate Models (GCMs): Basic Equations 14.2 CMIP5 Project 14.3 Experiments: Historical and RCP (Representative Concentration Pathway) Scenarios 14.4 Some CMIP5 Models 14.5 Temperature in CMIP5 and Observation 14.6 Indian Summer Monsoon (ISM) and ENSO in CMIP5 Models 14.6.1 CMIP5 Models for ISM Are Performing Well 14.6.2 CMIP5 Models for ISM Not Performing Well 14.6.3 Models: CMIP5, AMIP5 and High Top, Low Top 14.6.4 Precipitation Composites- El Niño: (CMIP5 vs. AMIP5) 14.6.5 Changes in ENSO Variability 2050–2100 in CMIP3 Experiments 14.6.6 Stratospheric Features in CMIP5: Low and High Top Models 14.6.7 Simulated and Observed Stratospheric Temperature References 15 Green House Gas Warming 15.1 Laws of Radiation 15.2 Solar Radiation vs. Terrestrial Radiation 15.3 Radiation Transmitted by the Atmosphere and Atmospheric Windows 15.4 Absorption: Water Vapour and CO2 15.5 CO 2 as a Greenhouse Gas 15.6 Temperature and CO 2: 400,000 Years 15.7 Earth’s Temperature Change in the Last 2000 Years 15.8 Radiative Forcing 15.9 Global Energy Balance References 16 Volcanic Influences 16.1 Volcano Cooling Effect 16.2 Influences of Volcanic Eruption 16.3 Effect of Large Eruptions on Weather and Climate 16.4 Polar Warming Associated with Large Eruptions 16.5 Sun, Volcano and ENSO References 17 Ozone Depletion in the Stratosphere 17.1 Ozone Hole and Montreal Protocol 17.2 Ozone Hole Animation 17.3 Greenhouse Gases and Ozone in Model Reference 18 Influence of Various Other Solar Outputs 18.1 Mechanisms 18.2 Other Influences, e.g. Galactic Cosmic Rays 18.3 Sunspot vs. Galactic Cosmic Ray (GCR) References Few questions and Exercises for Students Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Don Mills : Carleton University Press
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95309
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 129 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Reprinted 1989
    ISBN: 0886290562 , 0-88629-56-2
    Series Statement: A Carleton contemporary 10
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AN INTRODUCTORY NOTE CHAPTER 1 THE CHALLENGE Oil and gas pipelines: early development Pipelines for cold regions Pipelines and the public interest Where does the "North" begin? The freezing of soils Permafrost CHAPTER 2 THE TERRAIN IN COLD REGIONS Patterned ground Solifluction and other soil movements on slopes Ice-wedge polygons, pingoes and palsar Other ice in the ground and thermokarst The climate of the ground CHAPTER 3 A BRIEF HISTORY OF GEOTECHNICAL ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH IN THE NORTH The passive, or pre-technological approach Post-war Northern development and the geotechnical approach up to 1960 Pressure The scientific approach What happens when soils freeze? Conservation and concern for the natural environment CHAPTER 4 THE TRANS-ALASKA PIPELINE The first big pipeline on permafrost Permafrost and earthquakes Terrain conditions and site investigations The pipeline and hydrological conditions Solutions to the problems The completed pipeline CHAPTER 5 THE GAS PIPELINES AND THE FROST HEAVE PROBLEM The Mackenzie Valley pipeline Frost heave and the cold pipeline Origin of the heaving pressure Frost heave and the shut-off pressure Measuring the movement of water through frozen ground A difference of opinion A change of plans CHAPTER 6 THE ALASKA HIGHWAY PIPELINE The approved pipeline Some general problems applying to gas pipelines Creeping soils, rivers, and glacier-dammed lakes The Alaska Highway Pipeline and the frost heave problem Another change of plans CHAPTER 7 MORE PIPELINES, MORE SCIENCE AND MORE POLITICS Russian pipelines The Norman Wells oil pipeline Applied science carried out by a company A pipeline bent in France International science More mega projects CHAPTER 8 FREEZING GROUND, SCIENCE AND SOCIETY Pipelines in cold places: the future A new problem or an old one? A scientific challenge neglected Who is responsible? The unanswered questions Conclusion
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: 9781491903117 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 590 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781491903117 (e-book) , 978-1-4919-0311-7
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Preface Part I. Foundations of Data Systems 1. Reliable, Scalable, and Maintainable Applications Thinking About Data Systems Reliability Hardware Faults Software Errors Human Errors How Important Is Reliability? Scalability Describing Load Describing Performance Approaches for Coping with Load Maintainability Operability: Making Life Easy for Operations Simplicity: Managing Complexity Evolvability: Making Change Easy Summary 2. Data Models and Query Languages Relational Model Versus Document Model The Birth of NoSQL The Object-Relational Mismatch Many-to-One and Many-to-Many Relationships Are Document Databases Repeating History? Relational Versus Document Databases Today Query Languages for Data Declarative Queries on the Web MapReduce Querying Graph-Like Data Models Property Graphs The Cypher Query Language Graph Queries in SQL Triple-Stores and SPARQL The Foundation: Datalog Summary 3. Storage and Retrieval Data Structures That Power Your Database Hash Indexes SSTables and LSM-Trees B-Trees Comparing B-Trees and LSM-Trees Other Indexing Structures Transaction Processing or Analytics? Data Warehousing Stars and Snowflakes: Schemas for Analytics Column-Oriented Storage Column Compression Sort Order in Column Storage Writing to Column-Oriented Storage Aggregation: Data Cubes and Materialized Views Summary 4. Encoding and Evolution Formats for Encoding Data Language-Specific Formats JSON, XML, and Binary Variants Thrift and Protocol Buffers Avro The Merits of Schemas Modes of Dataflow Dataflow Through Databases Dataflow Through Services: REST and RPC Message-Passing Dataflow Summary Part II. Distributed Data 5. Replication Leaders and Followers Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Replication Setting Up New Followers Handling Node Outages Implementation of Replication Logs Problems with Replication Lag Reading Your Own Writes Monotonic Reads Consistent Prefix Reads Solutions for Replication Lag Multi-Leader Replication Use Cases for Multi-Leader Replication Handling Write Conflicts Multi-Leader Replication Topologies Leaderless Replication Writing to the Database When a Node Is Down Limitations of Quorum Consistency Sloppy Quorums and Hinted Handoff Detecting Concurrent Writes Summary 6. Partitioning Partitioning and Replication Partitioning of Key-Value Data Partitioning by Key Range Partitioning by Hash of Key Skewed Workloads and Relieving Hot Spots Partitioning and Secondary Indexes Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Document Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Term Rebalancing Partitions Strategies for Rebalancing Operations: Automatic or Manual Rebalancing Request Routing Parallel Query Execution Summary 7. Transactions The Slippery Concept of a Transaction The Meaning of ACID Single-Object and Multi-Object Operations Weak Isolation Levels Read Committed Snapshot Isolation and Repeatable Read Preventing Lost Updates Write Skew and Phantoms Serializability Actual Serial Execution Two-Phase Locking (2PL) Serializable Snapshot Isolation (SSI) Summary 8. The Trouble with Distributed Systems Faults and Partial Failures Cloud Computing and Supercomputing Unreliable Networks Network Faults in Practice Detecting Faults Timeouts and Unbounded Delays Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Networks Unreliable Clocks Monotonic Versus Time-of-Day Clocks Clock Synchronization and Accuracy Relying on Synchronized Clocks Process Pauses Knowledge, Truth, and Lies The Truth Is Defined by the Majority Byzantine Faults System Model and Reality Summary 9. Consistency and Consensus Consistency Guarantees Linearizability What Makes a System Linearizable? Relying on Linearizability Implementing Linearizable Systems The Cost of Linearizability Ordering Guarantees Ordering and Causality Sequence Number Ordering Total Order Broadcast Distributed Transactions and Consensus Atomic Commit and Two-Phase Commit (2PC) Distributed Transactions in Practice Fault-Tolerant Consensus Membership and Coordination Services Summary Part III. Derived Data 10. Batch Processing Batch Processing with Unix Tools Simple Log Analysis The Unix Philosophy MapReduce and Distributed Filesystems MapReduce Job Execution Reduce-Side Joins and Grouping Map-Side Joins The Output of Batch Workflows Comparing Hadoop to Distributed Databases Beyond MapReduce Materialization of Intermediate State Graphs and Iterative Processing High-Level APIs and Languages Summary 11. Stream Processing Transmitting Event Streams Messaging Systems Partitioned Logs Databases and Streams Keeping Systems in Sync Change Data Capture Event Sourcing State, Streams, and Immutability Processing Streams Uses of Stream Processing Reasoning About Time Stream Joins Fault Tolerance Summary 12. The Future of Data Systems Data Integration Combining Specialized Tools by Deriving Data Batch and Stream Processing Unbundling Databases Composing Data Storage Technologies Designing Applications Around Dataflow Observing Derived State Aiming for Correctness The End-to-End Argument for Databases Enforcing Constraints Timeliness and Integrity Trust, but Verify Doing the Right Thing Predictive Analytics Privacy and Tracking Summary Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: 9783319588957 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Advances in Nonlinear Geosciences is a set of contributions from the participants of “30 Years of Nonlinear Dynamics” held July 3-8, 2016 in Rhodes, Greece as part of the Aegean Conferences, as well as from several other experts in the field who could not attend the meeting. The volume brings together up-to-date research from the atmospheric sciences, hydrology, geology, and other areas of geosciences and presents the new advances made in the last 10 years. Topics include chaos synchronization, topological data analysis, new insights on fractals, multifractals and stochasticity, climate dynamics, extreme events, complexity, and causality, among other topics. 
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 707 Seiten) , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319588957 , 978-3-319-58895-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Pullback Attractor Crisis in a Delay Differential ENSO Model / Mickaël D. Chekroun, Michael Ghil, and J. David Neelin Shear-Wave Splitting Indicates Non-Linear Dynamic Deformation in the Crust and Upper Mantle / Stuart Crampin, Gulten Polat, Yuan Gao, David B. Taylor, and Nurcan Meral Ozel Stochastic Parameterization of Subgrid-Scale Processes: A Review of Recent Physically Based Approaches / Jonathan Demaeyer and Stéphane Vannitsem Large-Scale Atmospheric Phenomena Under the Lens of Ordinal Time-Series Analysis and Information Theory Measures / J.I. Deza, G. Tirabassi, M. Barreiro, and C. Masoller Supermodeling: Synchronization of Alternative Dynamical Models of a Single Objective Process / Gregory S. Duane, Wim Wiegerinck, Frank Selten, Mao-Lin Shen, and Noel Keenlyside Are We Measuring the Right Things for Climate? / Christopher Essex and Bjarne Andresen What Have Complex Network Approaches Learned Us About El Niño? / Qing Yi Feng and Henk A. Dijkstra Late Quaternary Climate Response at 100 kyr: A Noise-Induced Cycle Suppression Mechanism / Ivan L’Heureux Role of Nonlinear Eddy Forcing in the Dynamics of Multiple Zonal Jets / Igor Kamenkovich and Pavel Berloff Data-Adaptive Harmonic Decomposition and Stochastic Modeling of Arctic Sea Ice / Dmitri Kondrashov, Mickaël D. Chekroun, Xiaojun Yuan, and Michael Ghil Cautionary Remarks on the Auto-Correlation Analysis of Self-Similar Time Series / Sung Yong Kim Emergence of Coherent Clusters in the Ocean / A.D. Kirwan Jr., H.S. Huntley, and H. Chang The Rise and Fall of Thermodynamic Complexity and the Arrow of Time / A. D. Kirwan Jr. and William Seitz From Fractals to Stochastics: Seeking Theoretical Consistency in Analysis of Geophysical Data / Demetris Koutsoyiannis, Panayiotis Dimitriadis, Federico Lombardo, and Spencer Stevens Role of Nonlinear Dynamics in Accelerated Warming of Great Lakes / Sergey Kravtsov, Noriyuki Sugiyama, and Paul Roebber The Prediction of Nonlinear Polar Motion Based on Artificial Neural Network (ANN) and Fuzzy Inference System (FIS) / Ramazan Alper Kuçak, Ra¸sit Ulu˘g, and Orhan Akyılmaz Harnessing Butterflies: Theory and Practice of the Stochastic Seasonal to Interannual Prediction System (StocSIPS) / S. Lovejoy, L. Del Rio Amador, and R. Hébert Regime Change Detection in Irregularly Sampled Time Series / Norbert Marwan, Deniz Eroglu, Ibrahim Ozken, Thomas Stemler, Karl-Heinz Wyrwoll, and Jürgen Kurths Topological Data Analysis: Developments and Applications / Francis C. Motta Nonlinear Dynamical Approach to Atmospheric Predictability / C. Nicolis Linked by Dynamics: Wavelet-Based Mutual Information Rate as a Connectivity Measure and Scale-Specific Networks / Milan Paluš Non-Extensive Statistical Mechanics: Overview of Theory and Applications in Seismogenesis, Climate, and Space Plasma / G.P. Pavlos, L.P. Karakatsanis, A.C. Iliopoulos, E.G. Pavlos, and A.A. Tsonis Spatial Patterns of Peak Flow Quantiles Based on Power-Law Scaling in the Mississippi River Basin / Gabriel Perez, Ricardo Mantilla, and Witold F. Krajewski Studying the Complexity of Rainfall Within California Via a Fractal Geometric Method / Carlos E. Puente, Mahesh L. Maskey, and Bellie Sivakumar Pandora Box of Multifractals: Barely Open? / Daniel Schertzer and Ioulia Tchiguirinskaia Complex Networks and Hydrologic Applications / Bellie Sivakumar, Carlos E. Puente, and Mahesh L. Maskey Convergent Cross Mapping: Theory and an Example / Anastasios A. Tsonis, Ethan R. Deyle, Hao Ye, and George Sugihara Randomnicity: Randomness as a Property of the Universe / Anastasios A. Tsonis Insights in Climate Dynamics from Climate Networks / Anastasios A. Tsonis On the Range of Frequencies of Intrinsic Climate Oscillations / Anastasios A. Tsonis and Michael D. Madsen The Prediction of Nonstationary Climate Series by Incorporating External Forces / Geli Wang, Peicai Yang, and Anastasios A. Tsonis The Impact of Nonlinearity on the Targeted Observations for Tropical Cyclone Prediction / Feifan Zhou and He Zhang Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: 9783319773599 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book first focuses on the explanation of the theory about focal mechanisms and moment tensor solutions and their role in the modern seismology. The second part of the book compiles several state-of-the-art case studies in different seismotectonic settings of the planet.The assessment of seismic hazard and the reduction of losses due to future earthquakes is probably the most important contribution of seismology to society. In this regard, the understanding of reliable determination seismic source and of its uncertainty can play a key role in contributing to geodynamic investigation, seismic hazard assessment and earthquake studies. In the last two decades, the use of waveforms recorded at local-to-regional distances has increased considerably. Waveform modeling has been used also to estimate faulting parameters of small-to-moderate sized earthquakes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 752 Seiten) , Karten, Diagramme, Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319773599 , 978-3-319-77359-9
    ISSN: 2365-0656 , 2365-0664
    Series Statement: Springer Natural Hazards
    Language: English
    Note: Contents ISOLA Code for Multiple-Point Source Modeling—Review / Jiří Zahradník and Efthimios Sokos Seismic Moment Tensors in Anisotropic Media: A Review / Václav Vavryčuk The Frequency-Domain Moment-Tensor Inversion: Retrieving the Complete Source Moment-Tensor Spectra and Time Histories / Xiaoning Yang, Brian W. Stump and Mason D. Macphail Berkeley Seismic Moment Tensor Method, Uncertainty Analysis, and Study of Non-double-couple Seismic Events / Douglas S. Dreger Estimating Stability and Resolution of Waveform Inversion Focal Mechanisms / S. Scolaro, C. Totaro, D. Presti, Sebastiano D’Amico, G. Neri and B. Orecchio The Method of Cataclastic Analysis of Discontinuous Displacements / Yu. L. Rebetsky and A. Yu. Polets Challenges in Regional Moment Tensor Resolution and Interpretation / Simone Cesca and Sebastian Heimann The Role of Moment Tensors in the Characterization of Hydraulic Stimulations / Ismael Vera Rodriguez, James Rutledge and Sergey Stanchits Constrained Moment Tensors: Source Models and Case Studies / Jan Šílený Seismic Deformation Derived from Moment Tensor Summation: Application Along the Hellenic Trench / Anastasia Kiratzi, Christoforos Benetatos and Filippos Vallianatos Estimation of Empirical Green’s Tensor Spatial Derivative Elements: A Preliminary Study Using Strong Motion Records in Southern Fukui Prefecture, Japan / Michihiro Ohori Retrieval of the Seismic Moment Tensor from Joint Measurements of Translational and Rotational Ground Motions: Sparse Networks and Single Stations / Stefanie Donner, Heiner Igel, Céline Hadziioannou and the Romy group Overview of Moment Tensor Analysis in New Zealand / John Ristau Applications of Moment Tensor Solutions to the Assessment of Earthquake Hazard in Canada / J. F. Cassidy, H. Kao, John Ristau and A. Bent Intraplate Earthquakes in Europe—Source Parameters from Regional Moment Tensor Analysis / Jochen Braunmiller Source Characteristics of the January 8, 2013 (M W = 5.7) and May 24, 2014 (M W = 6.8) North Aegean Earthquakes Sequence / Doğan Kalafat, Kıvanç Kekovalı and Ali Pınar Investigating the Focal Mechanisms of the August 4th, 2003, Mw 7.6, South Orkney Islands Earthquake and its Aftershocks Sequence / M. P. Plasencia Linares, M. Guidarelli, M. Russi and G. F. Panza Waveform Modelling of 2009 Bhutan Earthquake of Magnitude 6.1 (Mw) Using Local Network Data of North East India / Santanu Baruah and Midusmita Boruah Resolving the Tectonic Stress by the Inversion of Earthquake Focal Mechanisms. Application in the Region of Greece. A Tutorial / Ioannis G. Kassaras and Vasilis Kapetanidis Relative Locations of Clustered Earthquakes in the Sea of Marmara and States of Local Stresses in the East of the Central Marmara Basin / Yasemin Korkusuz Öztürk and Nurcan Meral Özel Focal Mechanisms of Earthquakes and Stress Field of the Earth Crust in Azerbaijan / G. J. Yetirmishli and S. E. Kazimova Seismotectonic Crustal Strains of the Mongol-Baikal Seismic Belt from Seismological Data / Alena Seredkina and Valentina Melnikova The Stress State of Seismic Areas of the Central and East Asia / Yu. L. Rebetsky, A. Yu. Polets, O. A. Kuchay and N. A. Sycheva The Significance of Crustal Velocity Model in Moment Tensor Solutions: A Case Study of Yedisu Earthquakes / Fatih Turhan, Musavver Didem Cambaz and Jiří Zahradník An Overview of the Seismicity and Tectonics of the Black Sea / Doğan Kalafat Coulomb Stress Changes in the Area of December 2013–January 2014 Sannio-Matese Seismic Sequence (Southern Italy) / Santanu Baruah and Sebastiano D’Amico Active Faulting in the Earth’s Crust of the Baikal Rift System Based on the Earthquake Focal Mechanisms / Vladimir A. Sankov and Anna A. Dobrynina Quaternary Stress Field and Faulting in the Western Part of the Catanzaro Trough (Calabria, Southern Italy) / F. Brutto, F. Muto, M. F. Loreto, Sebastiano D’Amico, N. De Paola, V. Tripodi and S. Critelli A Seismogenic Zone Model for Seismic Hazard Studies in Northwestern Africa / J. A. Peláez, J. Henares, M. Hamdache and C. Sanz de Galdeano A Trial Modeling of Perturbed Repeating Earthquakes Combined by Mathematical Statics, Numerical Modeling and Seismological Observations / Keisuke Ariyoshi, Shunichi Nomura, Naoki Uchida and Toshihiro Igarashi Getting Started with GMT: An Introduction for Seismologists / Matthew R. Agius Devices for a Rotational Ground Motion Measurement / Leszek R. Jaroszewicz and Anna Kurzych
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: 9783319350950 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides the proceedings of the 13th International Conference of Meteorology, Climatology and Atmospheric Physics (COMECAP 2016) that is held in Thessaloniki from 19 to 21 September 2016. The Conference addresses fields of interest for researchers, professionals and students related to the following topics: Agricultural Meteorology and Climatology, Air Quality (Indoor and Outdoor), Applied Meteorology and Climatology, Applications of Meteorology in the Energy sector, Atmospheric Physics and Chemistry, Atmospheric Radiation, Atmospheric Boundary layer, Biometeorology and Bioclimatology, Climate Dynamics, Climatic Changes, Cloud Physics, Dynamic and Synoptic Μeteorology, Extreme Events, Hydrology and Hydrometeorology, Mesoscale Meteorology, Micrometeorology-Urban Microclimate, Remote Sensing- Satellite Meteorology and Climatology, Weather Analysis and Forecasting. The book includes all papers that have been accepted after peer review for presentation in the conference
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXXI, 1259 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319350950 , 978-3-319-35095-0
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Meteorology The Influence of WRF Parameterisation Schemes on High Resolution Simulations Over Greece / I. Tegoulias, S. Kartsios, I. Pytharoulis, S. Kotsopoulos and Theodore S. Karacostas Assessing the Sensitivity of COSMO/GR Atmospheric Model to Effectively Simulate the Influence of Diabatic Heating on Eastern Mediterranean Explosive Cyclogenesis Under Different Parameterizations of the Model Physics / J. Kouroutzoglou, E. Avgoustoglou, H.A. Flocas, M. Hatzaki, P. Skrimizeas, A. Lalos, K. Keay and I. Simmonds Evaluation of WRF Parameterization Schemes During Heat-Wave Events Over the Greater Area of South–East Mediterranean / C. Giannaros, D. Melas and T.M. Giannaros A Study of an Extreme Hot Weather Event in Greece with the WRF-ARW Atmospheric Model / G. Emmanouil, D. Vlachogiannis, A. Sfetsos, S. Karozis and A. Tasopoulou Lightning Forecasting in Europe: Results Obtained from One Year of Operational Simulations / T.M. Giannaros, V. Kotroni and K. Lagouvardos Numerical Simulations and Observational Study of a Mesoscale Convective System in France, During the HyMeX—SOP1 Using the WRF Model /1 S. Dafis, K. Lagouvardos, V. Kotroni, T.M. Giannaros and A. Bartzokas Design and Evaluation of Sensitivity Tests of COSMO Model Over the Mediterranean Area / E. Avgoustoglou, A. Voudouri, P. Khain, F. Grazzini and J.M. Bettems Comparison and Validation of WRF Model Physics Parameterizations Over the Domain of Greece / N. Politi, P.T. Nastos, A. Sfetsos, D. Vlachogiannis, N.R. Dalezios, N. Gounaris, M.R. Cardoso and M.M.P. Soares Severe Weather Events and Sea Level Variability Over the Mediterranean Sea: The WaveForUs Operational Platform / Y. Krestenitis, I. Pytharoulis, Theodore S. Karacostas, Y. Androulidakis, C. Makris, K. Kombiadou, I. Tegoulias, V. Baltikas, S. Kotsopoulos and S. Kartsios The Implementation of a Dust Wet Deposition Scheme in the WRF-CHEM Model / K. Tsarpalis, A. Papadopoulos and P. Katsafados Temperature Seasonal Predictability of the WRF Model / G. Varlas, P. Katsafados and A. Papadopoulos Numerical Modeling of a Tornado Event at Skala, Lakonia, Peloponnese in September 2015 / M.P. Mylonas, P.T. Nastos and Ioannis T. Matsangouras Towards Predictability Limit: Advancing the Deterministic Skill of Ensembles / I. Kioutsioukis Marine Boundary Layer Offshore and Coastal Coupled Simulations / C. Stathopoulos, G. Galanis and G. Kallos Observational and Numerical Study of a Tornado Outbreak in Attica and Euboea / A. Lampiris, S. Dafis and G. Papavasileiou The Effect of Surface Heterogeneity on the Vertical Structure of the Saharan Convective Boundary Layer / G. Papangelis, M. Tombrou and J. Kalogiros Numerical Study of the Medicane of November 2014 / I. Pytharoulis, Ioannis T. Matsangouras, I. Tegoulias, S. Kotsopoulos, Theodore S. Karacostas and P.T. Nastos Numerical Modeling Analysis of Tornadoes Using the COSMO.GR Model Over Greece / Ioannis T. Matsangouras, E. Avgoustoglou, F. Gofa, I. Pytharoulis, P.T. Nastos and H.W. Bluestein Performance of RegCM4 Model During Heat Waves—A Case Study for China / D.K. Papanastasiou, X. Huang, A. Poupkou, X. Pu, P. Zanis, T. Wang and D. Melas The Role of Heat Extinction Depth Concept to Fire Behavior: An Application to WRF-SFIRE Model / S. Kartsios, Theodore S. Karacostas, I. Pytharoulis and A.P. Dimitrakopoulos Impacts of Observational Data Assimilation on Operational Forecasts / A. Voudouri, E. Avgoustoglou and P. Kaufmann Comparative Forecasts of a Local Area Model (WRF) in Summer for Cyprus / F. Tymvios, D. Charalambous, J. Lelieveld and S. Michaelides Implementation of a Hybrid Surface Layer Parameterization Scheme for the Coupled Atmosphere-Ocean Wave System WEW / P. Katsafados, G. Varlas, A. Papadopoulos and G. Korres Development and Implementation of a Soil Moisture Perturbation Method for EPS Initial Conditions / P. Louka, F. Gofa, C. Marsigli and A. Montani The Impact of Cyclone Xaver on Hydropower Potential in Norway . . . 175 I. Cheliotis, G. Varlas and K. Christakos Heavy Convective Rainfall Forecast Over Paraguay Using Coupled WRF-Cloud Model / V. Spiridonov, J. Baez and B. Telenta The Heat Health Warning System of DWD—Concept and Lessons Learned / A. Matzarakis Impact of Storm Seeding to Hailstone Features in Central Macedonia / D. Foris and V. Foris Validating SAF NWC Products Over the Greek Area / A. Karagiannidis, K. Lagouvardos, V. Kotroni and T.M. Giannaros Use of Global Precipitation Measurement’s Satellite Data for the Study of a Mesoscale Convective System /D. Mitropoulos and H. Feidas Flash Flood Risk and Vulnerability Analysis in Urban Areas: The Case of October 22, 2015, in Attica, Greece / K. Papagiannaki, V. Kotroni, K. Lagouvardos and A. Bezes The First Joint Hydro-Meteo Warnings in Croatia During Heavy Rainfall Period in October 2015 / P. Mutic, T. Jurlina, T. Vujnovic, D. Oskorus, N. Strelec-Mahovic and T. Renko A Total Weighted Least Squares Method for the Determination of the Meteoric Water Line of Precipitation for Hydrological Purposes / A.A. Argiriou, V. Salamalikis and E. Dotsika Storm Characteristics Over Central Macedonia and Thessaly and Their Relation to Atmospheric Parameters / E. Chatzi Radar Climatology of Supercell Thunderstorms in Northern and Central Greece / M. Christodoulou and M. Sioutas Comparison of Physically and Image Based Atmospheric Correction Methods for Sentinel-2 Satellite Imagery / G. Lantzanakis, Z. Mitraka and N. Chrysoulakis First Rains as Extreme Events Influencing Marine Primary Production / D. Kotta, D. Kitsiou and P. Kassomenos Hail Characteristics and Cloud Seeding Effect for Hail Suppression in Central Macedonia, Greece / M. Sioutas Satellite Rainfall Error Analysis with the Use of High-Resolution X-Band Dual-Polarization Radar Observations Over the Italian Alps / M.N. Anagnostou, J. Kalogiros, E. Nikolopoulos, Y. Derin, E.N. Anagnostou and M. Borga The DAPHNE Conceptual Model for Designing a Precipitation Enhancement Project in Thessaly, Greece / Theodore S. Karacostas, I. Pytharoulis, I. Tegoulias, D. Bampzelis, S. Kartsios, S. Kotsopoulos, P. Zanis, E. Katragkou and K. Tympanidis Watershed Size, an Alternative or a Misguided Parameter for River’s Waterpower? Implementation in Macedonia, Greece / G. Grimpylakos, K. Albanakis and Theodore S. Karacostas Survey of the Severe Hailstorms During Summer 2014 in the Northern Part of Greece / P. Fragkouli, A. Tyraski and K. Lagouvardos Assessment of the Thermal Comfort Conditions in a University Campus Using a 3D Microscale Climate Model, Utilizing Mobile Measurements / P.T. Nastos, K.P. Moustris, I. Charalampopoulos, I.K. Larissi and Athanasios G. Paliatsos Diurnal Distribution of Storm Characteristics in Central Macedonia During the Warm Season of the Year Using a C-Band Weather Radar / D. Bampzelis and Theodore S. Karacostas Rain Enhancement Feasibility Potential of Orographic Clouds Over Northern Greece / K. Tympanidis, Theodore S. Karacostas and D. Bampzelis A Preliminary Study on the Effect of Rainfall Events on Human Thermal Comfort Under Hot Weather Conditions / I. Charalampopoulos and I. Tsiros One Day-Ahead Prognosis of Energy Demand Using Artificial Intelligence and Biometeorological Indices / D. Zafirakis, K.P. Moustris, D.H. Alamo and R.J. Nebot Medina The Effect of Rainfall Intensity on the Flood Generation of Mountainous Watersheds (Chalkidiki Prefecture, North Greece) / A. Kastridis and D. Stathis Air Temperature Estimation Over the Ainos Mountain, Kefallinia Island Using Linear Regression Analysis / S. Maniatis, A. Kamoutsis, A. Chronopoulou-Sereli and P.T. Nastos Dust Over the Area of the East Mediterranean: The Severe Dust Event of the Period 7–12 September 2015. Synoptic and Dynamic Analysis / K. Nicolaides and F. Tymvios On the Dynamics Underlying the Emergence of Coherent Structures in Barotropic Turbulence / N.A. Bakas, N.C. Constantinou and P.J. Ioannou Structure and Stability of Low Amplitude Jet Equilibria in Barotropic Turbulence / N.C. Constantinou, P.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Vancouver : University of British Columbia Press
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95320
    Description / Table of Contents: This collection of papers by internationally known scientists in the field of geocryology was originally presented as a series of lectures at the University of British Columbia in 1980-81 in honour of J. Ross MacKay. Together they illustrate the central dilemma in a science where fieldwork must be undertaken in the harsh periglacial environment and where, consequently, it is difficult to test theory rigorously. The papers provide a valuable overview of the current status of international research in a wide area of the field - permafrost, patterned ground, and cold climate phenomena and processes. The treatment varies from anecdotal, historical, and descriptive to mathematical. The studies on soil freezing, ice formation and thaw are relatively sophisticated treatments that are physically sound, theoretically based, and quantitatively precise, as are the computational methods and the extension of results to engineering site evaluations given in other contributions. The regional accounts of geocryological and nival phenomena, on the other hand, remain entirely empirical and, for the most part, qualitative. This critical mismatch of understanding between microscale and regional scale is emphasized in the review of the status of periglacial studies. Ross MacKay's most valuable contribution to science has been his consistent demonstration of how to occupy the middle ground by applying simple physical concepts to explain variations in the landscape.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 213 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 0774802049 , 0-7748-0204-9
    Language: English , French , Russian
    Note: CONTENTS List of Figures and Illustrations List of Tables Preface Acknowledgements Notation 1. On the Scientific Method of J. Ross Mackay / W.H. MATHEWS 2. Experimental Observations of Periglacial Processes in the Arctic / ALFRED JAHN 3. Extreme Rainfall and Rapid Snowmelt as Causes of Mass Movements in High Latitude Mountains / ANDERS RAPP 4. Estimation of Avalanche Runout Distances in New Zealand/ B.B. FITZHARRIS 5. The Ice Factor in Frozen Ground / L.W. GOLD 6. Models of Soil Freezing / M.W. SMITH 7. A Step Function Model of Ice Segregation / S.I. OUTCALT 8. Recent Observations on the Deformation of Ice and Ice-Rich Permafrost / N.R. MORGENSTERN 9. Distribution of Recently Active Ice and Soil Wedges in the U.S.S.R. / N.N. ROMANOVSKIJ 10.Periglacial Problems / A.L. WASHBURN Notes on Contributors Author Citation Index Index , Abstracts in englischer, französischer und russischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: 9783319302591 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book highlights perspectives, insights, and data in the coupled fields of aquatic microbial ecology and biogeochemistry when viewed through the lens of collaborative duos - dual career couples. Their synergy and collaborative interactions have contributed substantially to our contemporary understanding of pattern, process and dynamics. This is thus a book by dual career couples about dual scientific processes. The papers herein represent wide-ranging topics, from the processes that structure microbial diversity to nitrogen and photosynthesis metabolism, to dynamics of changing ecosystems and processes and dynamics in individual ecosystems. In all, these papers take us from the Arctic to Africa, from the Arabian Sea to Australia, from small lakes in Maine and Yellowstone hot vents to the Sargasso Sea, and in the process provide analyses that make us think about the structure and function of all of these systems in the aquatic realm. This book is useful not only for the depth and breadth of knowledge conveyed in its chapters, but serves to guide dual career couples faced with the great challenges only they face. Great teams do make great science
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 300 Seiten) , Diagremma, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319302591 , 978-3-319-30259-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Unraveling Microbial Diversity and Their Processes Phagotrophic Protists: Central Roles in Microbial Food Webs / Evelyn B. Sherr and Barry F. Sherr Overview Protists as Elemental Recyclers Protists as Consumers of Bacteria Protists as Consumers of Phytoplankton Protists in High Latitude Food Webs Looking to the Future References Drivers That Structure Biodiversity in the Plankton / Tatiana A. Rynearson and Susanne Menden-Deuer Plankton Biodiversity Alternate Hypotheses That Explain the Paradox of the Plankton An Organismal Perspective on the Paradox of the Plankton: A Biodiversity Explosion from Within? Linking Individual Level Behaviors with Plankton Ecology Pervasive Intra-specific Variability in the Genetic Diversity, Physiological Capacity, and Behavioral Repertoire of Plankton Evolution: Generating and Structuring Diversity over the Long Term Opportunities for Progress References The Elongated, the Squat and the Spherical: Selective Pressures for Phytoplankton Shape / Lee Karp-Boss and Emmanuel Boss Introduction Effects of Shape on Diffusion Other Selective Pressures References Crossing the Freshwater/Saline Barrier: A Phylogenetic Analysis of Bacteria Inhabiting Both Freshwater and Marine Ecosystems / Mina Bižić-Ionescu and Danny Ionescu Introduction Recent Data on Shared Taxa Synthesis of Published Sequence Data Future Perspectives References Approaches and Challenges for Linking Marine Biogeochemical Models with the “Omics” Revolution / Victoria J. Coles and Raleigh R. Hood Introduction Bridging the Cultural and Structural Divide Relating Existing Omics to Current Biogeochemical Models Near-Term Innovation Conclusions References Part II Viewing Growth and Trophodynamics Through a Stoichiometric Lens Out of Africa and into Stoichiometry / Susan S. Kilham and Peter Kilham References Exploring the Implications of the Stoichiometric Modulation of Planktonic Predation / Aditee Mitra and Kevin J. Flynn Introduction Characterising the Predator–Prey Stoichiometric Link Elemental Stoichiometry and Commercial Microalgal Production Effects of Temperature, Ocean Acidification and Nutrient Excess Avoiding Predation Stoichiometry and Mixotrophy Conclusions References . Part III Understanding the Mysteries of Light and Nitrogen On Saturating Response Curves from the Dual Perspectives of Photosynthesis and Nitrogen Metabolism / Todd M. Kana and Patricia M. Glibert Introduction Static vs. Dynamic Behavior Gradient Signals and Dynamics of Response Curves Overall Perspective on Dynamic Kinetics References Nitrate Reductase: A Nexus of Disciplines, Organisms, and Metabolism / Erica B. Young and John A. Berges Introduction Why Nitrate Reductase? Understanding That Has Emerged from Recent NR Measurements Recent Advances and Emerging Challenges Conclusion References The Ammonium Paradox of an Urban High- Nutrient Low-Growth Estuary / Frances Wilkerson and Richard Dugdale High-Nutrient Low-Growth Estuaries and Oligotrophication Observation of an Ammonium Paradox Ammonium: The Gatekeeper Controlling Access to Nitrate References Why Is Planktonic Nitrogen Fixation So Rare in Coastal Marine Ecosystems? Insights from a Cross-Systems Approach / Roxanne Marino and Robert W. Howarth References Where Light and Nutrients Collide: The Global Distribution and Activity of Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers / Greg M. Silsbe and Sairah Y. Malkin At the Confluence of Light and Nutrients Distribution of Marine SCMLs Phytoplankton Production in SCMLs Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers in Lakes References Part IV Looking in the Rear View Mirror: The Long View on Changing Ecosystems An Ecosystem in Transition: The Emergence of Mixotrophy in the Arabian Sea / Joaquim I. Goes and Helga do R. Gomes Introduction Materials and Methods Results and Discussion References The Saint Lawrence Island Polynya: A 25-Year Evaluation of an Analogue for Climate Change in Polar Regions / Jacqueline M. Grebmeier and Lee W. Cooper Introduction Synthesis Results and Discussion The Northern Bering Sea: Interannual Variability and Change Benthivores Overall Summary References Ecological Processes and Nutrient Transfers from Land to Sea: A 25-Year Perspective on Research and Management of the Seine River System / Josette Garnier and Gilles Billen Introduction 1850–1990: Organic Pollution and Oxygen 1990–2000: Eutrophication and Algal Bloom 2000–2015: Agricultural Pollution and Nitrate Contamination Conclusion: From Microbial Ecology to Territorial Biogeochemistry References A Historical Perspective on Eutrophication in the Pensacola Bay Estuary, FL, USA / Jane M. Caffrey and Michael C. Murrell Introduction Pensacola Bay Physical Setting Human Colonization of Pensacola Bay River and Estuarine Water Quality Controls on Primary Production, Organic Matter, and Nutrient Cycling Summary References Unpublished Reports Websites Meeting in the Middle: On the Interactions Between Microalgae and Their Predators or Zooplankton and Their Food / Karen H. Wiltshire and Maarten Boersma Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Lake Transparency: A Window into Decadal Variations in Dissolved Organic Carbon Concentrations in Lakes of Acadia National Park, Maine / Collin Roesler and Charles Culbertson Introduction Methods Results Discussion References Part V Focusing on Unique Systems, Processes and Dynamics Phytoplankton Biodiversity in the Oligotrophic Northwestern Sargasso Sea / James L. Pinckney and Tammi L. Richardson Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Biological Oceanography of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia: A Review / Peter C. Rothlisberg and Michele A. Burford Introduction Study Area Currents and Hydrography Phytoplankton and the Role of Nutrients Zooplankton Penaeid Prawn Larval Ecology Larval Dispersal Mechanisms Summary Points References Discerning the Causes of Toxic Cyanobacteria (Lyngbya majuscula) Blooms in Moreton Bay, Australia / Judith M. O’Neil and William C. Dennison Introduction Nutrient Interactions Light Interactions Conceptual Model Broader Significance References Copepod, Ctenophore, and Schyphomedusae Control in Structuring the Chesapeake Bay Summer Mesohaline Planktonic Food Web / Kevin G. Sellner and Stella G. Sellner Introduction Methods Results and Discussion References Microbiogeochemical Ecophysiology of Freshwater Hydrothermal Vents in Mary Bay Canyon, Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park WY / Carmen Aguilar and Russell Cuhel Introduction Methods Big Picture Outcomes Closing Remarks References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: 9789811002076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This proceedings contains articles submitted to the fifth International Conference on Cognitive Neurodynamics (ICCN2015). In ICCN2015, twelve invited plenary lectures were presented by the leading scientists in their respective research fields. More than 15 mini-symposiums are organized by specialists with topics covering: motor control and learning, dynamic coding in distributed neural circuits, dynamics of firing patterns and synchronization in neuronal systems, information and signal processing techniques in neurotechnology, neural oscillations and synaptic plasticity in the hippocampus, new perspective on model-based vs. model-free brain process, neural mechanisms of internal switching, neuroinformation computation, neural model and dynamics, imaging human cognitive networks, neuroinformatics, neuroergonomics & neuroengineering, dynamic brain for communication, visual information processing and functional imaging and neural mechanisms of language processing. All articles are peer-reviewed. The ICCN is a series conference held every two years since 2007
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 872 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811002076 , 978-981-10-0207-6
    ISSN: 2213-3569 , 2213-3577
    Series Statement: Advances in Cognitive Neurodynamics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Plenary Talk 1 Putting Sensory Back into Voluntary Motor Control / Stephen H. Scott 2 Is Visual Processing in Primates Strictly Hierarchical? / Mark A.G. Eldridge, Samarth Chandra and Barry J. Richmond 3 Self-organization of a Second Kind: General Scope and a Cortical Case Study / Ichiro Tsuda 4 Toward Autonomous Intelligence: From Active 3D Vision to Invariant Object and Scene Learning, Recognition, and Search / Stephen Grossberg 5 The Cognitive Control of Goal-Directed Action: How Predictive Learning Affects Choice / Bernard W. Balleine 6 Functional Connectivity Mapping of Decision-Making in Drosophila Melanogaster / Aike Guo, Ke Zhang, Q.Z. Ren, H.F. Su and N.N. Chen 7 Neurodynamics of Decision-Making—A Computational Approach / Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir and Hans Liljenström 8 Brain Pattern Analysis Based on Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Dewen Hu 9 Dopamine Prediction Errors and the Relativity of Value / Masamichi Sakagami and Shingo Tanaka 10 The Neural Mechanism of Direction- and Orientation-Selective Neurons for Processing Direction, Speed, and Axis of Motion in Early Visual Cortices / Hongliang Gong, Xu An, Liling Qian, Jiapeng Yin, Yiliang Lu and Wei Wang Part II Neural Dynamics in Motor and Sensory Systems 11 Stability and Flexibility During Human Motor Control / Taishin Nomura, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Chunjiang Fu, Naoya Yoshikawa, Ken Kiyono, Maura Casadio and Pietro Morasso 12 Context-Dependent Human Motor Memories: Function, Implementation, and Manipulation / Daichi Nozaki 13 A Model of Gait Cycle Variability During Human Walking / Chunjiang Fu, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Ken Kiyono and Taishin Nomura 14 Coordinate Systems in the Motor System: Computational Modeling and EEG Experiment / Hirokazu Tanaka, Makoto Miyakoshi and Scott Makeig 15 Simulation Study on Neuromuscular Model-Inspired Control Strategy for Variable Stiffness Actuators / Jun Zhu, Yu Wang and Heng Cao 16 Changes in the Inner Gene Expression of Lateral Olivocochlear Receptors After the Loss of the Descending Cortical Pathway / Miguel A. Merchan, Veronica Lamas and Jose Manuel Juiz 17 Effect of Parvalbumin Deficiency on Distributed Activity and Interactions in Neural Circuits Activated by Instrumental Learning / Agnès Gruart, José Maria Delgado-García and Alessandra Lintas 18 Dynamic Patterns of Cortical Activation During Different Types of Learning Tasks and Unpredictable Situations / José M. Delgado-García, Raudel Sánchez-Campusano, Iván Fernández-Lamo and Agnès Gruart 19 The Application of Spatiotemporal Energy Model in the Simulation of Population Responses in Early Visual Cortices / Yiliang Lu, Xu An, Hongliang Gong and Wei Wang 20 Aspect Ratio of the Receptive Field Makes a Major Contribution to the Bandwidth of Orientation Selectivity in Cat V1 / Tao Xu, Ming Li, Ke Chen, Ling Wang and Hong-Mei Yan 21 Nonlinear Dynamical Analysis of Spontaneous EEG Recordings in Rats After Chronic Spinal Cord Injury / Pu Jiangbo, Xu Hanhui, Wang Yazhou, Cui Hongyan and Hu Yong Part III Interactive Dynamics in Cognitive Functions 22 Causality in Neuroscience and Its Limitations: Bottom-up, Top-down, and Round-About / Hans A. Braun 23 Decisions and Downward Causation in Neural Systems / Hans Liljenström and Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir 24 Top-down and/or Bottom-up Causality: The Notion of Relatedness in the Human Brain / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 25 Overviewing Causality or Over-Interpreting Noise: Is Modern Neuroscience Shaping Our View of the Human Mind? / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 26 Theoretical Models of Decision-Making in the Ultimatum Game: Fairness vs. Reason / Tatiana V. Guy, Miroslav Kárný, Alessandra Lintas and Alessandro E.P. Villa 27 Dynamic Interactions in Prefrontal Functional Connectivity During Adolescence / Xin Zhou, Emilio Salinas, Terrence R. Stanford and Christos Constantinidis 28 Causal Interaction Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum Estimated by Granger Causality / Xiaochuan Pan, Rubin Wang and Masamichi Sakagami 29 Two Strategies for Interactive Planning / Jiro Okuda 30 TMS-EEG for Probing Distinct Modes of Neural Dynamics in the Human Brain / Keiichi Kitajo and Yuka O. Okazaki 31 Estimating Information Transmission Time Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum by Transfer Entropy / Kaidi Shao, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 32 Reward-Modulated Functional Connectivity Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum / Yan Zhang, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 33 On the Role of Intrinsic Rewards in Communication / Jan Lauwereyns and Shizuka Sakurai Lauwereyns Part IV Neural Dynamics in Hippocampus 34 Hydrogen Sulfide Prevents Synaptic Plasticity from Vascular Dementia-Induced Damage via Inhibiting Autophagy on Rats / Chunhua Liu, Tao Zhang and Zhuo Yang 35 The Impact of Nasal Copper Nanoparticle Exposure on Rats’ Synaptic Plasticity and Spatial Cognition / Ye Liu, Wei Guan, Jinzhe Liu and Zhuo Yang 36 Theta Phase Time-Delayed Modulating Low Gamma Amplitude in Hippocampal CA3–CA1 Network / Chenguang Zheng, Qun Li, Yiyi Wang and Tao Zhang 37 Roles of DA and 5-HT in Modulating Neural Oscillatory Synchronization / Chenguang Zheng and Tao Zhang 38 Dynamic Information Routing in the Hippocampus / Hiroshi Nishida, Muneyoshi Takahashi and Jan Lauwereyns 39 Rule Switching Affects Cross-Frequency Couplings in Rat Hippocampus / Tomoaki Nakazono, Susumu Takahashi and Yoshio Sakurai Part V Imaging Cognitive Networks 40 Functional Connectivity Analysis of Cognitive Reappraisal Using Sparse Spectral Clustering Method / Ling Zou, Yi Xu, Zhongyi Jiang, Zhuqing Jiao, Changjie Pan and Renlai Zhou 41 Theta Coupling in the Human EEG During the Control of Bottom-up and Top-down Attention / Dandan Zhao and Ling Li 42 Phase-Dependent Alteration of Functional Connectivity Density During Face Recognition in the Infra-slow Frequency Range / Yifeng Wang, Feng Liu, Xiujuan Jing, Zhiliang Long and Huafu Chen 43 The Supramodal Brain Network for the Recognition of Faces and Bodies: Is Visual Experience Necessary for the Development of High-Order Visual Cortices? / Ryo Kitada 44 Over-Complete Analysis for Resting-State fMRI Data / Ruiyang Ge, Li Yao, Hang Zhang, Xia Wu and Zhiying Long 45 Decoding Brain States with Simulated Microgravity from Baseline Using Functional Connectivity of Default Network / Ling-Li Zeng, Yang Liao, Hui Shen, Xufeng Liu and Dewen Hu 46 Experimental Studies on the Contralateral Regulation of Cerebral Blood Flow Using a Patient-Specific Aneurysm Model / Lizhong Mu, Ying He, Junyuan Chen, Xunjie Yu, Jianhui Wei, Changjin Ji and Jiaqi Lv 47 A Robust Coherence-Based Brain Connectivity Method with an Application to EEG Recordings / Jiaqing Yan, Jianbin Wen, Yinghua Wang, Xianzeng Liu and Xiaoli Li Part VI Advanced Brain Computer Interaction 48 Robust Averaging of Covariance Matrices by Riemannian Geometry for Motor-Imagery Brain–Computer Interfacing / Takashi Uehara, Toshihisa Tanaka and Simone Fiori 49 Vibrotactile Brain–Computer Interface with Error-Detecting Codes / Sittipong Apichartstaporn, Kitsuchart Pasupa and Yoshikazu Washizawa 50 Sparse Support Vector Machine for Simultaneous Feature Selection and Classification in Motor-Imagery-Based BCI / Yu Zhang, Yu Wang, Jing Jin and Xingyu Wang 51 QEEG Coherence Evaluation for Soccer Performance Level Analysis of the Striker / Kittichai Tharawadeepimuk and Yodchanan Wongsawat 52 BCI-Based Mobile Phone Using SSVEP Techniques / Dongsheng Wang, Toshiki Kobayashi, Gaochao Cui, Daishi Watabe and Jianting Cao 53 Two-Step Input Spatial Auditory BCI for Japanese Kana Characters / Moonjeong Chang and Tomasz M. Rutkowski 54 Resting-State Long-Range Functional Connectivity Density Reveals Sensorimotor Rhythm-Based BCI Performance Variations / Rui Zhang, Tao Zhang, Teng Ma, Fali Li, Dezhong Yao and Peng Xu 55 On the Correlations of Motor Imagery of Swallow with Motor Imagery of Tongue Movements and Actual Swallow / Huijuan Yang, Cuntai Guan, Chuan Chu Wang, Kai Keng Ang, Kok Soon Phua, See San Chok, Christina Ka Yin Tang and Karen Sui Geok Chua
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: 9783319645995 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book sheds new light on the limits of adaptation to anthropogenic climate change. The respective chapters demonstrate the variety of and interconnections between factors that together constitute the constraints on adaptation. The book pays special attention to evidence that illustrates how and where such limits have become apparent or are in the process of establishing themselves, and which indicates future trends and contexts that might prove helpful in understanding adaptation limits. In particular, the book provides an overview of the most important challenges and opportunities regarding adaptation limits at different temporal, jurisdictional, and spatial scales, while also highlighting case studies, projects and best practices that show how they may be addressed. The book presents innovative multi-disciplinary research and gathers evidence from various countries, sectors and regions, the goal being to advance our understanding of the limits to adaptation and ways to overcome or modify them
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319645995 , 978-3-319-64599-5
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction: Limits to Adaptation / Johanna Nalau and Walter Leal Filho Part I Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Asia 2 Strategies and Barriers to Adaptation of Hazard-Prone Rural Households in Bangladesh / G. M. Monirul Alam, Khorshed Alam, Shahbaz Mushtaq, Most Nilufa Khatun and Walter Leal Filho 3 Governance Limits to Adaptation in Cambodia’s Health Sector / Daniel Gilfillan 4 Land-Based Strategic Model by Integrating Diverse Policies for Climate Change Adaptation in Nepal / Adish Khezri, Arbind Man Tuladhar and Jaap Zevenbergen 5 Climate Change and Migration in Bangladesh: Empirically Derived Lessons and Opportunities for Policy Makers and Practitioners / Johannes Luetz Part II Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Africa 6 Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Zimbabwe: Insights, Experiences and Lessons / Nelson Chanza 7 Pastoralists Shifting Strategies and Perceptions of Risk: Post-crisis Recovery in Damergou, Niger / Karen Marie Greenough 8 Political Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Practices: Insights from the Johannesburg Case / Karen Hetz 9 Constraints and Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Efforts in Nigeria / Idowu O. Ologeh, Joshua B. Akarakiri and Francis A. Adesina 10 Adapting Agriculture to Climate Change: Suitability of Banana Crop Production to Future Climate Change Over Uganda / Geoffrey Sabiiti, Joseph Mwalichi Ininda, Laban Ayieko Ogallo, Jully Ouma, Guleid Artan, Charles Basalirwa, Franklin Opijah, Alex Nimusiima, Saul Daniel Ddumba, Jasper Batureine Mwesigwa, George Otieno and Jamiat Nanteza 11 Local Adaptation to Climate Extremes in Domboshawa: Opportunities and Limitations / Vincent Itai Tanyanyiwa and Rejoice Madobi Part III Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Australia, North-America and Europe 12 The Limits of Imagination / Liese Coulter 13 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal East Arctic Ecosystems: Complexity and Challenges of Monitoring and Evaluation / Moktar Lamari, Line Poulin-Larivière and Johann L. Jacob 14 Limits to Adaptation on Climate Change in Bosnia and Herzegovina: Insights and Experiences / Goran Trbic, Davorin Bajic, Vladimir Djurdjevic, Vladan Ducic, Raduska Cupac, Đorđe Markez, Goran Vukmir, Radoslav Dekić and Tatjana Popov Part IV Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in the Pacific Region 15 Climate Change Adaptation Limits in Small Island Developing States / Stacy-ann Robinson 16 Limits to Coastal Adaptation in Samoa: Insights and Experiences / Richard Crichton and Miguel Esteban 17 Limits to Capital Works Adaptation in the Coastal Zones and Islands: Lessons for the Pacific / Brendan Mackey and Daniel Ware 18 A ‘Cost Barrier’ Perspective to Adaptation on a Coral Triangle Initiative (CTI) and Mangrove Rehabilitation Projects (MRP) in Solomon Islands / Michael Otoara Ha’apio, Walter Leal Filho and Morgan Wairiu 19 Customary Land and Climate Change Induced Relocation: A Case Study of Vunidogoloa Village, Vanua Levu, Fiji / Dhrishna Charan, Manpreet Kaur and Priyatma Singh 20 Limits to Adapting to Climate Change Through Relocations in Papua-New Guinea and Fiji / Dalila Gharbaoui and Julia Blocher 21 Atoll Habitability Thresholds / Mark H. N. Stege 22 Conclusions: Overcoming the Limits to Adaptation / Walter Leal Filho and Johanna Nalau
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: 9789811312441 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book comprehensively describes biological phenomena, adaptation mechanisms, and strategies of living organisms to survive under extremely cold or desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. It also provides tremendous potential for applications of the findings to a wide variety of industries. The volume consists of three parts: Part 1, Adaptation Mechanisms of Cold, and Part 2, Adaptation Mechanisms of Desiccation, collect up-to-date research on mechanisms and strategies of living organisms such as sleeping chironomids, polar marine fishes, hibernating mammals, bryophytes, dormant seeds, and boreal plants to survive under extreme cold and desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. Part 3, Application Technologies from Laboratory to Society, covers various applications to a wide variety of industries such as the medical, food, and agricultural and life science industries. For example, biological knowledge of how plants and animals survive under cold, drought, and desiccated conditions may provide a hint on how we can improve crop production in a very fragile environment in global climate change. Unique molecules that protect cells during desiccation and freezing such as trehalose and antifreeze protein (AFP) have potential for use to preserve cells, tissues, and organs for the long term under very stable conditions. In addition, the current progress of supercooling technology of cells may lead us to solve problems of cellular high sensitivity to freezing injury, which will dramatically improve the usability of these cells. Furthermore, knowledge of water substitution and glass formation as major mechanisms for formulation designs and new drying technologies will contribute to the development of food preservation and drug delivery systems under dry conditions. Written by contributors who have been conducting cutting-edge science in related fields, this title is recommended to a wide variety of readers who are interested in learning from such organisms their strategies, mechanisms, and applications, and it will inspire researchers in various disciplines.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 409 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811312441 , 978-981-13-1244-1
    ISSN: 0065-2598 , 2214-8019
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology volume 1081
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Adaptation Mechanisms for Cold 1 Gene Regulatory Networks Mediating Cold Acclimation: The CBF Pathway / Javier Barrero-Gil and Julio Salinas 2 RNA Regulation in Plant Cold Stress Response / Kentaro Nakaminami and Motoaki Seki 3 The Mechanism Enabling Hibernation in Mammals / Yuuki Horii, Takahiko Shiina, and Yasutake Shimizu 4 Freezing Tolerance of Plant Cells: From the Aspect of Plasma Membrane and Microdomain / Daisuke Takahashi, Matsuo Uemura, and Yukio Kawamura 5 Natural Variation in Freezing Tolerance and Cold Acclimation Response in Arabidopsis thaliana and Related Species / Ellen Zuther, Yang Ping Lee, Alexander Erban, Joachim Kopka, and Dirk K. Hincha 6 Ice Nucleation Activity in Plants: The Distribution, Characterization, and Their Roles in Cold Hardiness Mechanisms / Masaya Ishikawa, Hideyuki Yamazaki, Tadashi Kishimoto, Hiroki Murakawa, Timothy Stait-Gardner, Kazuyuki Kuchitsu, and William S. Price 7 Investigating Freezing Patterns in Plants Using Infrared Thermography / David P. Livingston III 8 Mechanism of Overwintering in Trees / Keita Arakawa, Jun Kasuga, and Naoki Takata 9 The Mechanism of Low-Temperature Tolerance in Fish / Kiyoshi Soyano and Yuji Mushirobira Part II Adaptation Mechanisms for Desiccation 10 Mechanisms Underlying Freezing and Desiccation Tolerance in Bryophytes / Daisuke Takezawa 11 Regulatory Gene Networks in Drought Stress Responses and Resistance in Plants / Fuminori Takahashi, Takashi Kuromori, Hikaru Sato, and Kazuo Shinozaki 12 Mechanism of Stomatal Closure in Plants Exposed to Drought and Cold Stress / Srinivas Agurla, Shashibhushan Gahir, Shintaro Munemasa, Yoshiyuki Murata, and Agepati S. Raghavendra 13 Mechanisms of Maturation and Germination in Crop Seeds Exposed to Environmental Stresses with a Focus on Nutrients, Water Status, and Reactive Oxygen Species / Yushi Ishibashi, Takashi Yuasa, and Mari Iwaya-Inoue 14 The Antioxidant System in the Anhydrobiotic Midge as an Essential, Adaptive Mechanism for Desiccation Survival / Alexander Nesmelov, Richard Cornette, Oleg Gusev, and Takahiro Kikawada 15 Physicochemical Aspects of the Biological Functions of Trehalose and Group 3 LEA Proteins as Desiccation Protectants / Takao Furuki and Minoru Sakurai Part III Application Technologies from Laboratory to Society 16 Supercooling-Promoting (Anti-ice Nucleation) Substances / Seizo Fujikawa, Chikako Kuwabara, Jun Kasuga, and Keita Arakawa 17 Applications of Antifreeze Proteins: Practical Use of the Quality Products from Japanese Fishes / Sheikh Mahatabuddin and Sakae Tsuda 18 Development and Application of Cryoprotectants / Robin Rajan and Kazuaki Matsumura 19 Cryopreservation of Plant Genetic Resources / Daisuke Tanaka, Takao Niino, and Matsuo Uemura 20 Applications of Freezing and Freeze-Drying in Pharmaceutical Formulations / Ken-ichi Izutsu 21 Control of Physical Changes in Food Products / Kiyoshi Kawai and Tomoaki Hagiwara Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: 9789811031151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a compilation of selected papers presented in the International Conference on the theme ‘Wood is Good: Current Trends and Future Prospects in Wood’. The contents of the book deal with recent innovations, trends and challenges in wood science and are grouped in five distinct sections. They cover a wide range of topics like wood variability, processing and utilization, wood protection, wood-based composites, wood energy and the role of wood in mitigating climate change. With the ever increasing human population and growing demand for wood, this book offers valuable insights for better understanding and efficient utilization of this wonderful gift of nature. This book will be useful to researchers, professionals, and policy makers involved in forestry and wood related areas.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 480 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811031151 , 978-981-10-3115-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Wood Properties and Variability Optimizing Wood Utilization Based on Whole Tree Inherent Property Maps / Mathew Leitch and Scott Miller Screening Corewood of Pine for Wood Properties / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Imaging Spiral Grain in Pinus radiata with X-ray Microtomography / Jimmy Thomas and David A. Collings Rapid Measurement of Density of Wood in Progeny Trial of Acacia mangium Willd. Using Resistograph—A Nondestructive Method / A.R. Uthappa, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Karthick Kumar, B. Gurudev Singh and R.S. Prashanth Eliminating Growth-Stresses in Eucalyptus: A Scoping Study with E. bosistoana and E. nitens / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Longitudinal Growth Strains in Melia dubia / Sandhya Sharma, Santosh Sumbali, Pankaj Aggarwal and Shakti S. Chauhan Immunofluorescence Localization of β-(1-4)- D -Galactan and Xylans in Tension Wood and Normal Wood Fibres of Leucaena leucocephala / S. Pramod, Kishore S. Rajput and Karumanchi S. Rao Comparative Wood Anatomy of Four Artocarpus Species of North East India with Reference to Their Identification / M.K. Singh, C.L. Sharma and M. Sharma Wood Anatomy of Some Members of Family Fagaceae from North-East India / M. Sharma, W. Shylla and C.L. Sharma Anatomical Characterisation and In Vitro Laboratory Decay Test of Different Woods Decayed by Xylaria hypoxylon / Rina D. Koyani, S. Pramod, H.R. Patel, A.M. Vasava, K.S. Rao and Kishore S. Rajput Growth Ring Structure and Specific Gravity Variation in Juvenile and Mature Wood of Natural-Grown Teak (Tectona grandis L.f.) / Satish Kumar Sinha, R. Vijendra Rao, T.S. Rathore and H.P. Borgaonkar Variability for Heartwood Content in Three Commercially Important Tree Species of Peninsular India—Hardwickia binata, Pterocarpus santalinus and Santalum album / A.N. Arun Kumar, Geeta Joshi and S. Manikandan Relations Between Growth Traits and Wood Parameters of Tectona grandis L.f. in Even-Aged Plantations in Tamil Nadu / C. Buvaneswaran, M. George, K. Vinoth Kumar and R. Velumani Variation in Heartwood Formation and Wood Density in Plantation-Grown Red Sanders (Pterocarpus santalinus) / K. Suresh, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Deenathayalan, P. Karthick Kumar, M. Thangapandi, B. Gurudev Singh and N. Krishnakumar Identification and Characterization of Tension Wood in Acacia auriculiformis A. Cunn. ex Benth. and Acacia mangium Willd. Grown in Kerala / E.V. Anoop, C.M. Jijeesh, S. Jinu, R. Vishnu and M.C. Anish Basic Density and Fibre Morphological Characteristics of Selected Pulpwood Species of Kerala / E.V. Anoop, Arun Joseph, C.M. Jijeesh, R. Vishnu and Anju S. Vijayan Estimation of Leaf Area–Wood Density Traits Relationship in Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests of Southern Coromandel Coast, Peninsular India / M. Udayakumar and T. Sekar Variations on Pulping Properties of Gmelina arborea Roxb. Grown in Different Geographical Regions of Tamil Nadu, India / J. Soosai Raj, A. Mayavel, V.N. Mutharaian and A. Nicodemus Biochemical Characterization of Wood Lignin of Hevea brasiliensis / S. Pramod, C.P. Reghu and K.S. Rao Part II Wood Protection Protection of Wood: A Global Perspective on the Future / Jeffrey J. Morrell Conveyor Belt Pressure Impregnation of Wood / Peter Vinden, Grigori Torgovnikov and Anil K. Sethy Natural Resistance of Imported Timbers Against Termites and Fungi in Indian Condition—A Comparison / Rashmi Ramesh Shanbhag, R. Sundararaj, H.C. Nagaveni, G. Vijayalakshmi and B. Lingappa Enhancing Photostability of Wood Coatings Using Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles / Kavyashree Srinivas and Krishna K. Pandey Screening of Oils of Pongamia pinnata Linn., Jatropha curcas Linn. and Simarouba glauca D.C. for Developing Eco-Friendly Wood Preservatives / D. Venmalar Fungal Inhibition in Wood Treated with Lantana camara L. Extract / Heena Gupta, Kulwant Rai Sharma and J.N. Sharma Powderpost Beetle Menace in Wooden Handicraft Industries and Their Management / Raja Muthukrishnan and O.K. Remadevi Effect of Thermal Modification on Physical Properties of Bambusa nutans / Kiran Ghadge and Krishna K. Pandey Part III Wood-Based Composites Micromechanics of Cellulose Fibres and Their Composites / Ramesh Babu Adusumalli, Karthik Chethan Venkateshan and Wolfgang Gindl-Altmutter Adhesives of Bio-origin for Wood Composites / D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath and B.S. Mamatha Experimental and Numerical Modeling of Hemp–Polyester Composites / D.S. Chethan, G.S. Venkatesh, Gunti Ranga Srinivas and C.S. Vinod Kumar Lantana Fiber-Filled Polypropylene Composite / Amey Kale, N. Raghu, Shakti S. Chauhan and Pankaj Aggarwal Development of Fire Retardant Wood Composite Using Amino Resin / B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath, D.N. Uday and Anand Nandanwar Study on Utilization of Plantation-Grown Timber Species Grevillea robusta (Silver Oak) for Medium-Density Fibre Board / D.N. Uday, B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha and V. Prakash Suitability of Mixed Species of Bamboo (Bambusa polymorpha and Bambusa tulda) for Medium-Density Particle Board / Amit Ashok Mahadik, Anil Negi and Amey Pravin Awale Part IV Wood Utilization Pattern A Comparative Assessment of Autoclave and Microwave-Assisted Peroxometal Complex in Delignification of Wood Biomass for Enhanced Sugar Production / Pradeep Verma and Venkatesh Chaturvedi Yield Evaluation of Oyster Mushroom on Dust Waste of Some Common Timber Species / C. Sneha and Minnu Tomy Study on Fuel Properties of Important Biomass Briquetting Feedstocks in India / Ritesh Kumar, M. Srinivasa Rao, R. Ezhumalai and R. Tailor Study on Chemical, Elemental and Gasification Characteristics of Lantana camara Wood / R. Ezhumalai and Ritesh Kumar Search for Future Fuels—Pathway Points to a ‘Boring’ Process / L.N. Santhakumaran Wood Use in India—Readying for that Elusive Renaissance? / K. Satyanarayana Rao Part V Wood and Climate Change Wood is Good for REDD+! / Ederson A. Zanetti How Good is Wood? Facts and Myths Regarding Wood as a Green Building Material / Arijit Sinha Carbon Sequestration by Bamboo Farming on Marginal Land and Sustainable Use of Wood Waste for Bioenergy: Case Studies from Abellon Clean Energy / Beena Patel, Bharat Gami and Pankaj Patel Use Wood—Combat Climate Change / S.K. Nath Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: 9789462392076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first comprehensive overview and evaluation of the origins, history and current size and condition of all of Iceland's major glaciers (including Vatnajökull, the largest in Europe) at the beginning of the twenty-first century. It is not only illustrated with many beautiful photographs and graphs of recent statistics and scientific data, but is also a collection of historical writings and drawings from annals, sagas, folk tales, diaries, reports, stories and poems, as it presents a unique approach to the study of glaciers on an island in the North Atlantic.Balancing and comparing the world of man with the world of nature, the perceptions of art and culture with the systematic and pragmatic analyses of science, The Glaciers of Iceland present a wide spectrum of readers with a new and stimulating view of the origins, development and possible future of these massive natural phenomena, as well as the study and role of glaciology, within specific time lines and geographical locations. Icelandic glaciers the author argues could prove essential for understanding the current unsettling progress of global warming. The glaciers of Iceland, therefore, aims at presenting to a wide readership an original, historical, cultural and scientific overview of these geophysical features in Iceland while also suggesting increasingly important lessons and models for man's future interaction with the world's glaciers as a whole.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 613 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9789462392076 , 978-94-6239-207-6
    ISSN: 2543-0327 , 2543-0335
    Series Statement: Atlantis advances in quaternary science volume 2
    Uniform Title: Jöklar á Islandi
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Origins and History of Glaciers and Glaciology 1 Origins and Nature of Glaciers 2 Reading the Landscape 3 Iceland 4 History of Glaciology in Iceland Part II The Glaciers of Iceland 5 Glaciers of Southern Iceland 6 Glaciers of the Central Highlands 7 Glaciers of Northern and Western Iceland 8 Vatnajökull and Glaciers of Eastern Iceland Appendix Afterword
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    facet.materialart.12
    [New Delhi] : Springer
    Call number: 9788132227076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book presents recent research on marine ecology in different parts of the world. It aims to shed light on relevant topics for budding marine ecologists. The “blue soup” of Planet Earth, which comprises both biotic and abiotic components, is essential to keeping the wheel of civilization running. Four major ecosystem service categories have been identified within this context, namely provisioning services such as water, food, mangrove timber, honey, fish, wax, fuel wood, fodder and bioactive compounds from marine and estuarine flora and fauna; regulating services such as the regulation of climate, coastal erosion, coral bleaching and pollution;cultural services encompassing recreational (tourism), spiritual and other non-material benefits; and supporting services such as nutrient cycling and photosynthesis. These valuable services are obtained from various resources that must be conserved for the sake of humanity. This book presents data for each resource type, not just in the form of a simple description, but also through case studies that resulted from several research projec ts and pilot programs carried out in different parts of the world. Statistical tools were also used to critically analyze the influence of relevant hydrological parameters on the biotic community. Advanced research in marine and estuarine ecology is based on the use of sophisticated instruments, sampling precision, statistical tools, etc., which have also been highlighted in the book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 481 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9788132227076 , 978-81-322-2707-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Marine Ecosystem: An Overview 1.1 Benthic Compartment 1.1.1 Supralittoral Zone 1.1.2 Eulittoral Zone 1.1.3 Sublittoral Zone 1.1.4 Continental Shelf 1.1.5 Continental Slope 1.1.6 Bathyal Zone 1.1.7 Abyssal Plains 1.1.8 Hadal Zone 1.2 Aquatic Compartment 1.2.1 Classification on the Basis of Light Penetration 1.2.2 How to Estimate the Age of Ocean Water? 1.2.3 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Consumption Method 1.2.4 Decay Rate of 14C Method 1.2.5 90Sr Content Method 1.2.6 Hydrogen Isotope Method Brain Churners Annexure References 2 Estuarine Ecosystem: An Overview 2.1 Definition and Ecosystem Services 2.1.1 Ecosystem Services 2.2 Classification Brain Churners Annexure References 3 Physical Processes in the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 3.1 Waves and Tides 3.1.1 Tides 3.1.2 Theories Related to Tides 3.1.3 Tidal Bore and Tide in Rivers 3.2 Currents 3.2.1 Upwelling and Downwelling: Causes and Significance 3.2.2 Factors Regulating the Pattern and Distribution of Currents 3.2.3 What Happens Practically? 3.2.4 El Niño Brain Churners Annexure References 4 Abiotic Variables of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 4.1 Chemical Components 4.1.1 Spatio-temporal Variations of Salinity 4.1.2 Deep-Water Salinity 4.1.3 Conservative and Non-conservative Ions 4.1.4 Dissolved Gases in Seawater 4.1.5 Nutrients 4.2 Sediment Compartment 4.2.1 Transportation of Marine Sediments 4.2.2 Classification of Marine Sediments 4.2.3 Ooze: Definition and Type 4.2.4 Sediment Deposition: A Boon or a Curse? Brain Churners Annexure References 5 Producers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 5.1 Phytoplankton Community 5.1.1 Diatoms 5.1.2 Dinoflagellates 5.1.3 Coccolithophores 5.1.4 Blue-Green Algae 5.1.5 Green Algae 5.1.6 Classification of Phytoplankton 5.2 Macrophytes 5.2.1 Seaweed Community 5.2.2 Mangroves 5.2.3 Seagrass and Salt Marsh Grass Brain Churners Annexure References 6 Consumers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 6.1 Zooplankton Community 6.1.1 Zooplankton: Do They Maintain Uniformity in Their Life Timeline? 6.2 Vertebrate Community 6.2.1 Fishes 6.2.2 Reptiles 6.2.3 Sea Birds 6.2.4 Marine Mammals Brain Churners Annexure References 7 Decomposers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 7.1 Overview of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.1.1 Marine Organisms as Habitats of Microorganisms 7.1.2 Identification of Marine and Estuarine Microorganisms: A Molecular Genetic Approach 7.2 Importance of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.2.1 Production of Antibiotics 7.2.2 Production of Antitumour Compounds 7.2.3 Production of Enzyme 7.2.4 Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon 7.2.5 Degradation of Mangrove Litter 7.2.6 Drugs from Marine Microbes Brain Churners Annexure References 8 Adaptation of Marine and Estuarine Organisms 8.1 Adaptation of Organisms in the Intertidal Zone 8.1.1 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Rocky Shore 8.1.2 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Soft Substratum 8.2 Adaptation of Organisms Inhabiting Deep Sea 8.2.1 Morphological Adaptations 8.2.2 Biochemical Adaptations 8.2.3 Vent Communities of the Deep Sea 8.2.4 Properties of Vent Community Brain Churners Annexure References 9 Hot Spots of Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 9.1 Mangroves 9.2 Coral Reefs 9.2.1 Types of Coral Reefs 9.2.2 Coral Reef Characteristics 9.2.3 Reef Productivity Brain Churners Annexure References 10 Threats to Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 10.1 Natural Threats 10.1.1 Alteration of the Earth’s Orbit 10.1.2 Natural Oscillation of Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide 10.1.3 Volcanic Activities 10.1.4 Variations in Solar Output 10.1.5 Plate Tectonics 10.1.6 Natural Disasters and Extreme Weather Events 10.2 Anthropogenic Threats 10.2.1 Pollution 10.2.2 Aquaculture 10.2.3 Unplanned Tourism 10.2.4 Introduction of Alien Species 10.2.5 Development of Coastal Structures 10.2.6 Negative Fishing Brain Churners Annexure References 11 Conservation of Marine and Estuarine Resources 11.1 Conservation or Preservation? 11.2 Tiers for Conservation 11.2.1 Habitat Diversity 11.2.2 Community and Ecosystem Diversity 11.2.3 Functional Diversity 11.2.4 Population Diversity 11.2.5 Phyletic Diversity 11.2.6 Species Diversity 11.2.7 Genetic Diversity Brain Churners Annexure References 12 Instruments and Methods 12.1 Instruments 12.1.1 Instruments Used for Physical Oceanographic Study 12.1.2 Instruments Used for Geological Oceanographic Study 12.1.3 Instruments Used for Chemical Oceanographic Study 12.1.4 Instruments Used for Biological Oceanographic Study 12.2 Application of Satellites in Marine and Estuarine Researches Brain Churners Annexure References Erratum
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9783319249452 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the state-of-the-art of microalgae physiology and biochemistry (and the several –omics). It serves as a key reference work for those working with microalgae, whether in the lab, the field, or for commercial applications. It is aimed at new entrants into the field (i.e. PhD students) as well as experienced practitioners. It has been over 40 years since the publication of a book on algal physiology. Apart from reviews and chapters no other comprehensive book on this topic has been published. Research on microalgae has expanded enormously since then, as has the commercial exploitation of microalgae. This volume thoroughly deals with the most critical physiological and biochemical processes governing algal growth and production.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 681 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319249452 , 978-3-319-24945-2
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Algae Cell The Cell Cycle of Microalgae / Vilém Zachleder, Kateřina Bišová, and Milada Vítová Biosynthesis of the Cell Walls of the Algae / David S. Domozych Part II The Fundamental Physiological Processes Photosynthesis and Light Harvesting in Algae / Anthony W. Larkum Carbon Acquisition by Microalgae / John Beardall and John A. Raven Fundamentals and Recent Advances in Hydrogen Production and Nitrogen Fixation in Cyanobacteria / Namita Khanna, Patrícia Raleiras, and Peter Lindblad Dark Respiration and Organic Carbon Loss / John A. Raven and John Beardall Part III Nutrients and Their Acquisition Combined Nitrogen / John A. Raven and Mario Giordano Nutrients and Their Acquisition: Phosphorus Physiology in Microalgae / Sonya T. Dyhrman Sulphur and Algae: Metabolism, Ecology and Evolution / Mario Giordano and Laura Prioretti Micronutrients / Antonietta Quigg Iron / Adrian Marchetti and Maria T. Maldonado Selenium in Algae / Hiroya Araie and Yoshihiro Shiraiwa Silicification in the Microalgae / Zoe V. Finkel Calcification / Alison R. Taylor and Colin Brownlee Part IV Algae Interactions with Environment Chemically-Mediated Interactions in Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Coping with High and Variable Salinity: Molecular Aspects of Compatible Solute Accumulation / Martin Hagemann Effects of Global Change, Including UV and UV Screening Compounds / Richa, Rajeshwar P. Sinha, and Donat-P. Häder Part V Secondary Metabolites Lipid Metabolism in Microalgae / Inna Khozin-Goldberg Sterols in Microalgae / John K. Volkman Carotenoids / Einar Skarstad Egeland Exocellular Polysaccharides in Microalgae and Cyanobacteria: Chemical Features, Role and Enzymes and Genes Involved in Their Biosynthesis / Federico Rossi and Roberto De Philippis Algae Genome-Scale Reconstruction, Modelling and Applications / Cristiana G.O. Dal’Molin and Lars K. Nielsen Part VI Applications Algal Physiology and Large-Scale Outdoor Cultures of Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Part VII Systematics and Taxonomy Systematics, Taxonomy and Species Names: Do They Matter? / Michael A. Borowitzka
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: 9783319790992 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides important insights into the operating principles of plants by highlighting the relationship between structure and function. It describes the quantitative determination of structural and mechanical parameters, such as the material properties of a tissue, in correlation with specific features, such as the ability of the tissue to conduct water or withstand bending forces, which will allow advanced analysis in plant biomechanics. This knowledge enables researchers to understand the developmental changes that occur in plant organs over their life span and under the influence of environmental factors. The authors provide an overview of the state of the art of plant structure and function and how they relate to the mechanical behavior of the organism, such as the ability of plants to grow against the gravity vector or to withstand the forces of wind. They also show the sophisticated strategies employed by plants to effect organ movement and morphogenesis in the absence of muscles or cellular migration. As such, this book not only appeals to scientists currently working in plant sciences and biophysics, but also inspires future generations to pursue their own research in this area.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319790992 , 978-3-319-79099-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Organ and Tissue Mechanics Wood Cell Wall Structure and Organisation in Relation to Mechanics / Lennart Salmén Modelling, Evaluation and Biomechanical Consequences of Growth Stress Profiles Inside Tree Stems / Tancrède Alméras, Delphine Jullien and Joseph Gril Bending Stress in Plant Stems: Models and Assumptions / Christopher J. Stubbs, Navajit S. Baban, Daniel J. Robertson, Loay Alzube and Douglas D. Cook Tree Mechanics and Wind Loading / John Moore, Barry Gardiner and Damien Sellier Part II Growth, Morphogenesis and Motion The Mechanics of Leaf Growth on Large Scales / Eran Sharon and Michal Sahaf Twisting Growth in Plant Roots / Hirofumi Wada and Daichi Matsumoto Plants at Bodybuilding: Development of Plant “Muscles” / Tatyana Gorshkova, Polina Mikshina, Anna Petrova, Tatyana Chernova, Natalia Mokshina and Oleg Gorshkov Modeling Plant Morphogenesis: An Introduction / Anne-Lise Routier-Kierzkowska and Adam Runions Mechanical Conflicts in Growth Heterogeneity / Nathan Hervieux and Olivier Hamant Folding, Wrinkling, and Buckling in Plant Cell Walls / Dorota Borowska-Wykręt and Dorota Kwiatkowska Structural Principles in the Design of Hygroscopically Moving Plant Cells / Rivka Elbaum Using Modeling to Understand the Hygromechanical and Hysteretic Behavior of the S2 Cell Wall Layer of Wood / Dominique Derome, Karol Kulasinski, Chi Zhang, Mingyang Chen and Jan Carmeliet Part III Molecular Underpinnings of Cell Wall Mechanics Calcium–Pectin Chemistry and Biomechanics: Biological Background and Mathematical Modelling / Mariya Ptashnyk and Henry R. Allen Cell Wall Expansion as Viewed by the Creep Method / Dmitry Suslov and Kris Vissenberg Tensile Testing of Primary Plant Cells and Tissues / Amir J. Bidhendi and Anja Geitmann Part IV Water Transport, Mechanosensing and Biomimetics Water Motion and Sugar Translocation in Leaves / Tomas Bohr, Hanna Rademaker and Alexander Schulz Molecular Mechanisms of Mechanosensing and Mechanotransduction / Masatsugu Toyota, Takuya Furuichi and Hidetoshi Iida Biomechanics and Functional Morphology of Plants—Inspiration for Biomimetic Materials and Structures / Thomas Speck, Georg Bold, Tom Masselter, Simon Poppinga, Stefanie Schmier, Marc Thielen and Olga Speck Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: 9783319261942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book deals with the most striking landscapes and landforms of Italy. Attention is given to landform diversity and landscape evolution through time which has been controlled by very diverse geological conditions and dramatic climate changes that have characterized the Italian peninsula and islands since the end of the last glaciation. In addition, various examples of human impact on the landscape are presented. Landscapes and Landforms of Italy contains more than thirty case studies of a multitude of Italian geographical landmarks. The topics and sites described in this book range from the Alpine glaciers to the Etna and Vesuvius volcanoes, taking into account the most representative fluvial, coastal, gravity-induced, karst and structural landscapes of the country. Chapters on the geomorphological landmarks of the cities of Rome and Venice are also included. The book provides the readers with the opportunity to explore the variety of Italian landscapes and landforms through informative texts illustrated with several color maps and photos. This book will be relevant to scientists, scholars and any readers interested in geology, physical geography, geomorphology, landscape tourism, geoheritage and environmental protection
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 539 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319261942 , 978-3-319-26194-2
    ISSN: 2213-2104 , 2213-2090
    Series Statement: World geomorphological landscapes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction to the Landscapes and Landforms of Italy (Mauro Soldati) -- Part I: Physical Environment -- Chapter 2. The Great Diversity of Italian Landscapes and Landforms: Their Origin and Human Imprint (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 3. Outline of the Geology of Italy (Alfonso Bosellini) -- Chapter 4. The Climate of Italy (Simona Fratianni) -- Chapter 5. Morphological Regions of Italy (Paola Fredi) -- Part II: Landscapes and Landforms. Chapter 6. The Glaciers of the Valle d’Aosta and Piemonte Regions: Records of Present and Past Environmental and Climate Changes (Marco Giardino) -- Chapter 7. Landscapes of Northern Lombardy: From the Glacial Scenery of Upper Valtellina to the Prealpine Lacustrine Environment of Lake Como (Irene Bollati) -- Chapter 8. The Adamello-Presanella and Brenta Massifs, Central Alps: Contrasting High-mountain Landscapes and Landforms (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 9. Large Ancient Landslides in Trentino, Northeastern Alps, as Evidence of Post-glacial Dynamics (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 10. The Dolomite Landscape of the Alta Badia (Northeastern Alps): A Remarkable Record of Geological and Geomorphological History (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 11. The Vajont Valley (Eastern Alps): A Complex Landscape Deeply Marked by Landsliding (Alessandro Pasuto) -- Chapter 12. Karst Landforms in Friuli Venezia Giulia: From Alpine to Coastal Karst (Franco Cucchi) -- Chapter 13. The Tagliamento River: The Fluvial Landscape and Long-term Evolution of a Large Alpine Braided River (Nicola Surian).-Chapter 14. Lake Garda: An Outstanding Archive of Quaternary Geomorphological Evolution (Carlo Baroni) -- Chapter 15. Geomorphological Processes and Landscape Evolution of the Lagoon of Venice (Aldino Bondesan) -- Chapter16. The Po Delta Region: Depositional Evolution, Climate Change and Human Intervention Through the Last 5,000 Years (Marco Stefani) -- Chapter 17. Landscapes and Landforms Driven by Geological Structures in the Northwestern Apennines (Luisa Pellegrini) -- Chapter 18. Fingerprints of Large-scale Landslides in the Landscape of the Emilia Apennines (Giovanni Bertolini) -- Chapter 19. Mud Volcanoes in the Emilia-Romagna Apennines: Small Landforms of Outstanding Scenic and Scientific Value (Doriano Castaldini) -- Chapter 20. The Outstanding Terraced Landscape of the Cinque Terre Coastal Slopes (Eastern Liguria) (Pierluigi Brandolini) -- Chapter 21. Tuscany Hills and Valleys: Uplift, Exhumation, Valley Downcutting and Relict Landforms (Mauro Coltorti) -- Chapter 22. Landscapes and Landforms of the Duchy of Urbino in Italian Renaissance Paintings (Olivia Nesci) -- Chapter 23. Rocky Cliffs Joining Velvet Beaches: The Northern Marche Coast (Daniele Savelli) -- Chapter 24. The Typical Badlands Landscapes Between the Tyrrhenian Sea and the Tiber River (Maurizio Del Monte) -- 25. The Tuff Cities: A ‘Living Landscape’ at the Border of Volcanoes in Central Italy (Claudio Margottin) -- Chapter 26. A Route of Fire in Central Italy: The Latium Ancient Volcanoes (Paola Fredi) -- Chapter 27. Relief, Intermontane Basins and Civilization in the Umbria-Marche Apennines: Origin and Life by Geological Consent (Marta Della Seta) -- Chapter 28. The Terminillo, Gran Sasso and Majella Mountains: The ‘Old Guardians’ of the Tyrrhenian and Adriatic Seas (Tommaso Piacentini) -- Chapter 29. Aeternae Urbis Geomorphologia - Geomorphology of Rome, Aeterna Urbs (Maurizio Del Monte) -- Chapter 30. Granite Landscapes of Sardinia: Long-term Evolution of Scenic Landforms (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 31. The Coastal Dunes of Sardinia: Landscape Response to Climate and Sea Level Changes (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 32. The Terrestrial and Submarine Landscape of the Tremiti Archipelago, Adriatic Sea (Enrico Miccadei) -- Chapter 33. Vesuvius and Campi Flegrei: Volcanic History, Landforms and Impact on Settlements (Pietro P.C. Aucelli) -- Chapter 34. Sorrento Peninsula and Amalfi Coast: The Long-term History of an Enchanting Promontory (Aldo Cinque) -- Chapter 35. The Coastal Landscape of Cilento (Southern Italy): A challenge for Protection and Tourism Valorisation (Alessio Valente) -- Chapter 36. The Salento Peninsula (Apulia, Southern Italy): A Water-shaped Landscape Without Rivers (Giuseppe Mastronuzzi) -- Chapter 37. The Landscape of the Aspromonte Massif: A Geomorphological Open-air Laboratory (Gaetano Robustelli) -- Chapter 38. Volcanic Landforms and Landscapes of the Aeolian Islands (Southern Tyrrhenian Sea, Sicily): Implications for Hazard Evaluation (Federico Lucchi) -- Chapter 39. Geomorphology of the Capo San Vito Peninsula (NW Sicily): An Example of Tectonically and Climatically Controlled Landscape (Valerio Agnesi) -- Chapter 40. Landforms and Landscapes of Mount Etna (Sicily): Relationships Between a Volcano, its Environment and Human Activity (Stefano Branca) -- Chapter 41. Pantelleria Island (Strait of Sicily): Volcanic History and Geomorphological Landscape (Silvio G. Rotolo) -- Part III: Geoheritage -- Chapter 42. Geoheritage in Italy (Maria Cristina Giovagnoli) -- Chapter 43. Geomorphodiversity in Italy: Examples from the Dolomites, Northern Apennines and Vesuvius (Mario Panizza) -- Chapter 44. Goethe’s Italian Journey and the Geological Landscape (Paola Coratza) -- Chapter 45. Wine Landscapes of Italy (Vincenzo Amato) -- Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: 9783319601878 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The purpose of this textbook is to enable a Neuroscientist to discuss the structure and functions of the brain at a level appropriate for students at many levels of study including undergraduate, graduate, dental or medical school level. It is truer in neurology than in any other system of medicine that a firm knowledge of basic science material, that is, the anatomy, physiology and pathology of the nervous system, enables one to readily arrive at the diagnosis of where the disease process is located and to apply their knowledge at solving problems in clinical situations. The authors have a long experience in teaching neuroscience courses at the first or second year level to medical and dental students and to residents in which clinical information and clinical problem solving are integral to the course.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 689 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 9783319601878 , 978-3-319-60187-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to the Central Nervous System 1 Introduction to the Central Nervous System 1.1 The Neuron 1.2 The Nervous System 1.2.1 Peripheral Nervous System (Fig. 1.3) 1.2.2 Central Nervous System Bibliography 2 Neurocytology: Cells of the CNS 2.1 The Neuron 2.1.1 Dendrites 2.1.2 Soma 2.1.3 Golgi Type I and II Neurons 2.1.4 Dendritic Spines (Fig. 2.2) 2.1.5 Nucleus 2.1.6 Neuronal Cytoskeleton 2.1.7 Microtubules and Axoplasmic Flow 2.1.8 Neurofibrillary Tangles 2.2 Synapse 2.2.1 Synaptic Structure 2.2.2 Synaptic Types 2.2.3 Synaptic Transmission 2.2.4 Neurotransmitters (Table 2.3) 2.2.5 Modulators of Neurotransmission 2.2.6 Synaptic Vesicles (Fig. 2.16) (Table 2.4) 2.2.7 Effectors and Receptors 2.3 Supporting Cells of the Central Nervous System 2.3.1 Astrocytes (Figs. 2.6 and 2.14; Table 2.7) 2.3.2 Oligodendrocytes (Fig. 2.9) 2.3.3 Endothelial Cells 2.3.4 Mononuclear Cells: Monocytes and Microglia 2.3.5 Ependymal Cells (Fig. 2.20) 2.3.6 Supporting Cells in the Peripheral Nervous System 2.4 Response of the Nervous System to Injury 2.4.1 Degeneration 2.5 Regeneration 2.5.1 Peripheral Nerve Regeneration 2.5.2 Regeneration in the Central Nervous System 2.5.3 Neurogenesis in the Adult Brain Stem 2.5.4 Nerve Growth Factors (NGF) 2.5.5 Glial Response to Injury 2.6 Blood–Brain Barrier 2.6.1 Blood–Brain Barrier (Fig. 2.24) 2.6.2 Extracellular Space Specific References 3 Neuroembryology and Congenital Malformations 3.1 Formation of the Central Nervous System 3.2 Histogenesis 3.2.1 Repair of Damaged Nervous System 3.2.2 Growth Cone Guidance 3.2.3 Programmed Cell Death (PCD): Apoptosis 3.2.4 Neuronal Death 3.2.5 Development of Blood Vessels in the Brain 3.2.6 Ventricular System 3.2.7 Formation of Peripheral Nervous System 3.2.8 Spinal Cord Differentiation 3.3 Brain Differentiation 3.3.1 Rhombencephalon (Hindbrain) 〉 Pons, Medulla, and Cerebellum 3.3.2 Mesencephalon 〉 Adult Midbrain 3.3.3 Prosencephalon 〉 Cerebral Hemispheres and Diencephalon 3.3.4 Diencephalon 3.3.5 Cranial Nerves 3.3.6 Telencephalon 3.3.7 Primary Sulci 3.3.8 Development of the Cerebral Cortex 3.4 Prenatal Development of the Cerebral Cortex 3.5 Changes in the Cortical Architecture as a Function of Postnatal Age 3.6 Abnormal Development 3.6.1 Malformations Resulting from Abnormalities in Growth and Migration with Incomplete Development of the Brain 3.6.2 Genetically Linked Migration Disorders 3.6.3 Environmentally Induced Migration Disorder: Fetal Alcohol Syndrome 3.6.4 Malformations Resulting from Chromosomal Trisomy and Translocation 3.6.5 Malformations Resulting from Defective Fusion of Dorsal Structures 3.6.6 Malformations Characterized by Excessive Growth of Ectodermal and Mesodermal Tissue Affecting the Skin, Nervous System, and Other Tissues 3.6.7 Cutaneous Angiomatosis with Associated Malformations of the Central Nervous System 3.6.8 Malformations Resulting from Abnormalities in the Ventricular System Bibliography 4 Spinal Cord 4.1 Gross Anatomy 4.1.1 Spinal Cord: Structure and Function 4.1.2 Nerve Roots 4.1.3 Gray Matter 4.2 Interneurons 4.3 Central Pattern Generators 4.4 Segmental Function 4.4.1 Motor/Ventral Horn Cells 4.4.2 Sensory Receptors 4.4.3 Stretch Receptors 4.5 Nociception and Pain 4.5.1 Modulation of Pain Transmission 4.6 White Matter Tracts 4.6.1 Descending Tracts in the Spinal Cord 4.6.2 Ascending Tracts in the Spinal Cord 4.6.3 The Anterolateral Pathway 4.7 Upper and Lower Motor Neurons Lesions 4.7.1 Upper Motor Neuron Lesion (UMN) 4.7.2 Lower Motor Neuron Lesion 4.8 Illustrative Spinal Cord Case Histories 4.9 Illustrative Non-spinal Cord Cases with Involvement of Specific Peripheral Nerves: Case Histories 4.8–4.10 4.10 Carpal Tunnel Syndrome Bibliography 5 Brain Stem: Gross Anatomy 5.1 Gross Anatomical Divisions 5.1.1 Sites of Transition 5.2 Relationship of Regions in the Brain to the Ventricular System: Fig. 5.2 5.3 Gross Anatomy of Brain Stem and Diencephalon 5.3.1 Anterior Surface of Gross Brain Stem: Fig. 5.3 5.3.2 Posterior Surface of Brain Stem and Diencephalon: Fig. 5.4 5.4 Arterial Blood Supply to the Brain Stem and Diencephalon (Fig. 5.5) 5.4.1 Medulla 5.4.2 Pons 5.4.3 Midbrain 5.4.4 Diencephalon Bibliography 6 Brain Stem Functional Localization 6.1 Introduction to the Brain Stem 6.2 Differences Between the Spinal Cord and Brain Stem 6.3 Functional Localization in Brain Stem Coronal Sections and an Atlas of the Brain Stem 6.3.1 Medulla 6.3.2 Pons-Blood Supply: Basilar Artery and Its Branches 6.3.3 Midbrain Blood Supply: Basila Arrteraynd Posterio Crerebral Arteries 6.4 Midbrain Tectum 6.5 Midbrain Tegmentum 6.6 Superior Colliculus 6.6.1 Midbrain Tegmentum 6.6.2 Blood Supply: Posterior Cerebral Arteries 6.7 Superior Colliculus Tectum 6.8 Superior Colliculus Tegmentum 6.8.1 Superior ColliculusVentricular Zone 6.9 Functional Centers in the Brain Stem 6.9.1 Reticular Formation 6.9.2 Respiration Centers 6.9.3 Cardiovascular Centers 6.9.4 Deglutition 6.9.5 Vomiting 6.9.6 Emetic Center 6.9.7 Coughing 6.9.8 Taste 6.10 Localiozation of Dysfunction in the Cranial Nerves Associated with the Eye (Table 6.8) 6.11 Localization of Disease Processes in the Brain Stem 6.11.1 Exercise to Identify the Tracts and Nuclei in the Brain Stem (Figs. 6.10–6.14) Bibliography 7 The Cranial Nerves 7.1 How the Cranial Nerves Got Their Numbers 7.2 Functional Organization of Cranial Nerves 7.3 The Individual Cranial Nerves 7.3.1 Cranial Nerve I, Olfactory (Fig. 7.4), Special Sensory/Special Visceral Afferent 7.3.2 Cranial Nerve II, Optic (Fig. 7.5), Special Somatic Sensory 7.3.3 Cranial Nerve III, Oculomotor (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor (Somatic and Parasympathetic, Only III) 7.3.4 Cranial Nerve IV, Trochlear (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor 7.3.5 Cranial Nerve VI, Abducens (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor 7.3.6 Cranial Nerve V, Trigeminal (Fig. 7.7), Mixed Nerve (Sensory and Motor but No Parasympathetic) 7.3.7 Cranial Nerve VII, Facial (Fig. 7.8), Mixed Nerve (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic) 7.3.8 Cranial Nerve VIII, Vestibulocochlear (Fig. 7.9), Pure Special Somatic Sensory 7.4 Auditory Pathway 7.4.1 Cranial Nerve IX, Glossopharyngeal (Fig. 7.13), Mixed (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic): Nerve to Third Pharyngeal Arch 7.4.2 Cranial Nerve X, Vagus (Fig. 7.14), Mixed (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic), and Longest Cranial Nerve 7.4.3 Cranial Nerve XI, Spinal Accessory (Fig. 7.15), Pure Motor: Somatic and Visceral 7.4.4 Cranial Nerve XII, Hypoglossal (Fig. 7.16): Pure Motor Nerve 7.5 Cranial Nerve Dysfunction 7.6 Cranial Nerve Case Histories Bibliography 8 Diencephalon 8.1 Overview 8.2 Functional Organization of Thalamic Nuclei (Table 8.1) 8.2.1 Sensory and Motor Relay Nuclei: The Ventrobasal Complex and Lateral Nucleus 8.2.2 Limbic Nuclei: The Anterior, Medial, Lateral Dorsal, Midline, and Intralaminar Nuclei (Fig. 8.4) 8.2.3 Specific Associational: Polymodal/Somatic Nuclei, the Pulvinar Nuclei (Fig. 8.5) 8.2.4 Special Somatic Sensory Nuclei: Vision and Audition, the Lateral Geniculate and Medial Geniculate Nuclei of the Metathalamus (Fig. 8.5): The Special Somatic Sensory Cranial Nerves Are Cranial Nerves II and VIII 8.2.5 Nonspecific Associational 8.3 White Matter of the Diencephalon 8.4 Relationship Between the Thalamus and the Cerebral Cortex (Figs. 8.7 and 8.8) 8.5 Subthalamus (Fig. 8.3) 8.6 Thalamic Atlas Figs. 8.10, 8.11, and 8.12 8.7 Level: Midbrain, Diencephalic Junction (Fig. 8.10) 8.8 Level: Midthalamus (Fig. 8.11) 8.9 Level: Anterior Tubercle of Thalamus (Fig. 8.12) Bibliography 9 Hypothalamus, Neuroendocrine System, and Autonomic Nervous System 9.1 Hypothalamus 9.1.1 Hypothalamic Nuclei 9.1.2 Afferent Pathways 9.1.3 Efferent Pathways (Fig. 9.6) 9.1.4 Functional Stability 9.2 Neuroendocrine System, the Hypothalamus, and Its Relation to the Hypophysis 9.2.1 Hypophysis Cerebri 9.2.2 Hypothalamic–Hypophyseal Portal System 9.2.3 Hypophysiotrophic Area 9.2.4 Hormones Produced by Hypothalamus 9.2.5 Hormones Produced in Adenohypophysis (Fig. 9.12) 9.2.6 Case 9.1 9.2.7 Hypothalamus and the Autono
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: 9783319474298 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This compelling volume provides a broad and accessible overview on the rapidly developing field of social neuroscience. A major goal of the volume is to integrate research findings on the neural basis of social behavior across different levels of analysis from rodent studies on molecular neurobiology to behavioral neuroscience to fMRI imaging data on human social behavior.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 429 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319474298 , 978-3-319-47429-8
    ISSN: 1866-3389 , 1866-3370
    Series Statement: Current topics in behavioral neurosciences volume 30
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Social Behavior in Rodents Conspecific Interactions in Adult Laboratory Rodents: Friends or Foes? / Michael Lukas and Trynke R. de Jong Recognizing Others: Rodent’s Social Memories / Judith Camats Perna and Mario Engelmann Social Odors: Alarm Pheromones and Social Buffering / Yasushi Kiyokawa Acoustic Communication in Rats: Effects of Social Experiences on Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Socio-affective Signals / Markus Wöhr, K. Alexander Engelhardt, Dominik Seffer, A. Özge Sungur and Rainer K.W. Schwarting From Play to Aggression: High-Frequency 50-kHz Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Play and Appeasement Signals in Rats / Theresa M. Kisko, Markus Wöhr, Vivien C. Pellis and Sergio M. Pellis The Psycho-Neurology of Cross-Species Affective/Social Neuroscience: Understanding Animal Affective States as a Guide to Development of Novel Psychiatric Treatments / Jaak Panksepp Social Reward and Empathy as Proximal Contributions to Altruism: The Camaraderie Effect / Garet P. Lahvis A Social Reinforcement Learning Hypothesis of Mutual Reward Preferences in Rats / Julen Hernandez-Lallement, Marijn van Wingerden, Sandra Schäble and Tobias Kalenscher Part II Social Behavior in Humans A Plea for Cross-species Social Neuroscience / Christian Keysers and Valeria Gazzola Models, Mechanisms and Moderators Dissociating Empathy and Theory of Mind / Philipp Kanske, Anne Böckler and Tania Singer Reward: From Basic Reinforcers to Anticipation of Social Cues / Lena Rademacher, Martin Schulte-Rüther, Bernd Hanewald and Sarah Lammertz Human Cooperation and Its Underlying Mechanisms / Sabrina Strang and Soyoung Q. Park The Social Neuroscience of Interpersonal Emotions / Laura Müller-Pinzler, Sören Krach, Ulrike M. Krämer and Frieder M. Paulus Deconstructing Anger in the Human Brain Gadi Gilam and Talma Hendler On the Control of Social Approach–Avoidance Behavior: Neural and Endocrine Mechanisms / Reinoud Kaldewaij, Saskia B.J. Koch, Inge Volman, Ivan Toni and Karin Roelofs Mapping Social Interactions: The Science of Proxemics / Cade McCall Part III Clinical Implications Genetic Animal Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Jan C. Schroeder, Dominik Reim, Tobias M. Boeckers and Michael J. Schmeisser Treatment Approaches in Rodent Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Susanna Pietropaolo, Wim E. Crusio and Francesca R. D’amato Neuroimaging-Based Phenotyping of the Autism Spectrum / Boris C. Bernhardt, Adriana Di Martino, Sofie L. Valk and Gregory L. Wallace Current Practice and Future Avenues in Autism Therapy / L. Poustka and I. Kamp-Becker The Social Context Network Model in Psychiatric and Neurological Diseases / Sandra Baez, Adolfo M. García and Agustín Ibanez Social-Cognitive Deficits in Schizophrenia Daniela Mier and Peter Kirsch The Programming of the Social Brain by Stress During Childhood and Adolescence: From Rodents to Humans / Stamatina Tzanoulinou and Carmen Sandi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: 9783319650586 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This edited collection of works by leading climate scientists and philosophers introduces readers to issues in the foundations, evaluation, confirmation, and application of climate models. It engages with important topics directly affecting public policy, including the role of doubt, the use of satellite data, and the robustness of models. Climate Modelling provides an early and significant contribution to the burgeoning Philosophy of Climate Science field that will help to shape our understanding of these topics in both philosophy and the wider scientific context. It offers insight into the reasons we should believe what climate models say about the world but addresses the issues that inform how reliable and well-confirmed these models are. This book will be of interest to students of climate science, philosophy of science, and of particular relevance to policy makers who depend on the models that forecast future states of the climate and ocean in order to make public policy decisions.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxiii, 497 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319650586 , 978-3-319-65058-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Elisabeth A. Lloyd and Eric Winsberg Part I Confirmation and Evidence 2 The Scientific Consensus on Climate Change: How DoWe Know We’re Not Wrong? / Naomi Oreskes 3 Satellite Data and Climate Models / Elisabeth A. Lloyd 4 Fact Sheet for “Consistency of Modeled and ObservedTemperature Trends in the Tropical Troposphere” / Ben Santer, Peter Thorne, Leo Haimberger, Karl Taylor, Tom Wigley, John Lanzante, Susan Solomon, Melissa Free, Peter Gleckler, Phil Jones, Tom Karl, Steve Klein, Carl Mears, Doug Nychka, Gavin Schmidt, Steve Sherwood, and Frank Wentz 5 Consistency of Modeled and Observed TemperatureTrends in the Tropical Troposphere / B.D. Santer, P.W. Thorne, L. Haimberger, K.E. Taylor, T.M.L. Wigley, J.R. Lanzante, S.Solomon, M. Free, P.J. Gleckler, P.D. Jones, T.R. Karl, S.A. Klein, C. Mears, D. Nychka, G.A. Schmidt, S.C. Sherwood, and F.J. Wentz 6 The Role of “Complex” Empiricism in the Debates About Satellite Data and Climate Models / Elisabeth A. Lloyd 7 Reconciling Climate Model/Data Discrepancies: The Case of the ‘Trees That Didn’t Bark’ / Michael E. Mann 8 Downscaling of Climate Information / L.O. Mearns, M. Bukovsky, S.C. Pryor, and V. Magaña Part II Uncertainties and Robustness 9 The Significance of Robust Climate Projections / Wendy S. Parker 10 Building Trust, Removing Doubt? Robustness Analysis and Climate Modeling / Jay Odenbaugh Part III Climate Models as Guides to Policy 11 Climate Model Confirmation: From Philosophy to Predicting Climate in the Real World / Reto Knutti 12 Uncertainty in Climate Science and Climate Policy / Jonathan Rougier and Michel Crucifix 13 Communicating Uncertainty to Policymakers: The Ineliminable Role of Values / Eric Winsberg 14 Modeling Climate Policies: The Social Cost of Carbon and Uncertainties in Climate Predictions / Mathias Frisch 15 Modeling Mitigation and Adaptation Policies to Predict Their Effectiveness: The Limits of Randomized Controlled Trials / Alexandre Marcellesi and Nancy Cartwright Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 978331956354 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents all Malacostracan crustaceans occurring in the Baltic Sea in water salinity from 2 to 15 psu. The Baltic sea is very special due to its low salinity and characteristic fauna. For each of the 58 species the systematic position, the origin and distribution in European waters are given, and the environmental preferences, the role in the food web and human economy described. The book describes the history of Baltic sea and the occurrence of crustaceans in its history against the terms of hydrological conditions, explaining why in the Baltic sea only part of all marine crustaceans occur. The book is richly illustrated with photographs and beautiful pictures of animals specifically prepared for this book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 199 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karte
    ISBN: 9783319563541 , 978-3-319-56354-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Crustaceans in the History of the Baltic Sea 2 The Baltic Sea: A Living Environment 2.1 Salinity 2.2 Temperature 2.3 Stagnation 2.4 Oxygenation 2.5 Bottom Sediments 2.6 The Impact of Human Activities 3 The Szczecin Lagoon and Pomeranian Bay 4 The Gulf of Gdan´ sk and Vistula Lagoon 5 The Gulf of Riga 6 The Gulf of Finland 7 The Gulf of Bothnia 8 General Characteristics of Malacostraca 9 Species Accounts 9.1 Mysidacea 9.1.1 Mysis mixta 9.1.2 Mysis relicta 9.1.3 Neomysis integer 9.1.4 Hemimysis anomala 9.1.5 Praunus flexuosus 9.1.6 Praunus inermis 9.2 Cumacea 9.2.1 Diastylis rathkei 9.3 Tanaidacea 9.3.1 Heterotanais oerstedi 9.4 Isopoda 9.4.1 Saduria entomon 9.4.2 Idotea chelipes 9.4.3 Idotea balthica 9.4.4 Idotea granulosa 9.4.5 Jaera albifrons 9.4.6 Jaera ischiosetosa 9.4.7 Jaera syei 9.4.8 Jaera praehirsuta 9.4.9 Lekanesphaera hookeri 9.4.10 Lekanesphaera rugicauda 9.4.11 Eurydice pulchra 9.4.12 Cyathura carinata 9.4.13 Asellus aquaticus aquaticus 9.5 Amphipoda 9.5.1 Hyperia galba 9.5.2 Gammarus locusta 9.5.3 Gammarus duebeni 9.5.4 Gammarus zaddachi 9.5.5 Gammarus oceanicus 9.5.6 Gammarus inequicauda 9.5.7 Gammarus salinus 9.5.8 Gammarus tigrinus 9.5.9 Pontogammarus robustoides 9.5.10 Obesogammarus crassus 9.5.11 Dikerogammarus haemobaphes 9.5.12 Dikerogammarus villosus 9.5.13 Chaetogammarus ischnus 9.5.14 Chaetogammarus stoerensis 9.5.15 Calliopius laeviusculus 9.5.16 Melita palmata 9.5.17 Melita nitida 9.5.18 Monoporeia affinis 9.5.19 Pontoporeia femorata 9.5.20 Bathyporeia pilosa 9.5.21 Leptocheirus pilosus 9.5.22 Talitrus saltator 9.5.23 Talorchestia deshayesii 9.5.24 Orchestia cavimana 9.5.25 Platorchestia platensis 9.5.26 Corophium crassicorne 9.5.27 Corophium lacustre 9.5.28 Corophium volutator 9.5.29 Corophium multisetosum 9.5.30 Chelicorophium curvispinum 9.5.31 Dyopedos monacanthus 9.6 Decapoda 9.6.1 Crangon crangon 9.6.2 Palaemon adspersus 9.6.3 Palaemon elegans 9.6.4 Palaemon macrodactylus 9.6.5 Palaemonetes varians 9.6.6 Rhithropanopeus harrisii 9.6.7 Eriocheir sinensis 9.6.8 Carcinus maenas 9.6.9 Orconectes limosus 9.6.10 Pacifastacus leniusculus Further Reading 10 Non-native Crustaceans 11 Function and Importance of Crustaceans Glossary Literature
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: 9783319578224 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume presents a collection of contributions that were published in "Pure and Applied Geophysics - pageoph" and which deals with the major earthquake that hit Illapel, Chile on September 16, 2015 with magnitude 8.3, and associated trans-oceanic tsunami. The subducting Nazca plate beneath the Andes caused this major earthquake, generating strong shaking, permanent deformation, free oscillations of the Earth, and tsunamis. This event occurred in the flat-angle subducting segment of the plate.The generated tsunami spread throughout the entire Pacific Ocean and was recorded by numerous coastal tide gauges and open-ocean DART stations. All articles give an up-to-date account of research in one of the most active seismic zones worldwide. An introductory article by Kenji Satake rounds this collection off.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 335 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: previously published in Pure and Applied Geophysics (PAGEOPH)
    ISBN: 9783319578224 , 978-3-319-57822-4
    ISSN: 2504-3625 , 2504-3633
    Series Statement: Pageoph topical volumes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface A Review of Source Models of the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake and Insights from Tsunami Data / Kenji Satake and Mohammad Heidarzadeh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1450-5 Rapidly Estimated Seismic Source Parameters for the 16 September 2015 Illapel, Chile Mw 8 3 Earthquake / Lingling Ye, Thorne Lay, Hiroo Kanamori and Keith D. Koper, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1202-y Rupture Process During the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake: Zigzag-Along-Dip Rupture Episodes / Ryo Okuwaki, Yuji Yagi, Rafael Aránguiz, Juan González and Gabriel González, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1271-6 Imaging Rupture Process of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake Using the US Seismic Array / Bo Li and Abhijit Ghosh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1323-y Interseismic Coupling, Megathrust Earthquakes and Seismic Swarms Along the Chilean Subduction Zone (38°–18°S) / M. Métois, C. Vigny and A. Socquet, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1280-5 Low-Frequency Centroid Moment Tensor Inversion of the 2015 Illapel Earthquake from Superconducting-Gravimeter Data / Eliška Zábranová and Ctirad Matyska, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1252-9 Coseismic Fault Slip of the September 16, 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel, Chile Earthquake Estimated from InSAR Data / Yingfeng Zhang, Guohong Zhang, Eric A. Hetland, Xinjian Shan, Shaoyan Wen and Ronghu Zuo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1266-3 Analysis of the Illapel Mw = 8 3 Thrust Earthquake Rupture Zone Using GOCE-Derived Gradients / Orlando Álvarez, Agustina Pesce, Mario Gimenez, Andres Folguera, Santiago Soler and Wenjin Chen, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1376-y Chile2015: Lévy Flight and Long-Range Correlation Analysis of Earthquake Magnitudes in Chile / Maria P. Beccar-Varela, Hector Gonzalez-Huizar, Maria C. Mariani, Laura F. Serpa and Osei K. Tweneboah, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1334-8 Time-Based Network Analysis Before and After the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake 2015 Chile / Denisse Pastén, Felipe Torres, Benjamín Toledo, Víctor Muñoz, José Rogan and Juan Alejandro Valdivia, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1335-7 Chilean Earthquakes: Aquifer Responses at the Russian Platform / Alina Besedina, Evgeny Vinogradov, Ella Gorbunova and Igor Svintsov, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1256-5 Ionospheric Plasma Response to Mw 8 3 Chile Illapel Earthquake on September 16, 2015 / C. D. Reddy, Mahesh N. Shrivastava, Gopi K. Seemala, Gabriel González and Juan Carlos Baez, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1282-3 Remote Sensing of Atmospheric and Ionospheric Signals Prior to the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake, Chile 2015 / Mohammad Reza Mansouri Daneshvar and Friedemann T. Freund, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1366-0 Chile2015: Induced Magnetic Fields on the Z Component by Tsunami Wave Propagation / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat and M. T. A. H. Muella, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1279-y First Report on Seismogenic Magnetic Disturbances over Brazilian Sector / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat, M. T. A. H. Muella and P. R. Fagundes, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1455-0 The 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami from the Post-Tsunami Survey and Numerical Modeling Perspectives / Rafael Aránguiz, Gabriel González, Juan González, Patricio A. Catalán, Rodrigo Cienfuegos, Yuji Yagi, Ryo Okuwaki, Luisa Urra, Karla Contreras, Ian Del Rio and Camilo Rojas, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1225-4 Field Survey of the 2015 Chile Tsunami with Emphasis on Coastal Wetland and Conservation Areas / Manuel Contreras-López, Patricio Winckler, Ignacio Sepúlveda, Adolfo Andaur-Álvarez, Fernanda Cortés-Molina, Camila J. Guerrero, Cyntia E. Mizobe, Felipe Igualt, Wolfgang Breuer, José F. Beyá, Hernán Vergara and Rodrigo Figueroa-Sterquel, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1235-2 A Study of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake and Tsunami: Numerical and Analytical Approaches / Mauricio Fuentes, Sebastián Riquelme, Gavin Hayes, Miguel Medina, Diego Melgar, Gabriel Vargas, José González and Angelo Villalobos, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1305-0 Real-Time Assessment of the 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami and Implications for Near-Field Forecast / Liujuan Tang, Vasily V. Titov, Christopher Moore and Yong Wei, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1226-3 . Comparison Between Tsunami Signals Generated by Different Source Models and the Observed Data of the Illapel 2015 Earthquake / Ignacia Calisto, Matthew Miller and Iván Constanzo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1253-8 Tsunami Characteristics Along the Peru–Chile Trench: Analysis of the 2015 Mw8 3 Illapel, the 2014 Mw8 2 Iquique and the 2010 Mw8 8 Maule Tsunamis in the Near-field / R. Omira, M. A. Baptista and F. Lisboa, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1277-0 Tsunami Penetration in Tidal Rivers, with Observations of the Chile 2015 Tsunami in Rivers in Japan / Elena Tolkova, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1229-0
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: AWI G6-23-95368
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 1004 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780891189602 , 978-0-891-18960-2 , 0891189602
    ISSN: 2163-5804 , 1047-4986
    Series Statement: Soil Science Society of America book series 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Preface Contributors Chapter 1 Issues of Sampling Design in Wetlands / Monica Rivas Casado, Ron Corstanje, Pat Bellamy, and Ben Marchant DESIGN-BASED SAMPLING APPROACHES MODEL-BASED SAMPLING APPROACHES Chapter 2 Soil and Sediment Sampling of Inundated Environments / Todd Z. Osborne and R.D. DeLaune SAMPLING IN INUNDATED ENVIRONMENTS: SAMPLING PLAN AND GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS SAMPLING METHODS FOR INUNDATION DEPTHS LESS THAN 1.5 METERS SAMPLING METHODS FOR INUNDATION DEPTHS GREATER THAN 1.5 METERS SPECIAL CONDITIONS OR CONSIDERATIONS Chapter 3 Physicochemical Characterization of Wetland Soils / K.R. Reddy, M.W. Clark, R.D. DeLaune, and M. Kongchum SOIL SAMPLING PHYSICOCHEMICAL PROPERTIES CONCLUSIONS Chapter 4 Soil Pore Water Sampling Methods / M.M. Fisher and K.R. Reddy TECHNIQUES FOR SAMPLING SOIL PORE WATER SAMPLE HANDLING CONSIDERATIONS SAMPLING PORE WATER GASES SUMMARY Chapter 5 Reduction–Oxidation Potential and Oxygen / J. Patrick Megonigal and Martin Rabenhorst REDOX POTENTIAL THEORY OXYGEN MEASUREMENT WITH DIFFUSION CHAMBERS REDOX MEASUREMENT Chapter 6 Determination of Dissolved Oxygen, Hydrogen Sulfide, Iron(II), and Manganese(II) in Wetland Pore Waters / George W. Luther III and Andrew S. Madison EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRODE FABRICATION EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF WORKING ELECTRODE CALIBRATIONS PROCEDURES FOR MICROPROFILING SUMMARY Chapter 7 Soil Redox Potential and pH Controllers / Kewei Yu and Jörg Rinklebe REDOX POTENTIAL AND pH CONTROL MODIFICATIONS AN AUTOMATED BIOGEOCHEMICAL MICROCOSM SYSTEM APPLICATIONS Chapter 8 Morphological Methods to Characterize Hydric Soils / M.J. Vepraskas EQUIPMENT METHODS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DESCRIBING HYDRIC SOILS FIELD TEST TO ASSESS SOIL MATERIAL TYPE IDENTIFYING HYDRIC SOIL FIELD INDICATORS Chapter 9 Emergent Macrophyte Biomass Production / Christopher Craft SAMPLING CONSIDERATIONS INDIRECT METHODS DIRECT METHODS EMERGING METHODS Chapter 10 Photosynthetic Measurements in Wetlands / S.R. Pezeshki OXYGEN EXCHANGE MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUE CARBON ISOTOPE TECHNIQUE MICROMETEOROLOGICAL TECHNIQUE CHLOROPHYLL FLUORESCENCE METHOD PHOTOSYNTHETIC MEASUREMENTS USING CHAMBERS SUMMARY Chapter 11 Gas Transport and Exchange through Wetland Plant Aerenchyma / Brian K. Sorrell and Hans Brix GENERAL PRINCIPLES EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES LABORATORY AND GLASSHOUSE CHAMBERS MODELING APPROACHES Chapter 12 A Primer on Sampling Plant Communities in Wetlands / Curtis J. Richardson and Ryan S. King OVERVIEW OF SAMPLING PLANT POPULATIONS AND COMMUNITIES SAMPLE SIZE PLANT SAMPLING APPROACHES RAPID ASSESSMENT APPROACHES TO ESTIMATE PLANT ABUNDANCE AND COVER PERCENTAGE PLANT SAMPLING METHODS AND CALCULATION PROCEDURES ANALYSIS OF DATA COMPARISON OF PLANT COMMUNITIES SUGGESTIONS FOR DEVELOPING A PLANT SAMPLING PROGRAM APPENDIX Chapter 13 Plant Productivity—Bottomland Hardwood Forests / William H. Conner and Julia A. Cherry ABOVEGROUND PRODUCTIVITY BELOWGROUND PRODUCTIVITY Chapter 14 Current Methods to Evaluate Net Primary Production and Carbon Budgets in Mangrove Forests / Victor H. Rivera-Monroy, Edward Castañeda-Moya, Jordan G. Barr, Vic Engel, Jose D. Fuentes, Tiffany G. Troxler, Robert R. Twilley, Steven Bouillon, Thomas J. Smith III, and Thomas L. O’Halloran CURRENT METHODS TO ESTIMATE NET PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY COMPARING MANGROVE NET PRIMARY PRODUCTION ESTIMATES TO WHOLE-FOREST CARBON FLUX MEASUREMENTS SUMMARY AND FUTURE RESEARCH DIRECTIONS APPENDIX Chapter 15 Characterization of Wetland Soil Organic Matter / Robert L. Cook and Thomas S. Bianchi SAMPLE TREATMENT AND PROCESSING SPECTROSCOPIC CHARACTERIZATION BULK ELEMENTAL AND CHEMICAL BIOMARKER ANALYSES SUMMARY Chapter 16 Dissolved Organic Matter / Robert G. Qualls EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS SAMPLE PREPARATION PROCEDURES CONCLUSIONS Chapter 17 Soil Microbial Biomass and Phospholipid Fatty Acids / Jörg Rinklebe and Uwe Langer THE SUBSTRATE-INDUCED RESPIRATION METHOD PHOSPHOLIPID FATTY ACIDS ESTIMATES OF MICROBIAL BIOMASS SUMMARY Chapter 18 Molecular Genetic Analysis of Wetland Soils / Hee-Sung Bae and Andrew V. Ogram DNA EXTRACTION QUANTITATIVE POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION BASED MOLECULAR CLONING Chapter 19 Enzyme Activities / Hojeong Kang, Seon-Young Kim, and Chris Freeman EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS SAMPLE PREPARATION PROCEDURE CALCULATION SUMMARY Chapter 20 Organic Matter Mineralization and Decomposition / Scott D. Bridgham and Rongzhong Ye LITTER DECOMPOSITION DECOMPOSITION OF STANDARD SUBSTRATES SOIL HETEROTROPHIC RESPIRATION PHOTODEGRADATION Chapter 21 Methanogenesis and Methane Oxidation in Wetland Soils / Kanika S. Inglett, Jeffery P. Chanton, and Patrick W. Inglett EXPERIMENTAL METHANE MEASUREMENTS ISOTOPIC MEASUREMENTS OF METHANE Chapter 22 Greenhouse Gas Emission by Static Chamber and Eddy Flux Methods / Kewei Yu, April Hiscox, and R.D. DeLaune STATIC CHAMBER MEASUREMENT EDDY COVARIANCE MEASUREMENT SUMMARY Chapter 23 Characterization of Organic Nitrogen in Wetlands / C.M. VanZomeren, H. Knicker, W.T. Cooper, and K.R. Reddy CHEMICAL FRACTIONATION OF SOIL ORGANIC NITROGEN CHLOROFORM FUMIGATION METHOD NUCLEAR RESONANCE SPECTROSCOPY MASS SPECTROMETRY OF ORGANIC NITROGEN CONCLUSIONS Chapter 24 Measurements of Nitrogen Mineralization Potential in Wetland Soils / Eric D. Roy and John R. White POTENTIALLY MINERALIZABLE NITROGEN SUBSTRATE-INDUCED NITROGEN MINERALIZATION LIMITATIONS SUMMARY Chapter 25 Wind Tunnel Method for Measurement of Ammonia Volatilization / M.E. Poach, K.S. Ro, and P.G. Hunt EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS SAMPLE PREPARATION PROCEDURE SAMPLE ANALYSIS CALCULATION STATISTICAL ANALYSIS QUALITY ASSURANCE SUMMARY Chapter 26 Ammonium Oxidation in Wetland Soils / K.S. Inglett, A.V. Ogram, and K.R. Reddy AEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (NITRIFICATION) ANAEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (ANAMMOX) METHODS FOR ASSESSING AEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (NITRIFICATION) METHODS FOR ASSESSING ANAEROBIC AMMONIUM OXIDATION (ANAMMOX) POTENTIAL MOLECULAR METHODS FOR ASSESSING AMMONIUM OXDIATION IN WETLAND SOILS SUMMARY Chapter 27 Denitrification Measurement Using Membrane Inlet Mass Spectrometry / Patrick W. Inglett, Todd M. Kana, and Soonmo An GENERAL PRINCIPLES EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES ISOTOPE PAIRING BY THE MIMS METHOD SUMMARY Chapter 28 Nitrate Reduction, Denitrification, and Dissimilatory Nitrate Reduction to Ammonium in Wetland Sediments / Amy J. Burgin, Stephen K. Hamilton, Wayne S. Gardner, and Mark J. McCarthy EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MATERIALS AND REAGENTS PROCEDURES SAMPLE PREPARATION CALCULATIONS Chapter 29 System-Level Denitrification Measurement Based on Dissolved Gas Equilibration Theory and Membrane Inlet Mass Spectrometry / Andrew Laursen and Patrick W. Inglett GENERAL THEORY EXPERIMENTAL PRINCIPLES CALCULATIONS DISCUSSION AND LIMITATIONS SUMMARY Chapter 30 Biogeochemical Nitrogen Cycling in Wetland Ecosystems: Nitrogen-15 Isotope Techniques / Dries Huygens, Mark Trimmer, Tobias Rütting, Christoph Müller, Catherine M. Heppell, Katrina Lansdown, and Pascal Boeckx EXPERIMENTAL STUDY SETUPS ISOTOPE PAIRING AND REVISED ISOTOPE PAIRING TECHNIQUES ISOTOPE DILUTION AND TRACING TECHNIQUES Chapter 31 Biological Dinitrogen Fixation / Patrick W. Inglett ACETYLENE REDUCTION DINITROGEN-15 INCORPORATION SUMMARY Chapter 32 Methods for Soil Phosphorus Characterization and Analysis of Wetland Soils / Curtis J. Richardson and K.R. Reddy TERMINOLOGY, OPERATIONAL DEFINITIONS, AND COMPARISON OF PHOSPHORUS FORMS SAMPLE PREPARATION AND STORAGE SOIL PHOSPHORUS ANALYSIS PHOSPHORUS AVAILABILITY INDICES ANION EXCHANGE RESIN AND IRON OXIDE PAPER SOIL INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS FORMS GENERAL COMMENTS Chapter 33 Phosphorus Characterization in Wetland Soils by Solution Phosphorus-31 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy / Alexander W. Cheesman, James Rocca, and Benjamin L. Turner BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE PRINCIPLES APPLICATION TO WETLAND SOILS Chapter 34 Phosphorus Sorption and Desorption
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: 9783319713892 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the practice of sustainability through a diverse range of case studies spanning across varied fields and areas of expertise. It provides a clear indication as to the contemporary state of sustainability in a time faced by issues such as global climate change, challenges of environmental justice, economic globalization and environmental contamination. The Palgrave Handbook of Sustainability explores three broad themes: Environmental Sustainability, Social Sustainability and Economic Sustainability. The authors critically explore these themes and provide insight into their linkages with one another to demonstrate the substantial efforts currently underway to address the sustainability of our planet. This handbook is an important contribution to the best practises on sustainability, drawn from many different examples across the fields of engineering, geology, anthropology, sociology, biology, chemistry and religion.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xliv, 871 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319713892 , 978-3-319-71389-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Sustainability Definitions, Historical Context, and Frameworks / Sandra J. Garren and Robert Brinkmann Part I Environment 2 Sustainability and Natural Landscape Stewardship: A US Conservation Case Study / Johanna Kovarik 3 Policy Design for Sustainability at Multiple Scales: The Case of Transboundary Haze Pollution in Southeast Asia / Ishani Mukherjee 4 Sustainable Water Resources Management: Groundwater Depletion / Brian F. Thomas and Aimee C. Gibbons 5 America’s Path to Drinking Water Infrastructure Inequality and Environmental Injustice: The Case of Flint, Michigan / Adrienne L. Katner, Kelsey Pieper, Yanna Lambrinidou, Komal Brown, Wilma Subra, and Marc Edwards 6 Sustainable Renewable Energy: The Case of Burlington, Vermont / Sandra J. Garren 7 Greenhouse Gas Management: A Case Study of a Typical American City / Rachel M. Krause and J. C. Martel 8 Air Pollution and Greenhouse Gas Emissions in China: An Unsustainable Situation in Search of a Solution / Haakon Vennemo and Kristin Aunan 9 Waste Management Outlook for the Middle East / Salman Zafar 10 The Sustainability of Vicuña Conservation in Bolivia / Melissa Grigione, Lisa F. Daugherty, Rurik List, Jonathan Rushton, and Ronald Sarno 11 The Efficacy of Small Closures: A Tale of Two Marine Protected Areas in Canada / Ryan Stanley, Corey Morris, Paul Snelgrove, Anna Metaxas, and Pierre Pepin Part II Equity 12 Urban Social Sustainability: The Case Study of Nottingham, UK / Jenni Cauvain 13 Methods for Integrated Sustainability Assessment: The Case of Small Holder Farming in Karnataka, South India / Sheetal Patil and Seema Purushothaman 14 Japanese Women and Antinuclear Activism After the Fukushima Accident / Heidi Hutner 15 Emerging Social Movements for Sustainability: Understanding and Scaling Up Upcycling in the UK / Kyungeun Sung, Tim Cooper, and Sarah Kettley 16 Urban Vulnerability of Waste Workers in Nigerian Cities: The Case of Aba, Nigeria / Thaddeus Chidi Nzeadibe and Friday Uchenna Ochege 17 Designing Personal Sustainability into Organizational Culture: The Case of Burning Man / Morgan C. Benton and Nicole M. Radziwill 18 Political Leadership and Sustainability in Africa: Margaret Kenyatta / Jo-Ansie van Wyk 19 Environmental Law / Yumiko Nakanishi 20 Brownfield Redevelopment: Recycling the Urban Environment / Elizabeth Strom 21 Methodology for Selection of Sustainability Criteria: A Case of Social Housing in Peru / Daniel R. Rondinel-Oviedo and Christopher Schreier-Barreto 22 Treehugger Organic Farm: Visions for Small-Scale, Sustainable Agriculture in Broward, Florida / Thelma I. Velez Part III Economy 23 Economic Development and Sustainability: A Case Study from Long Island, New York / Robert Brinkmann 24 Sustainable Business / Deborah Rigling Gallagher 25 Contributing to Competitiveness in Retailing by Engaging in Sustainability: The Case of Migros / Thomas Rudolph, Kristina Kleinlercher, Marc Linzmajer, and Cornelia Diethelm 26 Environmental Purchasing in the City of Phoenix / Nicole Darnall, Lily Hsueh, Justin M.Stritch, and Stuart Bretchneider 27 The Dual Promise of Green Jobs: Sustainability and Economic Equity / Ellen Scully-Russ 28 Is Ecotourism Sustainable? A Case Study from Sri Lanka / Rathnayake Mudiyanselage Wasantha Rathnayake 29 Green Building and Sustainability: Diffusing Green Building Approaches in the UK and Germany / Kirstie O’Neill and David Gibbs 30 Green Universities: The Example of Western Kentucky University / Leslie A. North and Christian N. Ryan 31 Events, Festivals, and Sustainability: The Woodford Folk Festival, Australia / Kirsten Holmes and Judith Mair 32 We’d Like Our Clothes Back Please! Partnering with Consumers to Achieve Sustainability Goals / Diane M. Phillips and Jason Keith Phillips 33 Green IT: Hofstra University’s Information Technology Upgrades Created Unplanned Sustainable “Green Benefits” by Increasing Efficiency and Reducing Costs / Margaret Linehan and Catherine Fisher Part IV Regional and Local Examples 34 Sustainability in North America: The Canadian Experience / Mark Roseland and Maria Spiliotopoulou 35 African Sustainability and Global Governance / Timothy M. Shaw 36 Urban Sustainability in India: Evolution, Challenges and Opportunities / Shrimoyee Bhattacharya 37 Sustainability in Africa: The Service Delivery Issues of Zimbabwe / Innocent Chirisa, Liaison Mukarwi, and Abraham R. Matamanda 38 Sustainable Transportation in Mexico / Nora Munguia and Velazquez Luis 39 Sustainability in Small States: Luxembourg as a Post-suburban Space Under Growth Pressure in Need of a Cross-National Sustainability / Constance Carr 40 Florida’s Growth Management Experience: From Top-Down Direction to Laissez Faire Land Use / Aaron Deslatte 41 Planning for City Sustainability: GreenWorks Orlando Case Study / Christopher V. Hawkins 42 ZukunftGestalten@MUAS: Designing the Future at Munich University of Applied Science / Sascha Zinn and Ralf Isenmann 43 Sustainable Transportation Planning in the BosWash Corridor / Michelle R. Oswald Beiler 44 State-Sponsored Sustainability Within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi / Charles A. Matz III Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319742564 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Using a series of case studies, the book demonstrates the power of dynamic analysis as applied to the fossil record. The book considers how we think about certain types of paleontological questions and shows how to answer them. The analytical tools presented here will have wide application to other fields of knowledge; as such the book represents a major contribution to our deployment of modern scientific method as it builds on author's previous book, Dynamic Paleontology. Students and seasoned professionals alike will find this book to be of great utility for refining their approach to their ongoing and future research projects.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 288 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319742564 , 978-3-319-74256-4
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Seventh Law References 2 Shuram Excursion References 3 Clemente Biota References 4 Crystal Creature References 5 Trace Fossil Geometry References 6 Albion’s Ænigma References 7 Coelacanth Vestiges References 8 Barasaurus Squamation References 9 Tetrapteryx References 10 Zealanditherians References 11 Bifaces to the Ends of the Earth References 12 Feldspar Point References Systematics
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: 9783319599281 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book introduces readers to ecological informatics as an emerging discipline that takes into account the data-intensive nature of ecology, the valuable information to be found in ecological data, and the need to communicate results and inform decisions, including those related to research, conservation and resource management. At its core, ecological informatics combines developments in information technology and ecological theory with applications that facilitate ecological research and the dissemination of results to scientists and the public. Its conceptual framework links ecological entities (genomes, organisms, populations, communities, ecosystems, landscapes) with data management, analysis and synthesis, and communicates new findings to inform decisions by following the course of a loop. In comparison to the 2nd edition published in 2006, the 3rd edition of Ecological Informatics has been completely restructured on the basis of the generic conceptual f ramework provided in Figure 1. It reflects the significant advances in data management, analysis and synthesis that have been made over the past 10 years, including new remote and in situ sensing techniques, the emergence of ecological and environmental observatories, novel evolutionary computations for knowledge discovery and forecasting, and new approaches to communicating results and informing decisions.  
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 482 Seiten) , Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Third edition
    ISBN: 9783319599281 , 978-3-319-59928-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Ecological Informatics: An Introduction / Friedrich Recknagel and William K. Michener Part II Managing Ecological Data 2 Project Data Management Planning / William K. Michener 3 Scientific Databases for Environmental Research / John H. Porter 4 Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) / William K. Michener 5 Creating and Managing Metadata / William K. Michener 6 Preserve: Protecting Data for Long-Term Use / Robert B. Cook, Yaxing Wei, Leslie A. Hook, Suresh K.S. Vannan, and John J. McNelis 7 Data Discovery / William K. Michener 8 Data Integration: Principles and Practice / Mark Schildhauer Part III Analysis, Synthesis and Forecasting of Ecological Data 9 Inferential Modelling of Population Dynamics / Friedrich Recknagel, Dragi Kocev, Hongqing Cao, Christina Castelo Branco, Ricardo Minoti, and Saso Dzeroski 10 Process-Based Modeling of Nutrient Cycles and Food-Web Dynamics / George Arhonditsis, Friedrich Recknagel, and Klaus Joehnk 11 Uncertainty Analysis by Bayesian Inference / George Arhonditsis, Dong-Kyun Kim, Noreen Kelly, Alex Neumann, and Aisha Javed 12 Multivariate Data Analysis by Means of Self-Organizing Maps / Young-Seuk Park, Tae-Soo Chon, Mi-Jung Bae, Dong-Hwan Kim, and Sovan Lek 13 GIS-Based Data Synthesis and Visualization / Duccio Rocchini, Carol X. Garzon-Lopez, A. Marcia Barbosa, Luca Delucchi, Jonathan E. Olandi, Matteo Marcantonio, Lucy Bastin, and Martin Wegmann Part IV Communicating and Informing Decisions 14 Communicating and Disseminating Research Findings / Amber E. Budden and William K. Michener 15 Operational Forecasting in Ecology by Inferential Models and Remote Sensing / Friedrich Recknagel, Philip Orr, Annelie Swanepoel, Klaus Joehnk, and Janet Anstee 16 Strategic Forecasting in Ecology by Inferential and Process-Based Models / Friedrich Recknagel, George Arhonditsis, Dong-Kyun Kim, and Hong Hanh Nguyen Part V Case Studies 17 Biodiversity Informatics / Cynthia S. Parr and Anne E. Thessen 18 Lessons from Bioinvasion of Lake Champlain, U.S.A. / Timothy B. Mihuc and Friedrich Recknagel 19 The Global Lake Ecological Observatory Network / Paul C. Hanson, Kathleen C. Weathers, Hilary A. Dugan, and Corinna Gries 20 Long-Term Ecological Research in the Nakdong River: Application of Ecological Informatics to Harmful Algal Blooms / Dong-Gyun Hong, Kwang-Seuk Jeong, Dong-Kyun Kim, and Gea-Jae Joo 21 From Ecological Informatics to the Generation of Ecological Knowledge: Long-Term Research in the English Lake District / S.C. Maberly, D. Ciar, J.A. Elliott, I.D. Jones, C.S. Reynolds, S.J. Thackeray, and I.J. Winfield
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9783319392646 (e-book)
    In: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences, volume 12
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a detailed overview of the operational principles of modern mining geology, which are presented as a good mix of theory and practice, allowing use by a broad range of specialists, from students to lecturers and experienced geologists. The book includes comprehensive descriptions of mining geology techniques, including conventional methods and new approaches. The attributes presented in the book can be used as a reference and as a guide by mining industry specialists developing mining projects and for optimizing mining geology procedures. Applications of the methods are explained using case studies and are facilitated by the computer scripts added to the book as Electronic Supplementary Material.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319392646 , 978-3-319-39264-6
    ISSN: 1876-1682 , 1876-1690
    Series Statement: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences volume 12
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Mine Design, Mine Mapping and Sampling 2 Mining Methods 2.1 Open Pit Mines 2.2 Underground Mines 2.2.1 Underground Selective Mining Methods 2.2.2 Underground Bulk Mining Methods 2.2.3 Mining of the Gently Dipping Ore Bodies 2.3 Unconventional Mining 2.3.1 In situ Leach (ISL) Technique 2.3.2 Dredging of the Mineral Sands References 3 Mine Mapping 3.1 Mine Mapping Principles 3.2 Mapping Open Pit Mines 3.3 Mapping of Underground Mines 3.4 Mapping Using Digital Photogrammetry and Laser Technologies 3.4.1 Mapping Mining Faces Using Photogrammetry 3.4.2 Remote Mapping of the Mines Using Laser 3.5 Optimisation of the Mine Mapping Procedures References 4 Drilling Techniques and Drill Holes Logging 4.1 Drilling Methods 4.2 Diamond Core Drilling 4.2.1 Core Quality and Representativeness 4.2.2 Orientated Core 4.2.3 Logging Diamond Core Holes 4.2.4 Sampling Diamond Core 4.3 Open Hole Percussion Drilling 4.3.1 Sampling Blastholes for Grade Control Purpose in the Open Pits 4.3.2 Use of ‘Jumbo’ Drilling for Delineation of Underground Stopes 4.4 Reverse Circulation (RC) Percussion Drilling 4.4.1 Logging RC Holes 4.4.2 Sampling RC Holes 4.5 Sonic Drilling Technologies 4.5.1 Strength and Weakness of the Sonic Drilling 4.5.2 Logging and Sampling Sonic Drill Holes 4.6 Auger Drilling 4.7 Rotary Drilling Using Tricone Bit References 5 Sampling of the Mine Workings 5.1 Sampling Rock Faces in the Underground Mines 5.1.1 Channel Sampling 5.1.2 Rock Chip Sampling 5.2 Sampling of the Broken Ore 5.3 Trenching and Winzing References 6 Geotechnical Logging and Mapping 6.1 Geotechnical Logging of the Drill Core 6.1.1 Drilling Parameters and Core Recovery 6.1.2 Rock Weathering 6.1.3 Rock Strength 6.1.4 Rock Quality Designation Index (RQD) 6.1.5 Natural Breaks 6.2 Geotechnical Mapping 6.3 Geotechnical Applications of Rock Mass Classification Schemes References 7 Dry Bulk Density (DBD) of Rocks 7.1 Types of the Rock Densities Used in the Mining Industry 7.2 Dry Bulk Density Measurement Techniques 7.2.1 Competent Non-porous Rocks 7.2.2 Porous and Weathered Rocks 7.2.3 Non-consolidated Sediments 7.3 Spatial Distribution of the Rock Density Measurements References 8 Data Points Location (Surveying) 8.1 Surface Points Location 8.2 Down-Hole Survey Reference Part II Sampling Errors 9 Introduction to the Theory of Sampling 9.1 Types of Sampling Errors 9.2 Fundamental Sampling Error 9.2.1 Theoretical Background 9.2.2 Experimental Calibration of the Sampling 9.2.3 Sampling Nomogram 9.3 Grouping – Segregation Error 9.4 Errors Related to the Sampling Practices 9.5 Instrumental Errors References 10 Quality Control and Assurance (QAQC) 10.1 Accuracy Control 10.1.1 Statistical Tests for Assessing Performance of the Standard Samples 10.1.2 Statistical Tests for Assessing the Data Bias Using the Duplicate Samples 10.1.3 Diagnostic Diagram: Pattern Recognition Method 10.2 Precision Control 10.2.1 Matching Pairs of Data 10.2.2 Processing and Interpretation of Duplicate Samples 10.3 Comparative Analysis of the Statistical Estimation Methods 10.4 Guidelines for Optimisation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.1 Planning and Implementation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.2 Frequency of Inserting QAQC Material to Assay Batches 10.4.3 Distribution of the Reference Materials 10.4.4 Distribution of the Duplicate Samples References 11 Twin Holes 11.1 Method Overview 11.1.1 Objectives of the Twinned Holes Study 11.1.2 Statistical Treatment of the Results 11.1.3 Distance Between Twinned Holes 11.1.4 Drilling Quality and Quantity 11.1.5 Comparison of Studied Variables 11.1.6 Practice of Drilling Twinned Holes for Mining Geology Applications 11.2 Case Studies 11.2.1 Gold Deposits: Confirmation of High-Grade Intersections 11.2.2 Twin Holes Studies in Iron Ore Deposits 11.2.3 Mineral Sands Deposits: Validation of Historic Drilling 11.2.4 Bauxites: Use of Twin Holes as a Routine Control of Drilling Quality References 12 Database 12.1 Construction of the Database 12.2 Data Entry 12.2.1 Electronic Data Transfer 12.2.2 Keyboard Data Entry 12.2.3 Special Values 12.3 Management of the Data Flow 12.4 Database Safety and Security References Part III Mineral Resources 13 Data Preparation 13.1 Data Compositing 13.1.1 Data Coding 13.1.2 Compositing Algorithms 13.1.3 Choice of the Optimal Compositing Intervals 13.1.4 Validating of the Composited Assays 13.2 High Grade Cut-Off References 14 Geological Constraints of Mineralisation 14.1 Introduction to Wireframing 14.2 Characterisation of the Mineralisation Contacts 14.2.1 Contact Profile 14.2.2 Determining of the Cut-Off Value for Constraining Mineralisation 14.2.3 Contact Topography 14.2.4 Uncertainty of the Contacts 14.3 Geometry and Internal Structure of the Mineralised Domains 14.3.1 Unfolding References 15 Exploratory Data Analysis 15.1 Objective of the EDA 15.2 Overview of the EDA Techniques 15.2.1 Spider Diagram 15.2.2 Data Declustering 15.2.3 Q-Q Plots 15.2.4 Box-and-Whisker Plot (Box Plot) 15.3 Grouping and Analysis of the Data 15.3.1 Data Types 15.3.2 Data Generations 15.3.3 Grouping Samples by Geological Characteristics 15.4 Statistical Analysis of the Resource Domains References 16 Resource Estimation Methods 16.1 Polygonal Method 16.2 Estimation by Triangulation 16.3 Cross-Sectional Method 16.3.1 Extrapolation of the Cross-Sections 16.3.2 Interpolation Between Cross-Sections 16.4 Estimation by Panels 16.5 Inverse Distance Weighting Method References Part IV Applied Mining Geostatistics 17 Introduction to Geostatistics 17.1 Regionalised Variable and Random Function 17.2 Stationarity and Intrinsic Hypothesis References 18 Variography 18.1 Quantitative Analysis of the Spatial Continuity 18.2 Intuitive Look at Variogram 18.3 Geostatistical Definition of Variogram 18.4 Directional, Omnidirectional and Average Variograms 18.5 Properties of the Variograms 18.5.1 Behaviour Near Origin 18.5.2 Anisotropy 18.6 Analysis of the Data Continuity Using a Variogram Map 18.7 Presence of Drift 18.8 Proportional Effect 18.9 Variogram Sill and the Sample Variance 18.10 Impact of the Different Support 18.11 Variogram Models 18.11.1 Common Variogram Models 18.11.2 Modelling Geometric Anisotropy 18.11.3 Nested Structures 18.11.4 Modelling Zonal Anisotropy 18.12 Troublesome Variograms 18.12.1 Hole Effect 18.12.2 Saw-Tooth Shaped and Erratic Variograms 18.13 Alternative Measures of a Spatial Continuity 18.13.1 Variograms of the Gaussian Transformed Values 18.13.2 Relative (Normalised) Variograms 18.13.3 Different Structural Tools 18.14 Indicator Variograms 18.15 Variograms in the Multivariate Environment 18.15.1 Multivariate Geostatistical Functions 18.15.2 Linear Model of Coregionalisation References 19 Methods of the Linear Geostatistics (Kriging) 19.1 Geostatistical Resource Estimation 19.2 Kriging System 19.2.1 Ordinary Kriging 19.2.2 Simple Kriging 19.2.3 Simple Versus Ordinary Kriging 19.3 Properties of Kriging 19.3.1 Exactitude Property of Kriging 19.3.2 Negative Kriging Weights and Screening Effect 19.3.3 Smoothing Effect 19.3.4 Kriging Variance 19.3.5 Conditional Bias 19.4 Block Kriging 19.4.1 Blocks and Point Estimates 19.4.2 Kriging of the Small Blocks References 20 Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1 Theoretical Background of Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1.1 Ordinary Co-kriging 20.1.2 Collocated Co-kriging 20.1.3 Properties of the Co-kriging 20.2 Kriging with External Drift References 21 Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.1 Methodology of the Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.2 Practical Notes on the Indicators Post-Processing References 22 Estimation of the Recoverable Resources 22.1 Change of Support Concept 22.1.1 Dispersion Variance 22.1.2 Volume Variance Relations 22.1.3 Conditions for Change-of-Support Models 22.2 Global Change of Support Methods 22.2.1 Affine Correction 22.2.2 Discrete Gaussian Change of Support 22.3 Local Change of Support Methods 22.3.1 Uniform Conditioning 22.3.2 Localised Uniform Conditioning 22.3.3 Application of the LUC
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 9783319396170 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the diverse strategies invertebrate animals have developed for nitrogen excretion and maintenance of acid-base balance and summarizes the most recent findings in the field, obtained by state-of-the-art methodology. A broad range of terrestrial, freshwater and marine invertebrate groups are covered, including crustaceans, cephalopods, insects and worms. In addition the impact of current and future changes in ocean acidification on marine invertebrates due to anthropogenic CO2 release will be analyzed. The book addresses graduate students and young researchers interested in general animal physiology, comparative physiology and marine/aquatic animal physiology. Also it is an essential source for researchers dealing with the effects of increasing pCO2 levels on aquatic animals, of which the vast majority are indeed invertebrates. All chapters are peer-reviewed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 306 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319396170 , 978-3-319-39617-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Nitrogen Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Dirk Weihrauch, Sandra Fehsenfeld, and Alex Quijada-Rodriguez 2 Nitrogenous Waste Metabolism Within Terrestrial Crustacea, with Special Reference to Purine Deposits and Their Metabolism / Stuart M. Linton, Jonathan C. Wright, and Caitlin G. Howe 3 Gill Ion Transport ATPases and Ammonia Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Francisco A. Leone, Malson N. Lucena, Daniela P. Garçon, Marcelo R. Pinto, and John C. McNamara 4 Nitrogen Excretion and Metabolism in Insects / M. J. O’Donnell and Andrew Donini 5 Nitrogen Excretion in Nematodes, Platyhelminthes, and Annelids / Alex R. Quijada-Rodriguez, Aida Adlimoghaddam, and Dirk Weihrauch 6 Acid–Base Regulation in Aquatic Decapod Crustaceans / Sandra Fehsenfeld and Dirk Weihrauch 7 Cell Biology of Reef-Building Corals: Ion Transport, Acid/Base Regulation, and Energy Metabolism / Martin Tresguerres, Katie L. Barott, Megan E. Barron, Dimitri D. Deheyn, David I. Kline, and Lauren B. Linsmayer 8 Acid–Base Regulation in Insect Haemolymph / Philip G.D. Matthews 9 Acid–Base Loops in Insect Larvae with Extremely Alkaline Midgut Regions / Horst Onken and David F. Moffett 10 pH Regulation and Excretion in Echinoderms / Meike Stumpp and Marian Y. Hu 11 Acid–Base Regulation and Ammonia Excretion in Cephalopods: An Ontogenetic Overview / Marian Hu and Yung-Che Tseng Service Part Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: 9783319729534 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The quantity, diversity and availability of transport data is increasing rapidly, requiring new skills in the management and interrogation of data and databases. Recent years have seen a new wave of 'big data', 'Data Science', and 'smart cities' changing the world, with the Harvard Business Review describing Data Science as the "sexiest job of the 21st century". Transportation professionals and researchers need to be able to use data and databases in order to establish quantitative, empirical facts, and to validate and challenge their mathematical models, whose axioms have traditionally often been assumed rather than rigorously tested against data. This book takes a highly practical approach to learning about Data Science tools and their application to investigating transport issues. The focus is principally on practical, professional work with real data and tools, including business and ethical issues.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 185 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9783319729534 , 978-3-319-72953-4
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 “Data Science” and “Big Data” 1.1 Transport Data Science Examples 1.1.1 Origin-Destination Analysis on the London Orbital Motorway 1.1.2 Airline Pricing and Arbitrage 1.1.3 Pothole Monitoring 1.1.4 Foursquare 1.1.5 Self-driving Cars 1.1.6 Taxi Services 1.2 The Claim 1.3 Definitions 1.4 Relationship with Other Fields 1.5 Ethics 1.6 Cynical Views 1.7 Exercise: itsleeds Virtual Desktop Setup 1.8 Further Reading 1.9 Appendix: Native Installation 2 Python for Data Science Primer 2.1 Programming Skills Check 2.2 Programming Languages 2.3 Programming Environment 2.4 Core Language 2.4.1 Lists 2.4.2 Dictionaries 2.4.3 Control Structures 2.4.4 Files 2.4.5 Functions 2.5 Libraries 2.5.1 Modules 2.5.2 Mathematics 2.5.3 Plotting 2.5.4 Data Frames 2.5.5 Debugging 2.6 Further Reading 3 Database Design 3.1 Before the Relational Model 3.2 Picturing the World 3.2.1 Ontology 3.2.2 Philosophical Ontology 3.2.3 Data Ontology 3.2.4 Structured Query Language (SQL) 3.3 Exercises 3.3.1 Setting up PostgreSQL 3.3.2 SQL Creation Language 3.3.3 SQL Query Language 3.3.4 SQL Python Binding 3.3.5 Importing Vehicle Bluetooth Data 3.4 Further Reading 4 Data Preparation 4.1 Obtaining Data 4.2 Basic Text Processing 4.3 Formal Grammar: The Chomsky Hierarchy 4.3.1 Regular Languages (Type 3) 4.3.2 Context-Free Languages (Type 2) 4.3.3 Beyond CFGs (Types 1 and 0) 4.4 Special Types 4.4.1 Strings and Numbers 4.4.2 Dates and Times 4.4.3 National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) Format 4.5 Common Formats 4.6 Cleaning 4.7 B + Tree Implementation 4.8 Exercises 4.8.1 Reading the Database with Pandas 4.8.2 printf Notation 4.8.3 DateTimes 4.8.4 Time Alignment and Differencing 4.8.5 Parsing 4.8.6 Vehicle Bluetooth Munging 4.9 Further Reading 5 Spatial Data 5.1 Geodesy 5.2 Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) 5.3 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 5.3.1 Role of GIS System 5.3.2 Spatial Ontology 5.3.3 Spatial Data Structures 5.4 Implementations 5.4.1 Spatial Files 5.4.2 Spatial Data Sources 5.4.3 Spatial Databases 5.4.4 Spatial Data Frames 5.5 Exercises 5.5.1 GPS Projections 5.5.2 PostGIS 5.5.3 GeoPandas 5.5.4 QGIS Road Maps 5.5.5 Plotting Open Street Map (OSM) Roads 5.5.6 Obtaining OSM Data 5.5.7 Bluetooth Traffic Sensor Sites 5.6 Further Reading 6 Bayesian Inference 6.1 Bayesian Inference Versus “Statistics” 6.2 Motorway Journey Times 6.3 Bayesian Inference 6.3.1 Bayes’ Theorem 6.3.2 Legal Inference: A Pedestrian Hit-and-Run Incident 6.3.3 Priors and Posteriors 6.3.4 Road User Tracking 6.4 Bayesian Networks 6.4.1 Bayesian Network for Traffic Lights 6.4.2 Bayesian Network for Traffic Accidents 6.4.3 Reporting 6.4.4 Car Insurance 6.5 Priors and Prejudice 6.6 Causality 6.7 Model Comparison and Combination 6.8 Exercises 6.8.1 Inferring Traffic Lights with PyMC3 6.8.2 Inferring Accident Road State Change with PyMC3 6.8.3 Switching Poisson Journey Times 6.9 Further Reading 7 Machine Learning 7.1 Generative Versus Discriminative Vehicle Emissions 7.2 Simple Classifiers 7.2.1 Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA) 7.2.2 Nearest Neighbor 7.2.3 Template Matching 7.2.4 Naïve Bayes Classification 7.2.5 Decision Trees 7.3 Neural Networks and “Deep Learning” 7.3.1 Parallel Computing Back-Propagation 7.4 Limitations and Extensions 7.5 Exercises 7.6 Further Reading 8 Spatial Analysis 8.1 Spatial Statistics 8.2 Bayesian Spatial Models 8.2.1 Markov Random Fields (MRF) 8.2.2 Gaussian Processes (Kriging) 8.3 Vehicle Routing 8.3.1 Link-breaking 8.4 Spatial Features 8.5 Exploratory Analysis 8.6 Scaling Issues 8.7 Exercises 8.7.1 Gaussian Processes in GPy 8.7.2 Gaussian Process Traffic Densities 8.7.3 Vehicle Routing with PostGIS 8.7.4 Finding Roadside Sensor Sites 8.8 Further Reading 9 Data Visualisation 9.1 Visual Perception 9.1.1 Colours 9.1.2 Visual Attention 9.2 Geographic Visualization (Maps) 9.2.1 Traffic Flow Maps 9.2.2 Slippy Maps 9.2.3 Info-Graphics 9.3 Exercises 9.3.1 Web Page Maps with Leaflet 9.3.2 Bluetooth Origin-Destination Flows 9.3.3 Large Project Suggestions 9.4 Further Reading 10 Big Data 10.1 Medium-Sized Data Speedups 10.2 Enterprise Data Scaling 10.3 CAP Theorem 10.4 Big Data Scaling 10.4.1 Data “Lakes” 10.4.2 Grid Computing 10.4.3 Map-Reduce and Cloud Computing 10.4.4 Hadoop Ecosystem 10.4.5 Non-relational Databases (“NoSQL”) 10.4.6 Distributed Relational Databases (“NewSQL”) 10.5 Exercises 10.5.1 Prolog AI Car Insurance Queries 10.5.2 Map-Reduce on Vehicle Bluetooth Data 10.5.3 Setting up Hadoop and Spark 10.5.4 Finding Vehicle Matches in Hadoop 10.5.5 Traffic Flow Prediction with Spark 10.5.6 Large Project Suggestions 10.6 Further Reading 11 Professional Issues 11.1 Morals, Ethics, and Law 11.2 Ethical Issues 11.2.1 Privacy 11.2.2 De-anonymization (“Doxing”) 11.2.3 Predictive Analytics 11.2.4 Social and Selfish Equilibria 11.2.5 Monetization 11.2.6 Ontological Bias 11.2.7 p-hacking 11.2.8 Code Quality 11.2.9 Agency Conflicts 11.2.10 Server Jurisdiction 11.2.11 Security Services 11.3 UK Legal Framework 11.3.1 Data Protection Act 1988 11.3.2 General Data Protection Regulation (GPDR) 11.4 Role of the Data Scientist 11.5 Exercises 11.6 Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    facet.materialart.12
    [Berlin] : Springer
    Call number: 9783642254406 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book focusses on atmospheric processes, which directly affect human environments within the lowest 100–1000 meters of the atmosphere over regions of only a few kilometres in extent. The book is the translation into English of the third edition of the German book “Applied Meteorology – Micrometeorological Methods”. It presents, with selected examples, the basics of micrometeorology applied to disciplines such as biometeorology, agrometeorology, hydrometeorology, technical meteorology, environmental meteorology, and biogeosciences. The important issues discussed in this book are the transport processes and fluxes between the atmosphere and the underlying surface. Vegetated and heterogeneous surfaces are special subjects. The author covers the areas of theory, measurement techniques, experimental methods, and modelling all in ways that can be used independently in teaching, research, or practical applications.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 362 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: second edition
    ISBN: 9783642254406 , 978-3-642-25440-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 General Basics 1.1 Micrometeorology 1.2 Atmospheric Scales 1.3 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 1.4 Energy Balance at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.1 Net Radiation at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.2 Ground Heat Flux and Ground Heat Storage 1.4.3 Turbulent Fluxes 1.5 Water Balance Equation References 2 Basic Equations of Atmospheric Turbulence 2.1 Equation of Motion 2.1.1 Navier-Stokes Equation of Mean Motion 2.1.2 Turbulent Equation of Motion 2.1.3 Closure Techniques 2.2 Equation of the Turbulence Kinetic Energy 2.3 Flux-Gradient Similarity 2.3.1 Profile Equations for Neutral Stratification 2.3.2 Integration of the Profile Equation—Roughness and Zero-Plane Displacement 2.3.3 Monin-Obukhov’s Similarity Theory 2.3.4 Bowen-Ratio Similarity 2.4 Flux-Variance Similarity 2.5 Turbulence Spectrum 2.6 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 2.6.1 Mixed Layer Height 2.6.2 Resistance Law 2.6.3 Integral Turbulence Characteristics References 3 Specifics of the Near-Surface Turbulence 3.1 Properties of the Underlying Surface 3.1.1 Roughness—Additional Remarks 3.1.2 Zero-Plane Displacement—Additional Remarks 3.1.3 Profiles in Plant Canopies 3.2 Internal Boundary Layers 3.2.1 Definition 3.2.2 Experimental Findings 3.2.3 Thermal Internal Boundary Layer 3.2.4 Blending-Height Concept 3.2.5 Practical Relevance of Internal Boundary Layers 3.3 Obstacles 3.4 Footprint 3.4.1 Definition 3.4.2 Footprint Models 3.4.3 Application of Footprint Models 3.5 High Vegetation 3.5.1 Behaviour of Meteorological Parameters in a Forest 3.5.2 Counter Gradient Fluxes—Coherent Structures 3.5.3 Roughness Sublayer—Mixing Layer 3.5.4 Coupling Between the Atmosphere and Plant Canopies 3.6 Advection 3.7 Conditions Under Stable Stratification 3.8 Energy Balance Closure References 4 Experimental Methods for Estimating the Fluxes of Energy and Matter 4.1 Profile Method 4.1.1 Profile Method with Two Measurement Heights 4.1.2 Profile Measurements with Several Measurement Heights 4.1.3 Power-Law 4.2 Eddy-Covariance Method 4.2.1 General Basics 4.2.2 Basics in Measurement Technique 4.2.3 Applicable Correction Methods 4.2.4 Corrections in Question 4.2.5 Quality Assurance 4.2.6 Overall Evaluation 4.3 Flux-Variance Relations 4.4 Accumulation Methods 4.4.1 Eddy-Accumulations-Method (EA) 4.4.2 Relaxed Eddy-Accumulation Method (REA) 4.4.3 Disjunct Eddy-Covariance Method (DEC) 4.4.4 Surface Renewal Method 4.5 Fluxes of Chemical Substances References 5 Modeling of the Energy and Matter Exchange 5.1 Energy Balance Methods 5.1.1 Determination of the Potential Evaporation 5.1.2 Determination of the Actual Evaporation 5.1.3 Determination from Routine Weather Observations 5.2 Hydrodynamical Multilayer Models 5.3 Resistance Approach 5.4 Modelling of Water Surfaces 5.5 Boundary Layer Modelling 5.5.1 Prognostic Models for the Mixed Layer Height 5.5.2 Parametrization of the Wind Profile in the Boundary Layer 5.6 Modeling in Large-Scale Models 5.7 Large-Eddy Simulation 5.8 Area Averaging 5.8.1 Simple Area Averaging Methods 5.8.2 Complex Area-Averaging Methods 5.8.3 Model Coupling References 6 Measurement Technique 6.1 Data Collection 6.1.1 Principles of Digital Data Collection 6.1.2 Signal Sampling 6.1.3 Transfer Function 6.1.4 Inertia of a Measurement System 6.2 Measurement of Meteorological Elements 6.2.1 Radiation Measurements 6.2.2 Wind Measurements 6.2.3 Temperature and Humidity Measurements 6.2.4 Precipitation Measurements 6.2.5 Remote Sensing Methods 6.2.6 Other Measurement Techniques 6.3 Quality Assurance 6.3.1 Measurement Planning 6.3.2 Quality Control 6.3.3 Intercomparison of Measurement Devices References 7 Microclimatology 7.1 Climatological Scales 7.2 Generation of Local Climates 7.2.1 Small-Scale Changes of Climate Elements 7.2.2 Local Climate Types 7.3 Microclimate Relevant Circulations 7.3.1 Land-Sea Wind Circulation 7.3.2 Mountain-Valley Circulation 7.4 Local Cold-Air Flows 7.5 Land Use Changes and Local Climate 7.5.1 Changes of Surface Roughness 7.5.2 Changes of the Evaporation 7.5.3 Change of the Albedo 7.5.4 Degradation 7.6 Microclimatological Measurements References 8 Applied Meteorology 8.1 Examples of Applied Meteorological Applications 8.1.1 Distribution of Air Pollution 8.1.2 Meteorological Conditions of Wind Energy Use 8.1.3 Sound Propagation in the Atmosphere 8.1.4 Human Biometeorology 8.2 Perspectives of the Applied Meteorology References Appendix References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319579269 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is devoted to the dangerous fishes found offshore the eastern and southern Arabian Peninsula. It covers information about the main groups of dangerous fish species i.e., biting and predator fish group, venomous stinging fish, electric shock fish, harmful stinging fish, and poisonous fish. In the latter group, the book gives details about fishes that cause several types of toxicities to human. The purpose of this book is to thoroughly introduce life, nature and methods of dangerous fishes in order to form awareness about their danger and to take the proper preventive steps. It will appeal to researchers, scholars, divers, the sea coast visitors and students of marine biology as it is highly informative and carefully presented. This book is the first of its kind for the Arabian region in particular and the Middle East in general.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 322 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Corrected at 2nd printing 2018
    ISBN: 9783319579269 , 978-3-319-57926-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Geography 1.2 Geology 1.3 Oceanography 1.4 Climate 1.5 Biodiversity References Part I Dangerous Fishes 2 Biting and Predator Fish Group 2.1 Chondrichthyes (Cartilagenous Fishes) 2.1.1 Relationship of Sharks to Humans 2.2 Osteichthyes (Teleostean Fishes) 2.2.1 Moray eels 2.3 Wolf-Herring and Barracuda 2.3.1 Barracuda Attacks and Bites 2.4 Triggerfish 2.4.1 Reported Cases of Triggerfish Bites 2.5 Ribbonfish 2.5.1 Bite of Ribbonfish and Its Mechanism References 3 Harmful Fish Group 3.1 Needlefish 3.1.1 Injuries Caused by Needlefishes 3.2 Surgeonfish 3.2.1 Cuts Caused by Surgeonfish References 4 Electric Fishes 4.1 Electric Rays and Their Electric Organ References Part II Poisonous and Venomous Fishes 5 Poisonous Fishes 5.1 Ichthyosarcotoxic Fishes 5.1.1 Elasmobranch Fish Poisoning 5.1.2 Ciguatoxic Fishes 5.1.3 Clupeotoxic Fishes 5.1.4 Gempylotoxic Fishes 5.1.5 Scomberotoxic Fishes 5.1.6 Hallucinogenic Fishes 5.1.7 Tetrodotoxic Fishes 5.2 Ichthyootoxic Fishes 5.2.1 Ichthyootoxic Fish Species 5.3 Ichthyogallotoxic Fishes 5.3.1 Ichthyogallotoxic Fish Species References 6 Ichthyohemotoxic Fishes 6.1 Background 6.2 Causative Agent 6.3 Symptoms 6.4 Treatment and Prevention 6.5 Ichthyohemotoxic Fish Species References 7 Venomous Fishes 7.1 Ithyocrinotoxic Fishes 7.1.1 Catfishes 7.1.2 Boxfishes 7.1.3 Species of Eels 7.1.4 Flatfishes 7.1.5 Pufferfish 7.1.6 Ichthyocrinotoxic Fish Species 7.2 Acanthotoxic (Venomous) Fishes 7.2.1 Venomous Stingrays 7.2.2 Venomous Catfishes 7.2.3 Venomous Scorpaenid Fishes 7.2.4 Venomous Stonefishes 7.2.5 Venomous Toadfishes 7.2.6 Venomous Spadefishes or Scats 7.2.7 Venomous Stargazers 7.2.8 Venomous Rabbit Fishes References Erratum to: Dangerous Fishes of the Eastern and Southern Arabian Peninsula About the Author Common Name Index Scientific Name Index General Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: 9789401772426 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive compilation of conceptual perspectives, methodological approaches and empirical insights of inter- and transdisciplinary sustainability science. Written by an international team of authors from leading sustainability institutions, the textbook covers key perspectives and topics of the scientific discourse on sustainable development. More than two decades after conceptualizing sustainability as societal guiding vision and regulative idea the necessity of concretizing and realizing sustainability in societal praxis is bigger than ever. Sharply improved individual and societal sustainable decision-making and action is necessary for a better future of humankind and the planet. On that account problem- and solution-oriented perspectives and competencies are crucial. The different chapters assemble an encompassing view of essential foundations and specific areas of research and action in sustainability science and practice. The textbook aims at fostering the further establishment of sustainability science in higher education and to enable the next generation of sustainability experts to tackle the challenging and exciting topic of sustainable development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 367 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9789401772426 , 978-94-017-7242-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Harald Heinrichs, Arnim Wiek, Pim Martens, and Gerd Michelsen 2 Sustainable Development – Background and Context / Gerd Michelsen, Maik Adomßent, Pim Martens, and Michael von Hauff 3 Transformational Sustainability Research Methodology / Arnim Wiek and Daniel J. Lang 4 Green and Sustainable Chemistry / Klaus Kümmerer and James Clark 5 Sustainability and Ecosystems / Henrik von Wehrden, Goddert von Oheimb, David J. Abson, and Werner Härdtle 6 Sustainability Assessment of Technologies / Sjouke Beemsterboer and René Kemp 7 Corporate Sustainability Management / Stefan Schaltegger, Erik G. Hansen, and Heiko Spitzeck 8 Sustainable Development in Economics / Michael von Hauff 9 Sustainable Development and Law / Marjan Peeters and Thomas Schomerus 10 Finance and Sustainability / Olaf Weber 11 Sustainability: Politics and Governance / Harald Heinrichs and Frank Biermann 12 Sustainability Communication / Daniel Fischer, Gesa Lüdecke, Jasmin Godemann, Gerd Michelsen, Jens Newig, Marco Rieckmann, and Daniel Schulz 13 Sustainability and Science Policy / Uwe Schneidewind, Mandy Singer-Brodowksi, and Karoline Augenstein 14 Justice and Sustainability / Sonja Klinsky and Aaron Golub 15 Sustainability Ethics / Nils Ole Oermann and Annika Weinert 16 Ocean Space and Sustainability / Jan H. Stel 17 Sustainable Landscape Development / Michael Stauffacher and Pius Krütli 18 Sustainable Development and Material Flows / Beatrice John, Andreas Möller, and Annika Weiser 19 Sustainable Energy Systems / Stefan Lechtenböhmer and Lars J. Nilsson 20 Sustainability and Health / Maud M.T.E. Huynen and Pim Martens 21 Mobility and Sustainability / Aaron Golub 22 International Development and Sustainability / Rimjhim M. Aggarwal 23 Tourism and Sustainability / David Manuel-Navarrete 24 Consumption and Sustainability / John Harlow, Michael J. Bernstein, Bastien Girod, and Arnim Wiek 25 Climate Change: Responding to a Major Challenge for Sustainable Development / Pim Martens, Darryn McEvoy, and Chiung Ting Chang 26 Art and Sustainability / Heather Sealy Lineberry and Arnim Wiek 27 Teaching and Learning in Sustainability Science / Matthias Barth 28 Education for Sustainable Development / Niko Roorda and Han van Son 29 Problem-Based and Project-Based Learning for Sustainable Development / Ron Cörvers, Arnim Wiek, Joop de Kraker, Daniel J. Lang, and Pim Martens 30 Science for Sustainability – A Societal and Political Perspective / Günther Bachmann
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: 9783319746692 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides important insight on a range of issues focused on three themes; what new climate change information is being developed, how that knowledge is communicated and how it can be usefully applied across international, regional and local scales. There is increasing international investment and interest to develop and communicate updated climate change information to promote effective action. As change accelerates and planetary boundaries are crossed this information becomes particularly relevant to guide decisions and support both proactive adaptation and mitigation strategies. Developing new information addresses innovations in producing interdisciplinary climate change knowledge and overcoming issues of data quality, access and availability. This book examines effective information systems to guide decision-making for immediate and future action. Cases studies in developed and developing countries illustrate how climate change information promotes immediate and future actions across a range of sectors.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 219 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319746692 , 978-3-319-74669-2
    ISSN: 2352-0701 , 2352-0698
    Series Statement: Springer Climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Developing Climate Change Information 1 Science and Knowledge Production for Climate Change Adaptation: Challenges and Opportunities / Silvia Serrao-Neumann and Anne Coudrain 2 Science and Evidence-Based Climate Change Policy: Collaborative Approaches to Improve the Science–Policy Interface / Edward A. Morgan and Gabriela Marques Di Giulio 3 Conceptual Analysis of Climate Change in the Light of Society-Environment Relationships: Observatories Closer to Both Systems and Societies / Mireille Fargette, Maud Loireau, Nabil Ben Khatra, Habiba Khiari and Thérèse Libourel 4 Rethinking IPCC Expertise from a Multi-actor Perspective / Maud H. Devès, Michel Lang, Paul-Henri Bourrelier and François Valérian 5 Computational Constraint Models for Decision Support and Holistic Solution Design / Carmen Gervet Part II Communicating Climate Change Information 6 Uncertainty and Future Planning: The Use of Scenario Planning for Climate Change Adaptation Planning and Decision / Silvia Serrao-Neumann and Darryl Low Choy 7 Future Climate Narratives: Combining Personal and Professional Knowledge to Adapt to Climate Change / Liese Coulter 8 Integrating Research and Practice in Emerging Climate Services—Lessons from Other Transdisciplinary Dialogues / Susanne Schuck-Zöller, Carina Brinkmann and Simone Rödder 9 Communicating Climate Information: Traveling Through the Decision-Making Process / Ghislain Dubois, Femke Stoverinck and Bas Amelung 10 Transforming Climate Change Policymaking: From Informing to Empowering the Local Community / Michael Howes 11 Resilience and Vulnerability Assessment as the Basis for Adaptation Dialogue in Information-Poor Environments: A Cambodian Example / Chris Jacobson, Stacy Crevello, Chanseng Nguon and Chanthan Chea Part III Applying Climate Change Information: Case Studies 12 Scalable Interactive Platform for Geographic Evaluation of Sea-Level Rise Impact Combining High-Performance Computing and WebGIS Client / Agnès Tellez-Arenas, Robin Quique, Faïza Boulahya, Gonéri Le Cozannet, François Paris, Sylvestre Le Roy, Fabrice Dupros and François Robida 13 Coral Reef Monitoring Coping with Climate Change, Toward a Socio-ecological System Perspective / Gilbert David and Jean-Pascal Quod 14 The Experience of the Brazilian Climate and Health Observatory: Seeking Interaction Between Organizations and Civil Society / Renata Gracie, Diego Ricardo Xavier, Sandra de Souza Hacon, Vanderlei Matos, Heglaucio da Silva Barros, Maria de Fátima de Pina and Christovam Barcellos Part IV Conclusion 15 Informing Decisions with Climate Change Information / Liese Coulter and Anne Coudrain Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: 9783319514123 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook deals with the most important items in Marine Geology, including some pioneer work. The list of topics has grown greatly in the last few decades beyond the items identified by Eugen Seibold as central and now includes prominently such things as methane and climate change; that is, the carbon cycle and the Earth system as a whole. Relevant geophysical, geochemical, sedimentological and paleontological methods are shortly described. They should allow the reader to comment on new results about plate tectonics, marine sedimentation from the coasts to the deep sea, climatological aspects, paleoceanology and the use of the sea floor. The text tries to transmit to the reader excitement of marine geological research both aboard and in modern laboratories. Basic mineralogical, geochemical, biological and other relevant data and a detailed list of books and symposia are given in an Appendix. This Introduction builds on the third edition of “The Sea Floor” by E. Seibold and W.H. Berger. While much of the original text was written by Seibold, a considerable portion of the material presented in this edition is new, taking into account the recent great shift in marine geological research, some of it with great relevance to human concerns arising in a rapidly changing world.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 268 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 29 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    ISBN: 9783319514123 , 978-3-319-51412-3
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Basins 3 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Margins 4 Sources and Composition of Marine Sediments 5 Effects of Waves and Currents 6 Sea-Level Processes and Effects of Sea-Level Change 7 Productivity of the Ocean and Implications 8 Benthic Organisms and Environmental Reconstruction 9 Imprint of Climate Zonation on Marine Sediments 10 Deep-Sea Sediments: Patterns and Processes 11 Geologic History of the Sea: The Ice-Age Ocean 12 Cenozoic History from Deep-Ocean Drilling 13 Cretaceous Environments and Deep-Ocean Drilling 14 Resources from the Ocean Floor 15 Problems Ahead Appendix Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...